Registration No. 333-274435
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2 to FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 5411 | 88-4128927 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(Employer Identification Number) |
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
(305) 600-5004
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Jeffrey Holman
Chief Executive Officer
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
(305) 600-5004
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Martin T. Schrier, Esq. Cozen O’Connor 200 S. Biscayne Boulevard 30th Floor Miami, FL 33131 Tel: 305-704-5954 |
Barry I. Grossman, Esq. Sarah E. Williams, Esq. Justin Grossman, Esq. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor New York, NY 10105 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective. ☐
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |
Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ | |
Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2023
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
400,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. (the “Company” or “HCWC”) is offering 400,000 shares of our Class A common stock. No public market currently exists for either our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock. You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement or amendment carefully before you invest in our securities. The offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share and the number of shares of Class A common stock offered hereby is based upon an assumed offering price of $10.00 per share, the midpoint of such estimated price range. See “Determination of Offering Price” on page 26 of this prospectus. HCWC expects to be listed on the NYSE American exchange under the symbol “HCWC.”
Prior to this offering, Healthier Choices Management Corp. (“HCMC”) completed the spin-off of HCWC through the distribution of the outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock of the Company to the HCMC stockholders. The Company consists of the subsidiaries that operate the HCMC retail natural grocery stores, namely Ada’s Natural Market, Paradise Health and Nutrition, Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Green’s Natural Foods and Ellwood Thompson’s as well as the Healthy Choice Wellness Centers and the online entity thevitaminstore.com.
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and, as such, is allowed to provide in this Prospectus more limited disclosures than an issuer that would not so qualify. In addition, for so long as the Company remains an emerging growth company, it may also take advantage of certain limited exceptions from investor protection laws such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, for limited periods. See “Information Statement Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”
In reviewing this Prospectus, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this Prospectus.
Price to Public | Underwriting Discounts and Commissions | Proceeds to Us | ||||||||||
Per Share | $ | 10.00 | $ | $ | ||||||||
Total | $ | 4,000,000 | $ |
We have granted the representative of the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 60,000 shares of our Class A common stock to cover over-allotments.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
This Prospectus is not an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on _______, 2023.
Book-Running Managers
Maxim Group LLC
The date of this prospectus is , 2023.
ii |
iii |
TRADEMARKS
This document contains references to trademarks and service marks belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The exhibits to the registration statement contain the full text of certain contracts and other important documents we have summarized in this prospectus. Since these summaries may not contain all the information that you may find important in deciding whether to purchase our securities, you should review the full text of these documents. The registration statement and the exhibits can be obtained from the SEC as indicated under the sections entitled “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We take no responsibility for and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus.
Any reference in this prospectus to information that is “contained,” “referred to” or “included” in this prospectus, or any similar expression, includes not only the information expressly set forth in this prospectus but also the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “HCWC,” “our company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and similar terms refer to Healthy Choice Wellness Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.
HCWC SPIN OFF AND ADDITIONAL FINANCING TRANSACTION
Prior to this offering, Healthier Choices Management Corp. (“HCMC”) completed the spin off (the “Spin-Off”) of HCWC through the distribution of its outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (collectively, the “common stock”) to the HCMC stockholders. The Company consists of the subsidiaries that operate the HCMC natural foods retail stores, namely Ada’s Natural Market, Paradise Health and Nutrition, Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Green’s Natural Foods and Ellwood Thompson’s as well as Healthy Choice Wellness Centers and the online entity thevitaminstore.com. In the Spin-Off, the shares of HCWC Class A and Class B common stock were distributed to the HCMC stockholders on a pro rata basis based on their ownership of HCMC.
HCWC has also entered into an agreement to sell shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), with the gross proceeds from such offering expected to be $13.25 million. The institutional investors that acquired HCMC Series E Preferred Stock are contractually required to purchase the Series A Preferred Stock in the same dollar amounts as they invested in the HCMC Series E Preferred Stock. The closing of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock is expected to occur within 45 days of the completion of the Spin-Off transaction. The purchase price is $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. On the 40th calendar day (the “Reset Date”) after the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reset in the event the closing price of the Class A common stock on such date is less than initial conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reset conversion price will equal a 10% discount to the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the Reset Date; provided, however, in no instance will the conversion price be reset below 30% of the initial conversion price. The holders of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted basis. HCWC will register for resale of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock will not be convertible until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below). The proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock will be used for general corporate purposes and potential acquisitions. The HCMC Series E Preferred Stock does not give the holders any rights with respect to HCWC other than to participate in the Distribution if the shares of HCMC Series E Preferred Stock are converted into HCMC Class A and Class B common stock. See “Business - Financing” on page 16 of this prospectus for additional information on the Series A Preferred Stock issuance.
The rights, preferences and privileges of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock are the same. The Class B common stock will not be listed on an exchange and will be subject to a 90-day lock-up period commencing upon the Distribution (the “Lock-Up Period”). Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, such shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.
2 |
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. is a holding company focused on providing consumers with healthier daily choices with respect to nutrition and other lifestyle alternatives.
Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company operates:
● | Ada’s Natural Market, a natural and organic grocery store offering fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.Adasmarket.com). | |
● | Paradise Health & Nutrition’s three stores that likewise offer fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins, and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.ParadiseHealthDirect.com). | |
● | Mother Earth’s Storehouse, a two-store organic and health food and vitamin chain in New York’s Hudson Valley, which has been in existence for over 40 years (www.MotherEarthStorehouse.com). | |
● | Greens Natural Foods’ eight stores in New York and New Jersey, offering a selection of 100% organic produce and all-natural, non-GMO groceries and bulk foods; a wide selection of local products; an organic juice and smoothie bar; a fresh foods department, which offers fresh and healthy “grab & go” foods; a full selection of vitamins & supplements; as well as health and beauty products. (www.Greensnaturalfoods.com). | |
● | Ellwood Thompson’s, an organic and natural health food and vitamin store located in Richmond, Virginia. (www.ellwoodthompsons.com). Ellwood Thompson’s was acquired on October 1, 2023 for a purchase price of approximately $1,500,000. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, the Company operates a Healthy Choice Wellness Center in Kingston, NY and has a licensing agreement for a Healthy Choice Wellness Center located at the Casbah Spa and Salon in Fort Lauderdale, FL.
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy U Wholesale, the Company sells vitamins and supplements, as well as health, beauty and personal care products on its website www.TheVitaminStore.com.
Class A common stock offered by us | 400,000 shares of Class A common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00 per share the midpoint of the initial public offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus. | |
Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us | We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of 60,000 shares of Class A common stock. This option is exercisable, in whole or in part, within 45 days after the date of this prospectus. | |
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering | 9,860,000 (assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) | |
Offering Price: | The offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share | |
Use of Proceeds | We estimate that the gross proceeds from our issuance and sale of 400,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $4 million, based on an assumed offering price of $10 per share, and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full to cover over-allotments, if any, we estimate that our gross proceeds will be approximately $4,600,000.
We currently anticipate using the net proceeds from this offering for (1) strategic acquisitions of business and (2) for general working capital purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. | |
Risk Factors | Investing in our Class A and Class B common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this prospectus and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our securities. |
3 |
The number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on an aggregate of 9,800,000 shares of Class A and Class B common stock.
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes 1,880,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,520,000 shares of Class B common stock issued in the Spin-Off transaction.
We expect the Class A common stock will commence trading on the NYSE American exchange following the completion of this Offering. We also expect that a “when-issued” trading market for our Class A common stock will begin on or around the record date for the Spin-Off. The term “when-issued” means that shares can be traded prior to the time shares are actually available or issued. On the first trading day following the Spin-Off date, “when-issued” trading in our Class A common stock will end and “regular-way” may begin. “Regular-way” trading refers to trading after a security has been issued and typically involves a transaction that settles on the second full business day following the date of a trade.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the requirements to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have not decided whether to take advantage of any or all of these exemptions. If we do take advantage of some or all of these exemptions, some investors may find our Class A common stock less attractive. The result may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. This election is irrevocable.
We could remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (b) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and carefully read all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment decision with respect to our securities. The occurrence of any of the following risks or those incorporated by reference, or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In any such case, the trading price of Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below and those incorporated by reference.
4 |
RISKS RELATED TO OUR NATURAL GROCERY BUSINESS
We may not be successful in our efforts to grow our grocery business.
Our growth largely depends on our ability to increase sales in our existing natural grocery stores and successfully acquire new stores on a profitable basis. Our comparable store sales growth could be lower than our historical average for various reasons, including the opening of new competing stores that cannibalize sales in existing stores, increased competition, general economic conditions, regulatory changes, price changes as a result of competitive factors and product pricing and availability.
Failure to acquire new stores or achieving lower than expected sales in the acquired stores, could materially and adversely affect our growth. Our plans for expansion could place increased demands on our financial, managerial, operational and administrative resources. For example, our planned expansion will require us to increase the number of people we employ and may require us to upgrade our management information system and our distribution infrastructure. These increased demands and operating complexities could cause us to operate our business less efficiently, which could materially and adversely affect our operations, financial performance and future growth.
Our natural grocery stores and any newly acquired stores may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term, and may not achieve expected sales and operating levels on a timely basis or at all.
We will actively pursue new store growth. Our new store openings may not be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing stores. Although we target particular levels of cash-on-cash returns and capital investment for each of our new stores, new stores may not meet these targets. Any store we open may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to those of our existing stores. New store openings may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term due to the effect of store opening costs and lower sales and contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following opening. New stores build their sales volume and their customer base over time and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of net sales, than our existing stores. New stores may not achieve sustained sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature store base on a timely basis or at all. This may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
The Company could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food supply chain. Adverse publicity about these types of concerns, whether or not valid, could discourage consumers from buying our products. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in a loss of consumer confidence and product liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and operations.
Inflation and deflation in the prices of food and other products we sell may affect our sales, gross profit and gross margin. The short-term impact of inflation and deflation is largely dependent on whether or not the effects are passed through to our customers, which is subject to competitive market conditions. Food inflation and deflation is affected by a variety of factors and our determination of whether to pass on the effects of inflation or deflation to our customers is made in conjunction with our overall pricing and marketing strategies. Although we may experience periodic effects on sales, gross profit and gross margins as a result of changing prices, the effect of inflation could have an adverse impact on our future revenues.
In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate new stores into existing stores and those new stores may not be as profitable as existing stores. Further, we have experienced in the past, and expect to experience in the future, some sales volume transfer from our existing stores to our new stores as some of our existing customers switch to new, closer locations. If our new stores are less profitable than our existing stores, or if we experience sales volume transfer from our existing stores, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to successfully identify market trends and react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our sales may decrease.
We believe our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to:
● | anticipate, identify and react to natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement trends and changing consumer preferences in a timely manner; | |
● | translate market trends into appropriate, saleable product and service offerings in our stores before our competitors; and | |
● | develop and maintain vendor relationships that provide us access to the newest merchandise, and dairy products that satisfy upgraded standards, on reasonable terms. |
5 |
Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many product or retail concepts. Our performance is impacted by trends regarding natural and organic products, dietary supplements and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food safety perceptions, reduced or changed consumer choices and the cost of these products. Our store offerings are comprised of natural and organic products and dietary supplements. A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including as a result of, among other things, reductions or changes in our offerings, would have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative publicity regarding the safety of natural and organic products or dietary supplements, or new or upgraded regulatory standards may adversely affect demand for our products and could result in lower customer traffic, sales and results of operations. In addition, reduced or changed consumer choices may result from, among other things, the implementation of our requirements for dairy products that satisfy our pasture-based, non-confinement standards.
If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences in the regions where we operate, our net sales may decrease, and we may be forced to increase markdowns of slow-moving products, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our comparable store sales and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons.
Our comparable store sales and quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. A variety of other factors affect our comparable store sales and quarterly financial performance, including:
● | changes in our merchandising strategy or product mix; | |
● | performance of our newer and remodeled stores; | |
● | the effectiveness of our inventory management; | |
● | the timing and concentration of new store openings, and the related additional human resource requirements and pre-opening and other start-up costs; | |
● | the cannibalization of existing store sales by new store openings; | |
● | levels of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores; | |
● | timing and effectiveness of our marketing activities; | |
● | seasonal fluctuations due to weather conditions and extreme weather-related disruptions; | |
● | actions by our existing or new competitors, including pricing changes; | |
● | regulatory changes affecting availability and marketability of products; | |
● | supply shortages; and | |
● | general United States economic conditions and, in particular, the retail sales environment. |
Accordingly, our results for any one fiscal year or quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other year or quarter, and comparable store sales of any particular future period may decrease. In the event of such a decrease, the price of our Class A common stock would likely decline.
We may be unable to compete effectively in our markets, which are highly competitive.
The markets for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements are large, fragmented and highly competitive, with few barriers to entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets, natural, gourmet and specialty food markets, mass and discount retailers, warehouse clubs, independent health food stores, dietary supplement retailers, drug stores, farmers’ markets, food co-ops, mail order and online retailers and multi-level marketers. These businesses compete with us for customers on the basis of price, selection, quality, customer service, shopping experience or any combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors are expanding to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. Many of our competitors are larger, more established and have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us, and may be able to adapt to changes in consumer preferences more quickly, devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of their products, or generate greater brand recognition. An inability to compete effectively may cause us to lose market share to our competitors and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
6 |
If we, or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with regulatory requirements or are unable to provide products that meet our specifications, our business and our reputation could suffer.
If we, or our third-party suppliers, including suppliers of our private label products, fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or to meet our quality specifications, we could be required to take costly corrective action and our reputation could suffer. We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities, except for our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center discussed below, and therefore depend upon independent third-party vendors to produce our private label branded products, such as vitamins, minerals, dietary supplements, body care products, food products and bottled water. Third-party suppliers of our private label products may not maintain adequate controls with respect to product specifications and quality. Such suppliers may be unable to produce products on a timely basis or in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. We depend upon our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center for the majority of our private label bulk food products. We may also be unable to maintain adequate product specification and quality controls at our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center or produce products on a timely basis and in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. In addition, we may be required to find new third-party suppliers of our private label products or to find third-party suppliers to source our bulk foods. There can be no assurance that we would be successful in finding such third-party suppliers that meet our quality guidelines.
Disruption of significant supplier relationships could negatively affect our business.
UNFI is our primary supplier of dry grocery and frozen food products, accounting for approximately 36% and 25% of our total purchases in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively, when giving effect to the Green’s Natural Foods transaction. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, approximately 42% and 32%, respectively, of our total purchases were from UNFI. Due to this concentration of purchases from a single third-party supplier, the disruption, delay or inability of UNFI to deliver product to our stores in quantities or within service parameters that meet our requirements may materially and adversely affect our operating results while we establish alternative supply chain channels. Consolidation of distributors or the manufacturers that supply them could reduce our supply options and detrimentally impact the terms under which we purchase products. We may not be able to find replacement suppliers on commercially reasonable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The current geographic concentration of our stores creates exposure to local economies, regional downturns or severe weather or catastrophic occurrences.
Our existing natural grocery stores are all located in New York, New Jersey and Florida. As a result, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors, and we are vulnerable to economic downturns in those regions. Any unforeseen events or circumstances that negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in demographics, population, competition, consumer preferences, new or revised laws or regulations, hurricanes, fires, floods or other natural disasters in these regions.
Consumers or regulatory agencies may challenge certain claims made regarding our products.
Our reputation could also suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling or marketing of our products. Products that we sell may carry claims as to their origin, ingredients or health benefits, including, by way of example, the use of the term “natural.” Although the FDA and USDA each has issued statements regarding the appropriate use of the word “natural,” there is no single, United States government regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the food industry. The resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and legal challenges. Plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number of food companies that market “natural” products, asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including claims related to genetically modified ingredients. In limited circumstances, the FDA has taken regulatory action against products labeled “natural” but that nonetheless contain synthetic ingredients or components. Should we become subject to similar claims, consumers may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded. Adverse publicity about these matters may discourage consumers from buying our products. The cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation and brand and decrease our sales, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
7 |
We rely heavily on sales of fresh produce and quality natural and organic products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.
We have a significant focus on perishable products, including fresh produce and natural and organic products. Despite temporary challenges related to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have generally not experienced significant difficulty to date in maintaining the supply of our produce and fresh, natural and organic products that meet our quality standards. However, there is no assurance that these products will be available to meet our needs in the future. The availability of such products at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, including the number and size of farms that grow natural or organic crops or raise livestock that meet our quality, welfare and production standards, tariffs and import regulations or restrictions on foreign-sourced products and the ability of our vendors to maintain organic, non-genetically modified or other applicable third-party certifications for such products. Produce is also vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, storms, frosts, wildfires, earthquakes, hurricanes, pestilences and other extreme or abnormal environmental conditions (including the potential effects of climate change), any of which can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and quality. This could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, fresh produce, which may adversely impact sales of our fresh produce and our other products that rely on produce as a key ingredient.
In addition, we and our suppliers compete with other food retailers in the procurement of fresh, natural and organic products, which are often less available than conventional products. If our competitors significantly increase their fresh, natural and organic product offerings due to increases in consumer demand or otherwise, we and our suppliers may not be able to obtain a sufficient supply of such products on favorable terms, or at all, and our sales may decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We could also suffer significant inventory losses in the event of disruption of our supply chain network or extended power outages in our stores or distribution centers. If we are unable to maintain inventory levels suitable for our business needs, it would materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The decision by certain of our suppliers to distribute their specialty products through other retail distribution channels could negatively impact our revenue from the sale of such products.
Some of the specialty retail products that we sell in our stores are not generally available through other retail distribution channels such as drug stores, conventional grocery stores or mass merchandisers. In the future, our suppliers could decide to distribute such products through other retail distribution channels, allowing more of our competitors to offer these products, and adversely affecting the desirability of these products to our core customers, which could negatively impact our revenues.
A widespread health epidemic could materially impact our business.
Our business could be severely impacted by a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic. A widespread health epidemic may cause customers to avoid public gathering places such as our stores or otherwise change their shopping behaviors. Additionally, a widespread health epidemic could adversely impact our business by disrupting production and delivery of products to our stores and by impacting our ability to appropriately staff our stores.
Union activity at third-party transportation companies or labor organizing activities among our employees could disrupt our operations and harm our business.
Independent third-party transportation companies deliver the majority of our merchandise to our stores and to our customers. Some of these third parties employ personnel represented by labor unions. Disruptions in the delivery of merchandise or work stoppages by employees of these third parties could delay the timely receipt of merchandise, which could result in cancelled sales, a loss of loyalty to our stores and excess inventory.
While all of our employees are currently non-union, our employees may attempt to organize and join a union. We could face union organizing activities at other locations. The unionization of all or a portion of our workforce could result in work slowdowns, could increase our overall costs and reduce the efficiency of our operations at the affected locations, could adversely affect our flexibility to run our business competitively, and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our products could suffer from real or perceived quality or food safety concerns and may cause unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death that could result in their discontinuance or expose us to lawsuits, any of which could result in unexpected costs and damage to our reputation.
We could be materially, adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of products we sell. There is substantial governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. We believe that many customers hold us to a higher quality standard than other retailers. Many of our products are vitamins, herbs and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death caused by our products could result in the discontinuance of sales of our products or prevent us from achieving market acceptance of the affected products. Such side effects, illnesses, injuries and death could also expose us to product liability or negligence lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources. Further, we may not have sufficient capital resources to pay a judgment in which case our creditors could levy against our assets. The real or perceived sale of contaminated or harmful products would cause negative publicity regarding our company, brand or products, including negative publicity in social media, which could in turn harm our reputation and net sales and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or result in our insolvency.
8 |
Fluctuations in commodity prices and availability may impact profitability.
Many products we sell include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, milk, sugar, cocoa, nuts and other key commodities. Many commodity prices are subject to significant fluctuations and may be impacted by tariffs. Any increase in prices of such key ingredients may cause our vendors to seek price increases from us, and price decreases may result in our competitors reducing retail prices on items containing such ingredients. If we are unable to mitigate these fluctuations, our profitability may be impacted either through increased costs to us or lower prices and loss of customers due to competitive conditions, which may impact gross margins, or through reduced revenue as a result of a decline in the number and average size of customer transactions.
Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.
Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits could cause us to incur additional wage and benefits costs. Increased labor costs brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market conditions could increase our expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability, or decrease the number of employees we are able to employ, which could decrease customer service levels and therefore adversely impact sales.
Legal proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our operations, which are characterized by transactions involving a high volume of customer traffic and a wide variety of product selections, carry a higher exposure to consumer litigation risk when compared to the operations of companies operating in certain other industries. Consequently, we have been, are, and may in the future become a party to individual personal injury, product liability and other legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. While these actions are generally routine in nature, incidental to the operation of our business and immaterial in scope, the outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify. Additionally, we could be exposed to industry-wide or class-action claims arising from the products we carry or industry-specific business practices. Further, we have been, are and may in the future become subject to claims for discrimination, harassment, wages and hours and other federal or state employment matters. While we maintain insurance, such coverage may not be adequate or may not cover a specific legal claim. Moreover, the cost to defend against litigation may be significant. As a result, litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR WELLNESS BUSINESS
Our long-term strategy involves opening new Wellness Centers and is subject to many unpredictable factors.
One key component of our long-term growth strategy is to open new IV hydration centers (“Wellness Centers”) and to operate those Wellness Centers on a profitable basis. We may not be able to open new Wellness Centers as quickly as planned, if at all. We could experience delays or roadblocks in opening Wellness Centers for various reasons, including obtaining labor for construction, hiring adequate staffing and obtaining sufficient supplies to build and operate such Wellness Centers. Delays or failures in opening new Wellness Centers could adversely affect our growth strategy and our business, financial condition and results of operations. As we operate more Wellness Centers, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our Wellness base will eventually decline.
In addition, we may face challenges locating and securing suitable new Wellness Center sites in our target markets. There is no guarantee that a sufficient number of suitable sites will be available in desirable areas or on terms that are acceptable to us in order to achieve our growth plan. Our ability to open new Wellness Centers also depends on other factors, including:
● | negotiating leases with acceptable terms; | |
● | identifying, hiring and training qualified employees in each local market; and | |
● | identifying and entering into agreements with suitable medical directors (“MDs”) in certain target markets. |
We may face additional unknown risks if in the future our business extends beyond our current focus.
9 |
Our expansion into new markets may be more costly and difficult than we currently anticipate which would result in slower growth than we expect.
Wellness Centers we open in new markets may take longer to reach expected revenue and profit levels on a consistent basis and may have higher construction, occupancy, marketing or operating costs than Wellness Centers we open in existing markets, thereby affecting our overall profitability. New markets may have competitive conditions, consumer tastes or discretionary spending patterns that are more difficult to predict or satisfy than our existing markets. We may need to make greater investments than we originally planned in advertising and promotional activity in new markets to build brand awareness. We may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees. For these reasons, among others, our new Wellness Centers may be less successful than our existing Wellness Centers. If we do not successfully execute our plans to enter new markets, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
A lack of qualified employees would significantly hinder our growth plans and adversely affect our results of operations.
As we grow, our ability to increase productivity and profitability will be limited by our ability to employ, train, and retain skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain an adequate skilled labor force necessary to operate efficiently, that our labor expenses will not disproportionately increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel or that we will not have to curtail our planned internal growth as a result of labor shortages. If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, we may be unable to provide our services, the quality of our services may decline and we could lose customers or our brand and reputation may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the inability to recruit personnel to staff our Wellness Centers, will substantially slow our ability to expand and build new Wellness Centers, which would have an adverse impact on our growth. From time to time, and particularly in recent years, the lack of availability of personnel, including qualified technicians and medical personnel, has been a significant operating issue in our industry in certain local and regional markets. If the demand exceeds the supply of available and qualified personnel, we and our competitors may be forced to offer higher compensation and other benefits to attract and retain them. Even if we were to offer higher compensation and other benefits, there can be no assurance that these individuals will choose to join or continue to work for us. Furthermore, the competitive market for this labor force has created turnover as many seek to take advantage of the available positions offering new and more attractive wage and benefit packages. We may be required to hire more expensive temporary personnel or increase our recruiting and marketing costs relating to labor. The use of temporary or agency staff or employee turnover could also heighten the risks of quality control and medical malpractice. In addition to the wage pressures inherent in this environment, the cost of training new employees amid the turnover rates may cause added pressure on our operating results. In addition, while none of our employees are currently represented by a labor union, if some of our employees were to become unionized, it could increase labor costs or otherwise disrupt our operations.
We may not be able to successfully recruit and retain qualified nurses, nurse practitioners, technicians and other providers.
Our success depends upon our continuing ability to recruit and retain qualified nurses, nurse practitioners and other providers. In the event we are unable to attract a sufficient number of such qualified providers, our growth rate may suffer.
Our Wellness Centers compete for customers in a highly competitive environment that may make it more difficult to increase our customer volumes and revenues.
The business of providing IV hydration services is highly competitive in each of the markets in which our Wellness Centers operate. The primary bases of such competition are quality of services and reputation, price of services, marketing and advertising strategy and implementation, convenience of office locations and hours of operation. Our Wellness Centers compete with other IV hydration providers in their local market. Many of those competitors have established brands and reputations in their markets. Some of these competitors and potential competitors may have financial resources, reputations or management expertise that provide them with competitive advantages over us, which may make it difficult to compete against them. Competitors may attempt to copy our business model, or portions thereof, which could erode our market share and brand recognition and impair our growth rate and profitability.
Use of the internet and social media may adversely impact our business and reputation.
We are highly dependent on our online brand and reputation for future business. Consumers increasingly turn to online reviews and other social media platforms for information and decisions about consumer products and services. Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors’ services are rated more highly than ours, irrespective of their accuracy, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. The internet could be used to spread disinformation regarding the safety or efficacy of our treatments and services, and we will have limited ability to control the content or reach of such disinformation whether or not such information is accurate. There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of digital communications, and the importance of social media influencers in the personal care, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers. Negative commentary regarding us or our services may be posted on social media platforms or other electronic means at any time and may be materially adverse to our reputation or business. Customers value readily available information and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Any harm to us or our services may be immediate without allowing us an opportunity for redress or correction. Social media platforms may also make it easier for smaller competitors to compete with us.
10 |
We are subject to numerous state, federal and local laws and regulations, and non-compliance with these laws and regulations may expose us to significant costs or liabilities.
We are subject to numerous state, federal and local laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, licensure and registration of our Wellness Centers as well as nurses and other individuals we employ or contract with to provide IV hydration services and use of regulated products, such as our IV hydration equipment. In addition, these laws may require technicians and other healthcare professionals to maintain licensure, registration, certification or accreditation in order to perform IV hydration services. Certain of these laws also restrict the scope of services that technicians and other individuals can provide or may require supervision from a physician to provide IV hydration services. These state, federal and local laws and regulations are complex, are subject to change and have tended to become more stringent over time. These laws vary from state to state. The failure to comply with licensure laws could result in professional discipline for our healthcare providers and technicians, civil or criminal penalties, including fines, or could require us to restructure our MDs’ operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to operate profitably will depend, in part, on our MDs and our ability to obtain and maintain any necessary licenses and other approvals and operate in compliance with applicable state, federal and local laws and regulations. A determination by any regulator or regulatory authority that we are in violation of applicable laws and regulations have a material adverse effect on us, particularly if we are unable to restructure our operations and arrangements to comply with such the requirements, if we are required to restructure our operations and arrangements at a significant cost, or if we are subject to penalties or other adverse action. Violations of applicable laws or regulations by us, or allegations that we have violated applicable laws or regulations, may also adversely affect our brand and public perception about our business. We cannot predict the impact on our business of new or amended laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced, nor can we ensure we will be able to obtain or maintain any required licenses or permits.
Currently, in many of our Wellness Centers, our IV hydration equipment is permitted to be operated by non-physician practitioners or other personnel pursuant to certain physician supervision and oversight requirements depending on state law. U.S. and state regulations could change at any time, limiting the ability of non-physicians to our IV hydration equipment. We cannot predict the impact or effect of changes in U.S. or state laws or regulations on our business.
We could be party to litigation that could adversely affect us by distracting management, increasing our expenses or subjecting us to material monetary damages and other remedies.
In addition to malpractice claims, we are, or may in the future be, also subject to a variety of other claims arising in the ordinary course of our business, which include, but are not limited to, claims relating to adverse side effects and reactions resulting from the IV hydration process, improper administration of services, personal injury claims, contract claims and claims alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, equal opportunity, harassment, discrimination and similar matters, and we could become subject to class action or other lawsuits related to these or different matters in the future. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid, or whether we are ultimately held liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from our operations and hurt our performance. A judgment in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may also materially and adversely affect our reputation or prospects, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the risk that our current insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.
Our current insurance policies may not be adequate to protect us from liabilities that we incur in our IV hydration business. Additionally, in the future, our insurance premiums may increase, and we may not be able to obtain similar levels of insurance on reasonable terms, or at all. Any substantial inadequacy of, or inability to obtain insurance coverage could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to obtain and maintain adequate directors’ and officers’ insurance would likely adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.
11 |
GENERAL RISKS
If we fail to retain our key personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.
Our future depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel and the continued contributions of our executive officers, each of whom may be difficult to replace. In particular, Jeffrey Holman, our Chief Executive Officer, is important to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction. The loss of the services of this officer, and the process to replace him would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.
Pandemics and related economic repercussions may affect our business.
The COVID-19 pandemic and related economic repercussions created significant volatility, uncertainty, and turmoil in businesses globally. While these events did not have a material adverse effect on our business and B2C platforms like ours have seen elevated sales levels from consumer shifts to online purchasing, we can offer no assurance that any future pandemic will not have an adverse effect in the future.
Reliance on information technology means a significant disruption could affect our communications and operations.
We increasingly rely on information technology systems for our internal communications, controls, reporting and relations with customers and suppliers and information technology is becoming a significantly important tool for our sales staff. In addition, our reliance on information technology exposes us to cyber-security risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete. Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers or may disrupt our relationships and ongoing transactions with other entities with whom we contract throughout our supply chain. The failure of our information systems to function as intended, or the penetration by outside parties’ intent on disrupting business processes, could result in significant costs, loss of revenue, assets or personal or other sensitive data and reputational harm.
RISKS RELATING TO THE OFFERING AND OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
No market for the Common Stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after the Offering. Following the Offering, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
We cannot predict the prices at which the Class A common stock may trade after the Offering. The market price of the Class A common stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:
● | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our businesses; | |
● | our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries; | |
● | our ability to obtain financing as needed; | |
● | announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions; | |
● | changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; | |
● | the failure of securities analysts to cover the Class A common stock after the Spin-Off; |
● | changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; | |
● | the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; | |
● | overall market fluctuations; | |
● | results from any material litigation or government investigation; | |
● | changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; | |
● | changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and | |
● | general economic conditions and other external factors. |
12 |
Furthermore, our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of some HCMC stockholders and, as a result, these HCMC stockholders may sell their shares of our Class A common stock after the Offering. See “Risk Factors—Substantial sales of the Class A common stock may occur in connection with the Spin-Off, which could cause our stock price to decline.” Low trading volume for the Class A common stock, which may occur if an active trading market does not develop, among other reasons, would amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility.
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of the Class A common stock.
Substantial sales of the Class A common stock may occur following the automatic conversion of our Class B common stock into Class A common stock which could cause our stock price to decline.
HCMC stockholders who received shares of Class A common stock in the Spin-Off (and upon conversion of the Class B common stock) generally may sell those shares in the public market. Although we have no actual knowledge of any plan or intention of any significant stockholder to sell our Class A common stock, it is likely that some HCMC stockholders, possibly including some of its larger stockholders, will sell their shares received following the Spin-Off. The sales of significant amounts of the Class A common stock or the perception in the market that this will occur may decrease the market price of the Class A common stock.
Our dual class structure may temporarily depress the trading price of our Class A common stock.
We cannot predict whether our dual class structure will initially result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500. These changes exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to these indices. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may initially prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in these indices and may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.
We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and, therefore, any return on your investment in our Class A common stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of the Class A common stock.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Also, any credit agreements, which we may enter into, may restrict our ability to pay dividends. Whether we pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board deems relevant. Therefore, any return on your investment in our Class A common stock must come from increases in the fair market value and trading price of the Class A common stock. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”
The conversion of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will result in immediate and substantial dilution and could cause the market price for our Class A common stock to decline.
Each holder of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will have the right to convert its shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of our Class A common stock, The conversion of our shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of our Class A common stock will cause immediate and substantial dilution to our existing holders of Class A common stock and could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. On the 40th calendar day (the “Reset Date”) after the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reset in the event the closing price of the Class A common stock on such date is less than the initial conversion price. The reset conversion price will equal a 10% discount to the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the Reset Date; provided, however, in no instance will the conversion price be reset below 30% of the initial conversion price. Any adjustment to the conversion price of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will cause additional dilution upon conversion.
Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future.
Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of (1) incentive equity awards that we expect to grant to our directors, officers and other employees, (2) the conversion of our Class B common stock and (3) the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock. We have approved an incentive plan that will provide for the grant of common stock-based equity awards to our directors, officers and other employees. In addition, we may issue equity as all, or part of the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance our ongoing operations.
13 |
Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of the Company, which could decrease the trading price of the Class A common stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions, which together with applicable Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders consider favorable. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of the Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their Class A common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. See “Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and HCWC’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws” for more information.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include, but are not limited to: (i) exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements pursuant to SOX; (ii) exemption from compliance with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements; (iii) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and (iv) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We will continue to remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of the following: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenue is equal to or more than $1.07 billion; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.
In addition, we are currently a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in the Exchange Act and have elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies. To the extent that we continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, certain of the exemptions available to us as an “emerging growth company” may continue to be available to us as a “smaller reporting company,” including exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements pursuant to SOX and reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements. We will continue to be a “smaller reporting company” until we have $250 million or more in public float (based on our common stock) measured as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or, in the event we have no public float (based on our common stock) or a public float (based on our common stock) that is less than $700 million, annual revenues of $100 million or more during the most recently completed fiscal year.
As a result, the information we provide stockholders will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company, nor have we included all of the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk that would be required if we were not a smaller reporting company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have opted to take advantage of this extended transition period for the adoption of certain accounting standards.
14 |
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.
If you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $8.46 per share, representing the difference between the assumed offering price of $10 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering. To the extent that these outstanding options are ultimately exercised or the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will incur further dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for a further description of the dilution you will experience immediately after this offering.
Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
After this offering, our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own shares representing approximately 21.6% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a judicial forum they deem favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, agents or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation currently provide that, unless HCWC consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding (“Proceeding”) brought on behalf of HCWC; (ii) any Proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of HCWC’s directors, officers, or stockholders to HCWC or its stockholders; (iii) any Proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any Proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (v) any Proceeding asserting a claim against HCWC or any current or former director, officer or stockholder governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless HCWC consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as they may be amended from time to time. The exclusive forum provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that the stockholder believes is favorable for disputes with us or our officers, directors, agents or employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our officers, directors, agents or employees.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Exchange Act, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are those that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, and all statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that are, or could be, deemed forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “believe,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “forecast,” “envision” or the negative of these terms, and other similar phrases. All statements contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement regarding future financial position, sales, costs, earnings, losses, cash flows, other measures of results of operations, capital expenditures or debt levels and plans, objectives, outlook, targets, guidance or goals are forward-looking statements.
You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements because they are not guarantees of future performance or expectations and involve risks and uncertainties. Our forward-looking statements are based on the information currently available to us and speak only as of the date on the cover of this prospectus, the date of any prospectus supplement, or, in the case of forward-looking statements incorporated by reference, the date of the filing that includes the statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation, and disclaim any obligation, to update forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, events or otherwise.
15 |
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are set forth principally in “Risk Factors” above, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and other sections herein. In addition, there may be events in the future that we are not able to predict accurately or control which may cause actual results to differ materially from expectations expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Please consider our forward-looking statements in light of these risks as you read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement.
We estimate that the gross proceeds from our issuance and sale of 400,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $4 million, based on an assumed offering price of $10 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full to cover overallotments, if any, based on an assumed offering price of $10 per share, we estimate that our gross proceeds will be approximately $4.6 million.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our Class A common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering for potential strategic acquisitions as well general corporate working capital.
The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering.
Based on our current operational plans and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least twelve months from the closing of this offering. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our available capital resources sooner that we currently expect. Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments and U.S. government securities.
Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company operates:
● | Ada’s Natural Market, a natural and organic grocery store offering fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.Adasmarket.com). | |
● | Paradise Health & Nutrition’s 3 stores that likewise offer fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.ParadiseHealthDirect.com). | |
● | Mother Earth’s Storehouse, a 2-store organic and health food and vitamin chain in New York’s Hudson Valley, which has been in existence for over 40 years (www.MotherEarthStorehouse.com). | |
● | Greens Natural Foods’ 8 stores in New York and New Jersey, offering a selection of 100% organic produce and all-natural, non-GMO groceries & bulk foods; a wide selection of local products; an organic juice and smoothie bar; a fresh foods department, which offers fresh and healthy “grab & go” foods; a full selection of vitamins & supplements; as well as health and beauty products (www.Greensnaturalfoods.com). |
● | Ellwood Thompson’s, an organic and natural health food and vitamin store located in Richmond, Virginia. (www.ellwoodthompsons.com). Ellwood Thompson’s was acquired on October 1, 2023 for a purchase price of approximately $1,500,000. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, the Company operates a Healthy Choice Wellness Center in Kingston, NY and has a licensing agreement for a Healthy Choice Wellness Center located at the Casbah Spa and Salon in Fort Lauderdale, FL.
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy U Wholesale, the Company sells vitamins and supplements, as well as health, beauty and personal care products on its website www.TheVitaminStore.com.
16 |
NATURAL AND ORGANIC GROCERIES AND DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS BUSINESS
Local. Organic. Fresh. Three words that define Healthy Choice Markets! With Ada’s Natural Market, a full-service grocery store and Greenleaf Grill, Ada’s flagship fast casual in-store restaurant, serving Fort Myers, FL, along with the 8 Greens Natural Foods Stores in New Jersey and New York, 3 Paradise Health & Nutrition locations in the greater Melbourne, FL area, and our 2 Mother Earth’s Storehouse locations in Hudson Valley, NY, all serving their respective local communities, our stores provide all-natural and organic products in a friendly and helpful atmosphere, with aisles of traditional grocery complete with frozen, healthy home, vitamins & supplements, health & beauty, fresh produce, hormone and antibiotic free meats and bulk foods. Ada’s Natural Market, Greens Natural Foods, Paradise Health & Nutrition, and Mother Earth’s Storehouse all offer chef-prepared ready-to-go foods and fresh-baked-daily baked goods. All store locations, with the exception of Saugerties, NY and Malabar, FL, offer a 100% organic juice & smoothie bar.
Collectively, we focus on providing high-quality products at affordable prices, exceptional customer service, nutrition education and community outreach. We strive to generate long-term relationships with our customers based on quality and service by:
● | selling only all-natural and organic groceries; | |
● | offering affordable prices and a shopper-friendly retail environment; and | |
● | providing dine-in options at our Greenleaf Grill, Organic Juice Bar, and our free-trade coffee bar. |
Our History and Founding Principles
We are committed to maintaining the following founding principles, which have helped foster our growth:
● | Quality. Every product on our shelves must go through a rigorous screening and approval process. Our mission includes providing the highest quality groceries and supplements, Natural Grocers branded products, European and United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) certified organic and fresh produce at the best prices in the industry. | |
● | Community. The Ada’s, Paradise, and now Mother Earth’s Storehouse brands have each been serving their respective communities for 30+ years. | |
● | Employees. Our employees make our companies great. We work hard to ensure that our employees are able to live a healthy, balanced lifestyle. We support them with free nutrition education programs, competitive pay and excellent benefits. |
Our Market
We operate within the natural products retail industry, which is a subset of the United States grocery industry and the dietary supplement business. This industry includes conventional supermarkets, natural, gourmet and specialty food markets, mass and discount retailers, warehouse clubs, independent health food stores, dietary supplement retailers, drug stores, farmers’ markets, food co-ops, mail order and online retailers and multi-level marketers. Industry-wide sales of natural and organic foods and dietary supplements have experienced meaningful growth over the past several years, and we believe that growth will continue for the foreseeable future.
We believe the growth in sales of natural and organic foods and dietary supplements continues to be driven by numerous factors, including:
● | greater consumer focus on high-quality nutritional products; | |
● | an increased awareness of the importance of good nutrition to long-term wellness; | |
● | an aging population that is seeking healthy lifestyle alternatives; | |
● | heightened consumer awareness about the importance of food quality and a desire to avoid pesticide residues, growth hormones, artificial ingredients and genetically engineered ingredients in foods; | |
● | growing consumer concerns over the use of harmful chemical additives in body care and household cleaning supplies; | |
● | well-established natural and organic brands, which generate additional industry awareness and credibility with consumers; and | |
● | the growth in the number of consumers with special dietary requirements as a result of allergies, chemical sensitivities, auto-immune disorders and other conditions. |
17 |
Our Competitive Strengths
We are well-positioned to capitalize on favorable natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industry dynamics as a result of the following competitive strengths:
Strict focus on high-quality natural and organic grocery products. We offer high-quality products and brands, including an extensive selection of widely recognized natural and organic food, dietary supplements, body care products, pet care products and books. We offer our customers approximately 10,000 Stock Keeping Units (SKUs) of natural and organic products. We believe our broad product offering enables our customers to shop our stores for substantially all of their grocery and dietary supplement purchases. In our grocery departments, we primarily sell USDA certified organic produce and do not approve for sale grocery products that are known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. In addition, we only sell pasture-raised, humanely-raised dairy products. Consistent with this strategy, our product selection does not include items that do not meet our strict quality guidelines. Our store managers enhance our robust product offering by customizing their stores’ selections to address the preferences of local customers.
Engaging customer service experience based on education and empowerment. We strive to offer consistently exceptional customer service in a shopper-friendly environment, which we believe creates a differentiated shopping experience, enhances customer loyalty and generates repeat visits from our clientele. A key aspect of our customer service model is to provide free nutrition education to our customers. We believe this focus provides an engaging retail experience while also empowering our customers to make informed decisions about their health. We offer our science-based nutrition education through our trained employees, our newsletter and sales flyer, community out-reach programs, one-on-one nutrition health coaching, nutrition classes and cooking demonstrations.
Our Growth Strategies
We expect to pursue several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:
Expand our store base. We intend to expand our store base through the acquisition of new stores.
Increase sales from existing customers. In order to increase our average ticket and the number of customer transactions, we plan to continue offering an engaging customer experience by providing science-based nutrition education and a differentiated merchandising strategy that delivers affordable, high-quality natural and organic grocery products and dietary supplements. We also plan to continue to utilize targeted marketing efforts to reach our existing customers, which we anticipate will drive customer transactions and convert occasional, single-category customers into core, multi-category customers.
Grow our customer base. We plan to implement several measures aimed at building our brand awareness and growing our customer base, including: (i) redesigning our individual store websites to enhance functionality, create a more engaging user experience and increase its reach and effectiveness; (ii) introducing customer appreciation programs at all our stores; and (iii) developing new collateral marketing materials. We believe offering nutrition education has historically been one of our most effective marketing strategies for reaching new customers and increasing the demand for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in our markets.
Improve operating margins. We expect to continue to improve our operating margins as we benefit from investments we have made or are making in fixed overhead and information technology. As we add additional stores, we expect to achieve greater economies of scale through sourcing and distribution. To achieve additional operating margin expansion, we intend to further optimize performance, maintain appropriate store labor levels and effectively manage product selection and pricing.
Our Products
Product Selection Guidelines. We have a set of strict quality guidelines covering all products we sell. For example:
● | we do not approve for sale food known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils or phthalates or parabens, regardless of the proportion of its natural or organic ingredients; | |
● | we sell USDA certified organic produce; and | |
● | we sell meats naturally raised without hormones, antibiotics or treatments and that were not fed animal by-products. |
Our product review team analyzes all new products and approves them for sale based on ingredients, price and uniqueness within the current product set. We actively research new products in the marketplace through our product vendors, private label manufacturers, scientific findings, customer requests and general trends in popular media. Our stores are able to fully merchandise all departments by providing an extensive assortment of natural and organic products. We do not believe we need to sell conventional products to fill our selection, increase our margins or attract more customers.
18 |
What We Sell. We operate both full-service natural and organic grocery stores and dietary supplement stores within our retail locations. The following is a breakdown of our product mix:
● | Grocery. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic grocery products with an emphasis on minimally processed and single ingredient products that are not known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. Additionally, we carry a wide variety of products associated with special diets such as gluten free, vegetarian and non-dairy. | |
● | Produce. We sell USDA-certified organic produce and source from local, organic producers whenever feasible. Our selection varies based on seasonal availability, and we offer a variety of organic produce offerings that are not typically found at conventional food retailers. | |
● | Bulk Food and Private Label Products. We sell a wide selection of private label repackaged bulk and other products, including nuts, water, pasta, canned seafood, dried fruits, grains, granolas, honey, eggs, herbs, spices and teas. | |
● | Dry, Frozen and Canned Groceries. We offer a wide variety of natural and organic dry, frozen and canned groceries, including cereals, soups, baby foods, frozen entrees and snack items. We offer a broad selection of natural chocolate bars, and energy, protein and food bars. | |
● | Meats and Seafood. We offer naturally-raised or organic meat products. The meat products we offer come from animals that have never been treated with antibiotics or hormones or fed animal by-products. Additionally, we only buy from companies we believe employ humane animal-raising practices. Our seafood items are generally frozen at the time of processing and sold from our freezer section, thereby ensuring freshness and reducing food spoilage and safety issues. | |
● | Dairy Products and Dairy Substitutes. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic dairy products such as milk, eggs, cheeses, yogurts and beverages, as well as non-dairy substitutes made from almonds, coconuts, rice and soy. | |
● | Prepared Foods. Our stores have a convenient selection of refrigerated prepared fresh food items, including salads, sandwiches, salsa, humus and wraps. The size of this offering varies by location. |
● | Bread and Baked Goods. We receive regular deliveries of a wide selection of bakery products for our bakery section, which includes an extensive selection of gluten-free items. The Mother Earth’s Storehouse location in Kingston, NY has owned its own baking facilities on-site. | |
● | Beverages. We offer a wide variety of non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverages containing natural and organic ingredients. | |
● | Dietary Supplements. We offer a wide selection of vitamins, supplements and natural remedies. Our staff is well educated and trained on multiple aspects of natural medicine. | |
● | Health, Beauty, and Personal Care. We offer a full range of cosmetics, skin care, hair care, fragrance and personal care products containing natural and organic ingredients. Our body care offerings range from bargain-priced basics to high-end formulations. | |
● | Household and General Merchandise. Our offerings include sustainable, hypo-allergenic and fragrance-free household products, including cleaning supplies, paper products, dish and laundry soap and other common household products, including diapers. | |
● | Quality Assurance. We endeavor to ensure the quality of the products we sell. We work with reputable suppliers we believe are compliant with established regulatory and industry guidelines. Our purchasing department requires a complete supplier and product profile as part of the approval process. Our dietary supplement suppliers must follow current Food and Drug Administration (FDA) good manufacturing practices supported by quality assurance testing for both the base ingredients and the finished product. We expect our suppliers to comply with industry best practices for food safety. |
Many of our suppliers are inspected and certified under the USDA National Organic Program, voluntary industry associations, and other third-party auditing programs with regards to additional ingredients, manufacturing and handling standards. We operate all our stores in compliance with the National Organic Program standards, which restricts the use of certain substances for cleaning and pest control and requires rigorous recordkeeping, among other requirements.
19 |
Our Pricing Strategy
We believe our pricing strategy allows our customers to shop our stores on a regular basis for their groceries and dietary supplements.
The key elements of our pricing strategy include:
● | heavily advertised discounts supported by manufacturer participation; | |
● | in-store specials generally lasting for 30 days and not advertised outside the store; | |
● | managers’ specials, such as clearance, overstock, short-dated or promotional incentives; and | |
● | specials on seasonally harvested produce. |
As we expand our store base, we believe there are opportunities for increased leverage in fixed costs, such as administrative expenses, as well as increased economies of scale in sourcing products. We strive to keep our product, operating and general and administrative costs low, which allows us to continue to offer attractive pricing for our customers.
Store Management and Staffing. Our store staffing includes a manager and assistant manager, with department managers in each of the dietary supplement, grocery, dairy and frozen, produce, body care and receiving departments, as well as several non-management employees. Our regional manager is responsible for monthly store profit and loss, including labor, merchandising and inventory costs.
To ensure a high level of service, all employees receive training and guidance on customer service skills, product attributes and nutrition education. Employees are carefully trained and evaluated based on a requirement that they present nutrition information in an appropriate and legally compliant educational context while interacting with customers. Additionally, store employees are cross trained in various functions, including cashier duties, stocking and receiving product.
Inventory. We use a robust merchandise management and perpetual inventory system that values goods at average cost. We manage shelf stock based on weeks-on-hand relative to sales, resupply time and minimum economic order quantity.
Sourcing and Vendors. We source from approximately 1,000 suppliers and offer well-over 4,000 brands. These suppliers range from small independent businesses to multi-national conglomerates. As of December 31, 2022, we purchased approximately 68% of the goods we sell from our top 20 suppliers. For the fiscal year ended 2022, approximately 36% of our total purchases were from UNFI. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we purchased approximately 76% of the goods we sell from our top 20 suppliers. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, approximately 42% of our total purchases were from UNFI. We maintain good relations with all our suppliers and believe we have adequate alternative supply methods, including self-distribution.
As mentioned, UNFI is our primary supplier of dry grocery and frozen food products, accounting for approximately 36% and 25% of our total purchases in fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively, when giving effect to the Green’s Natural Foods transaction. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, approximately 42% and 32% of purchases were from UNFI, respectively. Our customer distribution agreement with UNFI that commenced effective September 1, 2022, and has an initial term through September 1, 2027. Either party may terminate the agreement for defaults by the other party of certain provisions of the agreement. We are obligated to purchase a minimum annual volume of products from UNFI, except in certain defined circumstances when such purchasing obligation is excused. Pricing under our agreement with UNFI is on a “cost plus” basis. We believe UNFI has sufficient warehouse capacity and distribution technology to service our existing stores’ distribution needs for natural foods and products.
We have longstanding relationships with our suppliers, and we require disclosure from them regarding quality, freshness, potency and safety data information. Our bulk food private label products are packaged by us in pre-packed sealed bags to help prevent contamination while in transit and in our stores. Unlike most of our competitors, most of our private label nuts, trail mix, and flours are refrigerated in our warehouse and stores to maintain freshness.
Our Employees
Commitment to our employees is one of our five founding principles. Employees are eligible for health, long-term disability, vision and dental insurance coverage, as well as Company paid short-term disability and life insurance benefits, after they meet eligibility requirements. Additionally, our employees are offered a 401(k) retirement savings plan with discretionary contribution matching opportunities. This further offers our employees the opportunity to become more familiar with our products, which we believe improves the customer service our employees are able to provide. We believe these and other factors result in higher retention rates and encourage our employees to appreciate our culture, which helps them better promote our brand.
20 |
Our Customers
The growth in the natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industries and growing consumer interest in health and nutrition have led to an increase in our core customer base. We believe the demands for affordable, nutritious food and dietary supplements are shared attributes of our core customers, regardless of their socio-economic status. Additionally, we believe our core customers prefer a retail store environment that offers carefully selected natural and organic products and dietary supplements. Our customers tend to be interested in health and nutrition and expect our store employees to be highly knowledgeable about these topics and related products.
Competition
The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry, with few barriers to entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets such as Publix and Winn-Dixie, mass or discount retailers such as Sprout’s Farmers Market, Wal-Mart and Target, natural and gourmet markets such as Whole Foods and The Fresh Market, specialty food retailers such as Trader Joe’s, independent health food stores, dietary supplement retailers, drug stores, farmers’ markets, food co-ops, mail order and online retailers and multi-level marketers. These businesses compete with us for customers on the basis of price, selection, quality, customer service, shopping experience or any combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors are expanding to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. We believe our commitment to carrying only carefully vetted, affordably priced and high-quality natural and organic products and dietary supplements, as well as our focus on providing nutritional education, differentiate us in the industry and provide a competitive advantage.
Properties
The locations and square footage of our grocery stores are as follows:
Store Location | Square Footage | |||
Ada’s Natural Market Store, Fort Myers, FL | 16,089 | |||
Paradise Health & Nutrition Wickham Store, Melbourne, FL | 5,396 | |||
Paradise Health & Nutrition Minton Store, Melbourne, FL | 4,200 | |||
Paradise Health & Nutrition Malabar Store, Palm Bay, FL | 2,100 | |||
Mother Earth’s Storehouse Kingston Store, Kingston, NY | 17,964 | |||
Mother Earth’s Storehouse Saugerties Store, Saugerties, NY | 2,000 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Eastchester Store, Scarsdale, NY | 7,500 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Mt. Kisco Store, Mt. Kisco, NY | 6,700 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Briarcliff Store, Briarcliff Manor, NY | 9,700 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Somers Store, Baldwin Place, NY | 4,800 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Basking Ridge Store, Basking Ridge, NJ | 4,800 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Chester Store, Chester, NJ | 5,800 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Ocean Store, Ocean, NJ | 10,500 | |||
Green’s Natural Foods Shrewsbury Store, NJ | 6,200 | |||
Ellwood Thompson’s, Richmond, Virginia | 17,920 |
We lease all of our store locations from unaffiliated third parties except for the store in Saugerties, NY. We own the store location in Saugerties, NY. A typical store lease is for an initial 5 to 10-year term with renewal options of three to five years. We expect that we will be able to renegotiate these leases or relocate these stores, as necessary. In addition to new store openings, we remodel or relocate stores periodically in order to improve performance. We lease our corporate office in Florida from unaffiliated third parties. We believe our portfolio of long-term leases is a valuable asset supporting our retail operations, but we do not believe that any individual store property or distribution center is material to our financial condition or results of operations.
Regulatory Compliance
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices that affect our business. The safety, formulation, manufacturing, processing, packaging, importation, labeling, promotion, advertising and distribution of products we sell in our stores, including private label products, are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the USDA, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “CPSC”) and the Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”), as well as by various state and local agencies.
21 |
Food Products. The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of food and food ingredients (including pet food and pet food ingredients but excluding meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products, which are regulated by USDA) under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). The USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service regulates and regularly inspects meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products to assure that these products are safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged under the Federal Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act.
The Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”), enacted in 2011, amended the FDCA and significantly expanded food safety requirements and the FDA’s regulatory authority over food safety. The FSMA requires the FDA to impose comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States and provides the FDA with authority to enforce mandatory recalls. In addition, the FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices and other tasks. Further, even provisions that have been enacted, such as nutritional labeling, are periodically reviewed and updated with new requirements. As a result, final implementation of the legislation remains ongoing.
The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of cosmetics, food and dietary supplements. Labeling is a broad concept that, under most circumstances, extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website and printed or digital media. All foods, including dietary supplements, must bear labeling that provides consumers with essential information with respect to standards of product identity, net quantity/weight, nutrition facts labeling, ingredient statements, contact information for the manufacturer/packer/distributor, allergen, and certain other disclosures. Similarly, cosmetic products labeling must also contain certain information, including the nature and use of the product such as net quantity/weight, ingredient statements, and contact information for the manufacturer/packer/distributor. The FDA also regulates the use of claims made about these products, including structure/function claims (e.g., “calcium builds strong bones”), qualified health claims (e.g., “adequate calcium throughout life may reduce the risk of osteoporosis”), and nutrient content claims (e.g., “high in antioxidants”), and others. “Organic” claims, however, are primarily regulated by the USDA. Certain new food labeling requirements, primarily related to the Nutrition Facts Label, went into full effect on January 1, 2021.
Dietary Supplements. The FDA also has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of dietary supplements, dietary ingredients, labeling and current good manufacturing practices. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA), enacted in 1994, greatly expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became a separately regulated subcategory of food and the FDA was empowered to establish good manufacturing practice regulations governing key aspects of the production of dietary supplements, including quality control, packaging and labeling. DSHEA also expressly permits dietary supplements to make label claims and promotional statements describing how a product affects the structure, function and general well-being of the body if adequate scientific evidence exists to support the claim, although no statement may expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary supplement will diagnose, cure, treat or prevent a disease, which are claims reserved for drug products that are regulated separately by the FDA.
FDA Enforcement. The FDA has broad authority to enforce the provisions of the FDCA applicable to the safety, labeling, manufacturing, transport and promotion of cosmetics, foods and dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning letter to a company, publicize information about illegal products, institute an administrative detention of food, request or order a recall of illegal food products from the market, and request the Department of Justice to initiate a seizure action, an injunction action or a criminal prosecution. Pursuant to the FSMA, the FDA also has the power to deny the import of any food or dietary supplement from a foreign supplier that is not appropriately verified as being compliant with all FDA laws and regulations. Moreover, the FDA has the authority to administratively suspend the registration of any facility that produces or processes food, including supplements, that it deems to present a reasonable probability of causing serious adverse health consequences. In the past few years, the FDA has commenced enforcement actions against nutritional supplement companies by issuing warning letters regarding products that make impermissible claims related to treatments and cures for various diseases.
Food and Dietary Supplement Advertising. In addition to the FDA’s regulatory control over product labeling, the FTC also exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods and dietary supplements, including health benefit claims, general claims about environmental benefits, and claims about the geographic origin of products (e.g., “Made in the USA”) and claims about whether product packaging is recyclable or compostable, as well as deceptive advertising methods. The FTC has the power to levy monetary sanctions and impose “consent decrees” and penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against dietary supplement companies for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. In addition, private parties are increasingly initiating broad consumer class actions against food and dietary supplement manufacturers for false or misleading labeling and/or advertising.
Compliance. As is common in our industry, we rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and statutory requirements. In general, we seek certifications of compliance, representations and warranties, indemnification and insurance from our suppliers and contract manufacturers. However, even with adequate certifications, representations and warranties, insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in the products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or withdraw such products from our stores. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and contract manufacturers have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products and we have revised certain provisions of our sales and marketing program.
22 |
New or revised federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting our business or our industry, such as those relating to industrial hemp products and genetically modified (bioengineered) foods, could result in additional compliance costs and civil remedies. In some instances, laws and regulations may be amended in the future to allow for private rights of action to enforce laws and regulations through lawsuits. The risks associated with these laws and regulations are further described under the caption “Risk Factors.”
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CENTERS
Healthier choices extend past just healthy eating. HCWC, through its Healthy Choice Wellness Centers, offer premium and optimized whole person-centered care and services, tailored to promote and maximize one’s general health and well-being. Healthy Choice Wellness Centers’ services are designed to address one or more common concerns, including but not limited to immunity, anxiety, mental fortitude, sports recovery, and more. Through these services, which include IV Nutrient Drip Infusions and Intramuscular (IM) Injection Treatments, Healthy Choice Wellness Centers seek to provide healthy alternatives that treat the mind and body to its core, thus offering optimized healthier living.
Our Mission
● | To assist in one’s achievement of personal well-being, which is an optimal and dynamic state that allows people to achieve their full potential through both the individual pursuit of wellness and the commitment and support of the communities to which they belong. | |
● | To assist in maximizing overall individual wellness, which is an active process that helps individuals reach their optimal well-being by integrating all the dimensions of wellness into their lives; physical, social, emotional, spiritual, environmental, intellectual, occupational, and financial. | |
● | To provide the highest standards of professionalism, emphasizing on quality of care, ethical behavior, ensuring client confidentiality, and the treatment of all individuals with respect and dignity. | |
● | To provide clients an immaculate wellness facility designed for the optimal benefit of the clients to receive their desired treatments in a clean and sterile environment that fosters a tranquil space to maximize one’s overall wellness and well-being. | |
● | To continue the powerful pursuit of knowledge and education by all of our professionals and practitioners, to better provide consult to our clients for them to best maximize their overall wellness and well-being. |
Our Vision
Life comes with a lot of choices - some easier to make than others. Healthier living should be the easiest of those choices, and so Healthy Choice Wellness Centers offers Health & Wellness services that assist in making those choices a lot easier. Healthy Choice Wellness Centers seek to continue the commitment of its parent company, Healthier Choices Management Corp., in providing consumers with healthier alternatives to everyday lifestyle choices.
Healthy Choice Wellness Centers offer premium and optimized whole person-centered care and services, tailored to promote and maximize one’s general health and well-being. All of our services are designed to address one or more common concerns, including but not limited to immunity, anxiety, mental fortitude, sports recovery, health and beauty, and more. Through these services, Healthy Choice Wellness Centers seek to provide healthy alternatives that treat the mind and body to its core, thus offering optimized healthier living.
Our Values
Healthy Choice Wellness Centers are committed to building a culture of well-being. Our goal is to optimize wellness, both for today and all of our tomorrows.
Healthy Choice Wellness Centers view the communities we serve as being comprised of whole and dynamic individuals. We are sensitive to the communal stresses of life that impact our health, wellness, and overall well-being. We promote and encourage personal responsibility and accountability in one’s pursuit of achieving and maintaining their health and wellness. Our Healthy Choice Wellness team not only participates in the facilitation of services in the process of achieving one’s wellness, but also are present to provide information, care, and knowledge to maintain course and maximize one’s well-being according to their individual health goals, wants, and needs.
23 |
Healthy Choice Wellness Centers also realizes that the whole is only as strong as its parts when it comes to those communities we serve. Thus, we put forth effort to strengthen the environments in which we live and work as they directly impact our well-being. This effort to support wellness for the individuals (the parts) must include working to create a healthy community at large (the whole) that supports the well-being of its members at large.
Our Growth Strategy
We seek to operate and expand our Wellness Centers by approaching growth via three different pathways:
1) | Corporately owned and operated Wellness Centers. | |
2) | Wellness Centers implementing the services of Healthy Choice Wellness Centers by way of licensing agreements. | |
3) | Franchising locations. |
Our Products & Services
Healthy Choice Wellness Centers specialize most in IV Nutrient Drip Infusion and Intramuscular (IM) Injection treatments, however we seek to expand these offerings (both in the number of IV and IM options offered), but also by adding additional whole-person centered services for optimizing overall general health.
IV Nutrient Drip Infusion Treatments: Healthy Choice Wellness Center’s IV Nutrient Drip Infusions are used to deliver vitamins and minerals directly into the bloodstream, offering superior absorption over oral supplements. We offer pre-formulated customized solutions to address a variety of issues including:
● | Immune System Strengthening | |
● | Anti-Aging | |
● | Optimal Athletic Performance & Recovery | |
● | Metabolism | |
● | Hangover & Headache Relief | |
● | Cold & Flu Symptoms | |
● | Chronic Fatigue | |
● | Brain Fog |
Currently, we offer fourteen IV Nutrient Treatment Options: Quench, Get-Up-And-Go, Recovery & Performance, Immunity, Alleviate, Inner Beauty, Myers’ Cocktail, Nad+ (Premium Drip), Reboot, Glutathion, Endurance, Energize, Revitalize, and Brainstorm.
Intramuscular (IM) Injection Treatments: Healthy Choice Wellness Center’s Intramuscular (IM) Injection treatments delivery vitamins and minerals directly into the bloodstream, offering superior absorption over oral supplements. We offer server pre-formulated customized solutions to address a variety of issues including:
● | Immune Functioning | |
● | General Health | |
● | Fight Illness | |
● | Boost Metabolism | |
● | Improve Mood | |
● | Increase Energy | |
● | Appetite Suppression | |
● | Burning Fat |
Currently we offer eleven Injection Treatment Options: Vitamin B-12, Vitamin D-3, Glutathione, Amino Blend, Ascorbic Acid, L-Taurine, Extreme Skinny, Mineral Blend, Biotin, Tri-Immune, and Vita-Complex.
Our Employees
Each Wellness Center is led by licensed and accredited medical professionals and practitioners.
24 |
Our Customers
The client base for our Wellness Centers is not bound by age groups or genders. Our clients consist of a broad range of individuals all seeking a common universal goal of seeking to improve their overall wellness. These individuals tend to be those who consciously live a healthy lifestyle and are seeking treatments to maximize and optimize their overall well-being. This includes athletes seeking treatments to help recover quicker from injury and/or rehydrate, middle aged men and women seeking treatments to maximize their cognitive fortitude, those wanting to help alleviate indigestion or stomach pains, and a slew of other reasons all ending with the drive for healthier living.
ONLINE SALES
The Vitamin Store.com is your online source for the leading products in the all-natural vitamin and supplement, and health, beauty, and personal care categories of healthier living.
Backed by 30+ years of combined experience of our management in the health and nutrition industry, we provide our customers with only the best products on the market. We sell our exclusive offering of Ada’s Naturals brand products and many of the top products from the most recognized national natural health brands in the industry.
● | Vitamins & Supplements: |
○ | Product Categories Include, but are not limited to: Vitamins, Minerals & Herbals, Immunity, Multivitamins, Sports Nutrition, Protein Powders, Collagen, Stress & Anxiety, Sleep & Relax, Brain Health, Pain & Inflammation, Probiotics, Energy & Stamina, Joint & Bone Support, Digestion, Fish Oils, Just for Men, Kids/Children/Teens, and more. | |
○ | Product Varieties Include, but are not limited to: Apple Cider Vinegar, BCAA, Biotin, Calcium, Chlorophyll, CLA, Collagen Peptides, Creatine, Elderberry, Omega-3’s, Garlin, Glucosamine, Iron, Magnesium, Melatonin, Potassium, Prenatals, Probiotics, Protein Powders (Plant and Whey), Ashwaghanda Turmeric, Ginseng, Vitamin B, C, D, E, K+, Zinc, and more. | |
○ | Product Brands Include, but are not limited to: Ada’s Naturals, Enzymedica, Garden of Life, Natural Vitality, New Chapter, Renew Life, Solgar, and more. |
● | Health, Beauty and Personal Care: |
○ | Product Categories Include, but are not limited to: Oral Care, Hair Care, Body Wash, Skin & Face, Deodorant, Suncare, Soaps, Shaving, Feminine Hygiene, Lip Balms, Ear Candles, Lotions, Hand Sanitizers, Essential Oils, and more. | |
○ | Product Varieties Include, but are not limited to: Body Wash, Deodorant, Ear Candles, Shampoos, Conditioners, Toothpaste, Mouthwashes, Shaving, Bar Soaps, Liquid Soaps, Suncare, and more. | |
○ | Product Brands Include, but are not limited to: Ada’s Naturals, Alba Botanica, Aura Cacia, Derma-E, Desert Essence, Dr. Bronners, Every Man Jack, Heritage Store, Himalaya Botanique, Life-Flo, Lily of the Desert, Natracare, Naturally Fresh, Oral Essentials, South of France, Tea Tree Therapy, Thai Deodorant Stone, Thayer’s, and more. |
Financing
We intend to assume certain financing arrangements of HCMC and its subsidiaries prior to or concurrent with the separation. Upon completion of the separation, we expect to have approximately $2.5 million of total debt outstanding.
HCMC has secured binding commitments of $13.25 million in equity financing for HCWC from existing investors of HCMC. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement for the HCMC Series E Stock (“HCMC Series E SPA”), the purchasers of HCMC Series E Stock will also be required to purchase Series A Preferred Stock of HCWC in the same subscription amounts that the Purchasers paid for the HCMC Series E Stock.
25 |
The closing of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock is expected to occur prior to March 1, 2024. The purchase price is $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. On the 40th calendar day (the “Reset Date”) after the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reset in the event the closing price of the Class A common stock on such date is less than the initial conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reset conversion price will equal a 10% discount to the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the Reset Date; provided, however, in no instance will the conversion price be reset below 30% of the initial conversion price. The holders of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted basis. HCWC will register for resale of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock will not be convertible until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock will be used for general corporate purposes and potential acquisitions. The HCMC Series E Preferred Stock does not give the holders any rights with respect to HCWC other than to participate in the Distribution if the shares of HCMC Series E Preferred Stock are converted into HCMC common stock.
The expectation is the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder. The Series A Preferred Stock is being purchased by five institutional investors that would be deemed “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a). Neither HCMC nor HCWC engaged in any general solicitation or public advertising in connection with the offering.
Employees
Following the separation from HCMC, we expect to have approximately 500 employees.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that such litigation, claims and administrative proceedings will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position or our results of operations. We record a liability when a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
Segment Information
We have one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores, through which we conduct all of our business.
Listing of the Class A common stock
We expects to list the Class A common stock on the NYSE American exchange under the symbol “HCWC.”
To be listed on the NYSE American stock exchange, an issuer must meet both the financial requirements and the public float requirement. With respect to the financial requirements, HCWC meets the following NYSE American standards: (1) market capitalization of $50 million, (2) market value of public float of $20 million or more and (3) minimum share price of at least $3 per share. With respect to the public float requirement, HCWC will have at least 400 public shareholders and 1 million shares in public distribution.
Listing Risks. The consummation of the Offering is contingent upon approval and listing on NYSE American exchange. Without such approval, the Company does not expect to proceed with the Offering but will evaluate all alternatives.
Reasons for Furnishing this Prospectus
You should not construe this Prospectus as an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or any securities of HCWC. We believe that the information contained in this Prospectus is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this Prospectus may occur after that date, and neither we nor HCMC undertakes any obligation to update the information except in the normal course of our and HCMC’s public disclosure obligations and practices and except as required by applicable law.
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
Prior to this offering, there will be no public market for our shares of common stock. The offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”). The principal factors to be considered in determining the public offering price include:
● | the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to Maxim; | |
● | the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete; | |
● | our past and present financial performance; | |
● | our prospects for future earnings, growth and funding and our past ability to raise capital for the business; | |
● | the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering; | |
● | the recent market prices of, and demand for, (i) publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies and (2) similarly situated newly public traded companies; and | |
● | other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. |
26 |
The estimated range of the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of Class A common stock or that the shares of Class A common stock will trade in the public market at or above the offering price.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, for reinvestment in our business. Also, any credit agreements, which we may enter into, may restrict our ability to pay dividends. The payment of dividends in the future will be subject to the discretion of our Board and will depend, among other things, on our financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, future prospects and any other factors our Board deems relevant.
The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of September 30, 2023.
● | On an actual basis | |
● | On a proforma basis to give effect to the following transactions: |
○ | The issuance of Series A Preferred Stock in a private placement subsequent to September 30, 2023, in the amount of $13,250,000; | |
○ | HCMC will fund $1 million to HCWC; and | |
○ | HCWC will issue 1,613,343 shares of common stock to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment; and | |
○ | HCWC will issue 6,461,657 shares of common stock to HCMC stockholders. |
● | On a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect to the $4 million cash raised from IPO and 400,000 shares of Class A common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued in the offering at the assumed offering price of $10.00. |
Unaudited Actual | Spin-off Adjustments | Note | Pro Forma | Transaction Adjustment | Note | Pro Forma, as Adjusted September 30, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 941,803 | $ | 14,250,000 | a | $ | 15,191,803 | $ | 4,000,000 | c | $ | 19,191,803 | ||||||||||||
Total debt | 2,515,013 | - | 2,515,013 | - | 2,515,013 | |||||||||||||||||||
Equity and Net Parent’s Investment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net parent’s investment | 15,133,435 | (15,133,435 | ) | a/b | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 13,250 shares authorized, 0 share issued and outstanding, actual; and 13,250 issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted | - | 13 | a | 13 | - | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||
Common stock distributed to HCMC, $0.001 par value per share, 9,800,000 shares authorized 0 share issued and outstanding, actual; 8,075,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 8,475,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted | - | 8,075 | b | 8,075 | 400 | c | 8,475 | |||||||||||||||||
Additional Paid-in-Capital | - | 29,375,347 | a/b | 29,375,347 | 3,999,600 | c | 33,374,947 | |||||||||||||||||
Total Equity and Net Parent’s Investment | 15,133,435 | 14,250,000 | 29,383,435 | 4,000,000 | 33,383,435 | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Capitalization | $ | 17,648,448 | $ | 14,250,000 | $ | 31,898,448 | $ | 4,000,000 | $ | 35,898,448 |
27 |
The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The above table does not include the 60,000 overallotment Class A shares of common stock allotted to the underwriters.
a. Reflects the secured commitments of $13.25 million in equity financing for HCWC from existing investors of HCMC. 13,250 shares of Series A preferred stock are issued to institutional investors at $0.001 par value per share and $1,000 stated value per share. Cash and cash equivalents also includes $1 million contribution from HCMC to HCWC.
b. Represents elimination of HCMC net parent’s investment in HCWC, issuance and distribution to HCMC stockholders:
● | 1,613,343 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment. This amount also reflects the initial $1 million investment by HCMC. | |
● | 6,461,657 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share at the assumed offering price of $10.00 per share issued to HCMC stockholders. | |
● | Additional paid-in-capital of $29,375,347 consists of: |
● | $16,131,822 from 1,613,343 shares issued of common stock issued to HCMC, | |
● | $64,610,103 from 6,461,657 shares of common stock issuance to HCMC stockholders and offset by the additional paid-in-capital adjustment at assumed offering price of $10.00 per share, which amounts to $64,616,565 from 6,461,657 shares of common stock issuance. | |
● | $13,249,987 from 13,250 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to institutional investors at $0.001 par value per share and $1,000 stated value per share. |
c. Represents $4 million cash raised from IPO and 400,000 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued in the offering at the assumed offering price of $10.00.
If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering.
Our pro forma net tangible book value, after the aforementioned Spin-off, as of September 30, 2023 was $9.5 million, or $1.17 per share of our common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing the net tangible book value (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.
After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of 400,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $10.00 per share, the midpoint of the range included on the cove page of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2023 would have been approximately $13.5 million, or approximately $1.59 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of approximately $0.42 to our existing stockholders and an immediate market value premium (dilution) in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of approximately $8.41 to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this IPO offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed public offering price per share paid by new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed public offering price per share | $ | 10.00 | ||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, after Spin-off, as of September 30, 2023 | $ | 1.17 | ||||||
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering | $ | 0.42 | ||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering | $ | 1.59 | ||||||
Dilution per share to new investors | $ | 8.41 |
28 |
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is 9,800,000 shares (which excludes the 60,000 overallotment shares of Class A common stock reserved for the underwriters) of which 2,280,000 shares are Class A common stock and 7,520,000 shares are Class B common stock.
To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, or new options are issued under the equity benefit plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma, as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2023, after giving effect to the aggregate of 400,000 shares of our Class A common stock upon the closing of this offering, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $10.00 per share, which is the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.
Weighted | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares Purchased | Total Tangible Book Value/ Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | Per Share | ||||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders before this offering | 8,075,000 | 95 | % | $ | 9,463,651 | 70 | % | $ | 1.17 | |||||||||||
Investors participating in this offering | 400,000 | 5 | % | $ | 4,000,000 | 30 | % | $ | 10.00 | |||||||||||
Total | 8,475,000 | 100 | % | $ | 13,463,651 | 100 | % | $ | 1.59 |
SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present our selected combined carve-out financial data for the periods indicated. We have derived our selected historical combined carve-out statement of operations data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 from our unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our selected historical condensed combined carve-out balance sheet data as of September 30, 2023 from our unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus and derived our selected historical condensed combined carve-out balance sheet data as of December 31, 2022 from the audited balance sheets included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following historical financial data should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussions and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited 2022 financial statements and unaudited financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Combined Carve-Out Statement of Operation (Unaudited):
Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 12,704,600 | $ | 5,775,543 | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | 16,700,596 | ||||||||
Cost of sales | 8,061,966 | 3,909,190 | 25,199,879 | 10,670,440 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 4,642,634 | 1,866,353 | 14,639,323 | 6,030,156 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses | 5,897,769 | 2,706,123 | 17,743,763 | 7,566,602 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (1,255,135 | ) | (839,770 | ) | (3,104,440 | ) | (1,536,446 | ) | ||||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 2,535 | 4,327 | 11,785 | 12,309 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net | (39,073 | ) | (21 | ) | (123,197 | ) | (93 | ) | ||||||||
Change in contingent consideration | 372,000 | - | 774,900 | - | ||||||||||||
Total other income (expense), net | 335,462 | 4,306 | 663,488 | 12,216 | ||||||||||||
Loss before taxes | (919,673 | ) | (835,464 | ) | (2,440,952 | ) | (1,524,230 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (919,673 | ) | $ | (835,464 | ) | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | (1,524,230 | ) |
29 |
Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets:
30 |
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Carve-Out Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out financial statements of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. gives effect to the following planned transactions (the “Transactions”):
● | The estimated gross proceeds of $13,250,000 from institutional investors from the issuance of 13,250 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1000.00 per share. | |
● | The net proceeds of $1 million investment from HCMC in HCWC. | |
● | Issuance of 1,613,343 shares of common stocks at par value of $0.001 per share and at fair value of $10.00 per share to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment. | |
● | Issuance of 6,461,657 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share and at fair value of $10.00 per share to HCMC stockholders. | |
● | The estimated gross proceeds of $4,000,000 from the initial public offering, issuance and distribution of 400,000 shares of common stocks at par value of $0.001 per share and at assumed offering price of $10.00 per share to the IPO stockholders. |
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. also gives effect to the following pro forma adjustments (the “Acquisition Adjustments”):
● | Unaudited financial information for Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods prior to acquisition dates. |
● | $425,946 pro forma adjustment for Depreciation and Amortization of PP&E, intangibles, and Right of Use Assets and Lease Liability expense. |
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out financial statements consist of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out balance sheet as of September 30, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out financial statements for the relevant period have been derived by application of pro forma adjustments to our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out balance sheet reflects the spin-off transactions and the initial public offering as if it occurred on September 30, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 reflects the spin-off transaction and IPO as if it occurred on January 1, 2022. Upon Spin-Off, HCWC will sell shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), with the gross proceeds from such offering expected to be $13.25 million. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. Upon Spin-Off, HCMC will also invest $1 million cash in HCWC. The initial public offering is estimated to raise $4 million gross proceeds from 400,000 shares of Class A common stock issuance, assuming an offering price of $10 per share. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 also reflect the acquisition of Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods as if it occurred on January 1, 2022. There were no pro forma adjustments related to the acquisitions in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as the historical statements already include the acquisitions. The pro forma adjustments, described in the related notes, are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing these unaudited pro forma condensed combined carve-out financial statements. Actual results could differ, perhaps materially, from these estimates and assumptions.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and the related notes should be read in conjunction with the sections titled “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, and the audited combined carve-out financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2022 of the Company and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022
Unaudited Actual | Transaction and Acquisition Adjustments (2c) | Note | Pro Forma | Transaction Adjustments | Note | Pro Forma, As Adjusted December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 29,009,640 | $ | 25,836,383 | $ | 54,846,023 | $ | - | $ | 54,846,023 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of sales | 18,926,175 | 15,597,193 | 34,523,368 | - | 34,523,368 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit | 10,083,465 | 10,239,190 | 20,322,655 | - | 20,322,655 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 14,251,075 | 11,308,547 | 25,559,622 | - | 25,559,622 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Loss) income from operations | (4,167,610 | ) | (1,069,357 | ) | (5,236,967 | ) | - | (5,236,967 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 874,907 | 103,427 | 978,334 | - | 978,334 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income (expense), net | (29,992 | ) | 560 | (29,432 | ) | - | (29,432 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total income (expense), net | 844,915 | 948,902 | - | - | 948,902 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income | $ | (3,322,695 | ) | $ | (965,370 | ) | $ | (4,288,065 | ) | $ | - | $ | (4,288,065 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted | - | 8,075,000 | 2a | 8,075,000 | 400,000 | 2b | 8,475,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share, basic and diluted | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (0.53 | ) | $ | - | $ | (0.51 | ) |
31 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
(Unaudited) Actual | Transaction and Acquisition Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma | Transaction Adjustments | Notes | Pro Forma September 30, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | - | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | - | $ | 39,839,202 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of sales | 25,199,879 | - | 25,199,879 | - | 25,199,879 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit | 14,639,323 | - | 14,639,323 | - | 14,639,323 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | 17,743,763 | - | 17,743,763 | - | 17,743,763 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (3,104,440 | ) | - | (3,104,440 | ) | - | (3,104,440 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income, net | 11,785 | - | 11,785 | - | 11,785 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net | (123,197 | ) | - | (123,197 | ) | - | (123,197 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Change in contingent consideration | 774,900 | - | 774,900 | - | 774,900 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total other income (expense), net | 663,488 | - | 663,488 | - | 663,488 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss before taxes | (2,440,952 | ) | - | (2,440,952 | ) | - | (2,440,952 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | - | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | - | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted | - | 8,075,000 | 3a | 8,075,000 | 400,000 | 3b | 8,475,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loss per share, basic and diluted | $ | - | $ | - | $ | (0.30 | ) | $ | - | $ | (0.29 | ) |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
SEPTEMBER 30, 2023
32 |
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Note 1. Basis of Pro Forma Presentation
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information set forth herein is based upon the financial statements of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. and the planned Transactions and the Acquisition Adjustments. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented as if the Transactions had been completed on January 1, 2022 with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, and on September 30, 2023 with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial position or results of operations had the Transactions occurred as of the dates indicated, nor is it meant to be indicative of any anticipated combined financial position or future results of operations that the Company will experience after the completion of the Transactions.
Note 2. Adjustment to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Carve-Out Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022.
● | 2a represents number of shares of common stock issued to eliminate HCMC net parent’s investment and distribution to HCMC shareholders: |
○ | 1,613,343 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment. This amount also reflects the initial $1 million investment by HCMC | |
○ | 6,461,657 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share at the assumed offering price of $10.00 per share issued to HCMC stockholders |
● | 2b represents issuance and distribution of 400,000 shares of Class A common stocks at par value of $0.001 per share and at assumed offering price of $10.00 per share which reflects the impact of the Class A common stock issued to the IPO stockholders. |
● | 2c represents unaudited financial information for Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods prior to acquisition dates, and pro forma adjustment in the total amount of $425,946 for Depreciation and Amortization of PP&E, intangibles, and Right of Use Assets and Lease Liability expense. |
Note 3. Adjustment to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Carve-Out Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
● | 3a represents number of shares of common stock issued to eliminate HCMC net parent’s investment and distribution to HCMC shareholders: |
○ | 1,613,343 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment. This amount also reflects the initial $1 million investment by HCMC | |
○ | 6,461,657 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share at the assumed offering price of $10.00 per share issued to HCMC stockholders |
● | 3b represents the issuance and distribution of 400,000 shares of Class A common stocks at par value of $0.001 per share and at assumed offering price of $10.00 per share which reflects the impact of the common stock issued to the IPO stockholders. |
Note 4. Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2023
● | 4a represents the secured commitments of $13.25 million in equity financing for HCWC from existing investors of HCMC. 13,250 shares of Series A preferred stock are issued to institutional investors at $0.001 par value per share and $1,000 stated value per share. It also includes $1 million investment from HCMC in HCWC. |
● | 4b represents elimination of HCMC net parent’s investment in HCWC, issuance and distribution to HCMC stockholders. |
○ | 1,613,343 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share issued to HCMC to eliminate the net parent’s investment. This amount also reflects the initial $1 million investment by HCMC | |
○ | 6,461,657 shares of common stock at par value of $0.001 per share at the assumed offering price of $10.00 per share issued to HCMC stockholders | |
○ | Additional paid-in-capital of $29,375,347 consists of: |
▪ | $16,131,822 from 1,613,343 shares issued of common stock issued to HCMC, | |
▪ | $64,610,103 from 6,461,657 shares of common stock issuance to HCMC stockholders, and offset by the additional paid-in-capital adjustment at assumed offering price of $10.00 per share, which amounts to $64,616,565 from 6,461,657 shares of common stock issuance. | |
▪ | $13,249,987 from 13,250 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to institutional investors at $0.001 par value per share and $1,000 stated value per share. |
● | 4c represents the gross proceeds of $4 million received from issuance and distribution of 400,000 shares of Class A common stocks at par value of $0.001 per share and at offering price of $10. |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read in conjunction with our September 30, 2023 unaudited and December 31, 2022 audited combined carve-out financial statements and notes thereto which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This MD&A contains forward-looking statements. Refer to “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Prospectus for an explanation of these types of statements. Summarized numbers included in this section, and corresponding percentage or basis point changes may not sum due to the effects of rounding.
Our Business
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. is a holding company focused on providing consumers with healthier daily choices with respect to nutrition and other lifestyle alternatives. Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Company operates:
● | Ada’s Natural Market, a natural and organic grocery store offering fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins, and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.Adasmarket.com). | |
● | Paradise Health & Nutrition’s three stores that likewise offer fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items (www.ParadiseHealthDirect.com). | |
● | Mother Earth’s Storehouse, a two-store organic and health food and vitamin chain in New York’s Hudson Valley, which has been in existence for over 40 years (www.MotherEarthStorehouse.com). | |
● | Greens Natural Foods’ eight stores in New York and New Jersey, offering a selection of 100% organic produce and all-natural, non-GMO groceries & bulk foods; a wide selection of local products; an organic juice and smoothie bar; a fresh foods department, which offers fresh and healthy “grab & go” foods; a full selection of vitamins & supplements; as well as health and beauty products (www.Greensnaturalfoods.com). | |
● | Ellwood Thompson’s, an organic and natural health food and vitamin store located in Richmond, Virginia. (www.ellwoodthompsons.com). Ellwood Thompson’s was acquired on October 1, 2023 for a purchase price of approximately $1,500,000. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, the Company operates a Healthy Choice Wellness Center in Kingston, NY and has a licensing agreement for a Healthy Choice Wellness Center located at the Casbah Spa and Salon in Fort Lauderdale, FL.
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy U Wholesale, the Company sells vitamins and supplements, as well as health, beauty and personal care products on its website www.TheVitaminStore.com.
Industry Trends and Economics
We have identified the following recent trends and factors that have impacted and may continue to impact our results of operations and financial condition:
● | COVID-19 pandemic. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that COVID-19 infections had become a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. During the course of the COVID-19 pandemic, federal, state and local authorities have imposed, from time to time, a number of public health mandates intended to prevent the spread of the virus, including vaccination mandates, social distancing, quarantine, wearing face coverings, and “stay-at-home” measures. While significant efforts to distribute COVID-19 vaccines to the public are ongoing across the United States and states have reopened their economies by easing restrictions, certain of these public health mandates have had an adverse impact on the U.S. economy. Additional negative financial markets and industry-specific impacts could result from future case surges, outbreaks, COVID-19 virus variants, the potential that current vaccines may be less effective or ineffective against future COVID-19 virus variants, and the risk that large groups of the population may not receive vaccinations against COVID-19. The long-term economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown at this time. |
33 |
● | Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations. We believe we have acted proactively in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting government mandates. To date, all of our stores have continued operating since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-19 pandemic as public health measures have been implemented by states across our footprint and customers have adjusted to these new circumstances by consuming more food at home. The COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates have also led to an increase in online orders for home delivery, which we offer at substantially all our stores in partnership with a third party. | |
● | Future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe our proactive response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in increased customer loyalty, but there can be no assurance we will continue to experience elevated levels of net sales, in particular, when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. We expect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on the extent and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the governmental and public actions taken in response, including economic stabilization efforts, and the long-term effect the COVID-19 pandemic will have on the U.S. economy. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates make it more challenging for management to estimate future performance of our business, particularly over the near term. See “Risk Factors.” Additional information regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our business and results of operations is provided below in this MD&A. | |
● | Impact of broader economic trends and political environment. The grocery industry and our sales are affected by general economic conditions, including, but not limited to, consumer spending, the level of disposable consumer income, consumer debt, interest rates, inflation or deflation, periods of recession and growth, the price of commodities, the political environment and consumer confidence. Furthermore, our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force in the markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment legislation, including unemployment benefits. | |
● | Opportunities in the growing natural and organic grocery and dietary supplements industry. Our industry, which includes organic and natural foods and dietary supplements, continues to experience growth driven primarily by increased public interest in health and nutrition. Capitalizing on this opportunity, we continue to open new stores and enter new markets. We expect the rate of new store unit growth in the near future to be dependent upon economic and business conditions and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates. | |
● | Competition. The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry with few barriers to entry. Competition in the grocery industry is likely to intensify, and shopping dynamics may shift, as a result of, among other things, industry consolidation, expansion by existing competitors, and the increasing availability of grocery ordering, pick-up and delivery options. These businesses compete with us on the basis of price, selection, quality, customer service, convenience, location, store format, shopping experience, ease of ordering and delivery or any combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors are expanding to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. We also face internally generated competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve. We believe our commitment to carrying only carefully vetted, affordably priced and high-quality natural and organic products and dietary supplements, as well as our focus on providing nutrition education, differentiate us in the industry and provide a competitive advantage. | |
● | Consumer preferences. Our performance is also impacted by trends regarding natural and organic products, dietary supplements, and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food safety perceptions, changing consumer choices and the cost of these products. A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including those resulting from reductions or changes in our offerings, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative publicity regarding the safety of dietary supplements, product recalls or new or upgraded regulatory standards may adversely affect demand for the products we sell and could result in lower consumer traffic, sales, and results of operations. |
34 |
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 which is used in the following discussions of our results of operations:
Three Month Ended September 30, | 2023 to 2022 | |||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | Change $ | ||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 12,704,600 | $ | 5,775,543 | $ | 6,929,057 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 8,061,966 | 3,909,190 | 4,152,776 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 4,642,634 | 1,866,353 | 2,776,281 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | 5,897,769 | 2,706,123 | 3,191,646 | |||||||||
Loss from operations | (1,255,135 | ) | (839,770 | ) | (415,365 | ) | ||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||
Other income, net | 2,535 | 4,327 | (1,792 | ) | ||||||||
Interest expense, net | (39,073 | ) | (21 | ) | (39,052 | ) | ||||||
Change in contingent consideration | 372,000 | - | 372,000 | |||||||||
Total other (expense) income, net | 335,462 | 4,306 | 331,156 | |||||||||
Loss before taxes | (919,673 | ) | (835,464 | ) | (84,209 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | |||||||||
Net loss | $ | (919,673 | ) | $ | (835,464 | ) | $ | (84,209 | ) |
Net sales increased $6.9 million to $12.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $5.8 million for the same period in 2022. The $6.9 million increase in grocery sales was primarily due to acquisition of Green’s Natural Foods in October 2022.
Cost of goods sold for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were $8.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively, an increase of $4.2 million primarily due to acquisition of Green’s Natural Foods in October 2022.
Total operating expenses increased $3.2 million to $5.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase of $3.2 million is due to Green’s Natural Foods acquisition in October 2022.
Net other income of $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023 includes $0.4 million contingency remeasurement, and $0.04 million of interest expense. Net other income for the three months ended September 30, 2022 consists of $4,000 other miscellaneous income.
The following table sets forth our Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 which is used in the following discussions of our results of operations:
Nine Months Ended September 30, | 2023 to 2022 | |||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | Change $ | ||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | 16,700,596 | $ | 23,138,606 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 25,199,879 | 10,670,440 | 14,529,439 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 14,639,323 | 6,030,156 | 8,609,167 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | 17,743,763 | 7,566,602 | 10,177,161 | |||||||||
Loss from operations | (3,104,440 | ) | (1,536,446 | ) | (1,567,994 | ) | ||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||
Other income, net | 11,785 | 12,309 | (524 | ) | ||||||||
Interest expense, net | (123,197 | ) | (93 | ) | (123,104 | ) | ||||||
Change in contingent consideration | 774,900 | - | 774,900 | |||||||||
Total other (expense) income, net | 663,488 | 12,216 | 651,272 | |||||||||
Loss before taxes | (2,440,952 | ) | (1,524,230 | ) | (916,722 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | |||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | (1,524,230 | ) | $ | (916,722 | ) |
35 |
Net sales increased $23.1 million to $39.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $16.7 million for the same period in 2022. The $23.1 million increase in grocery sales was primarily due to acquisition of Green’s Natural Foods in October 2022.
Cost of goods sold for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were $25.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively, an increase of $14.5 million primarily due to acquisition of Green’s Natural Foods in October 2022.
Total operating expenses increased $10.2 million to $17.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase of $9.3 million is due to Green’s Natural Foods acquisition in October 2022. The remaining increase is due to increase in corporate expense allocation payroll and benefit.
Net other income of $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 includes $0.8 million contingency remeasurement, and $0.1 million of interest expense and other expense. Net other income for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 consists of $12,000 other miscellaneous income.
The following table sets forth our Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 which is used in the following discussions of our results of operations:
For the Year Ended December 31, | 2022 to 2021 | |||||||||||
2022 | 2021 | Change $ | ||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 29,009,640 | $ | 11,235,041 | $ | 17,774,599 | ||||||
Cost of sales | 18,926,175 | 7,187,701 | 11,738,474 | |||||||||
Gross profit | 10,083,465 | 4,047,340 | 6,036,125 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | 14,251,075 | 5,812,754 | 8,438,321 | |||||||||
Loss from operations | (4,167,610 | ) | (1,765,414 | ) | (2,402,196 | ) | ||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 874,907 | (25 | ) | 874,932 | ||||||||
Interest expense, net | (29,992 | ) | (47,165 | ) | 17,173 | |||||||
Total other (expense) income, net | 844,915 | (47,190 | ) | 892,105 | ||||||||
Loss before taxes | (3,322,695 | ) | (1,812,604 | ) | (1,510,091 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | |||||||||
Net loss | $ | (3,322,695 | ) | $ | (1,812,604 | ) | $ | (1,510,091 | ) |
Net sales increased $17.8 million to $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $11.2 million for the same period in 2021. The $18.2 million increase in grocery sales was primarily due to the acquisition of Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods, offset by a decrease in same-store sales of $0.4 million.
36 |
Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $18.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively, an increase of $12.1 million primarily due to acquisition of Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods stores, offset by a decrease in same-store cost of goods sold of $0.4 million.
Total operating expenses increased $8.4 million to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase of $6.1 million is due to the acquisition of Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods stores, $1.1 million increase is related non-recurring acquisition-related expenses, and the remaining increase was primarily due to an increase in corporate expense allocation of $0.8 million, payroll and payroll benefits of $0.3 million, and occupancy of $0.1 million.
Net other income of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 includes an employee retention tax credit of $0.9 million, and $0.02 million of interest expense. In comparison to the year ended December 31, 2021 where total other income (net) amounted to $0.05 attributable to interest expense.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by: | ||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (2,574,428 | ) | $ | (1,091,567 | ) | ||
Investing activities | (173,475 | ) | (5,308,399 | ) | ||||
Financing activities | 1,669,135 | 6,753,051 | ||||||
TOTAL | $ | (1,078,768 | ) | $ | 353,085 |
Our net cash used in operating activities of $2.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, resulted from our net loss of $2.4 million, and a net cash usage of $3.7 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by a non-cash adjustments of $3.6 million. Our net cash used in continuing operating activities of $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 resulted from our net loss from continuing operations of $1.5 million, and a net cash usage of $1.1 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by a non-cash adjustments of $1.6 million.
Our net cash used in investing activities amounted to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 was attributable to payment for purchase of property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 of $5.3 million included $5.2 million payment for acquisition of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, and $0.2 million payment for purchase of property and equipment.
Our cash provided by financing activities of $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 was largely composed of an $2.1 million investment from parent company, offset by $0.4 million of principle loan payment. Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 included $6.8 million investment from parent company, offset by $0.02 million of principle loan payment.
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by: | ||||||||
Operating activities | $ | (1,369,060 | ) | $ | (851,996 | ) | ||
Investing activities | (10,679,159 | ) | (128,438 | ) | ||||
Financing activities | 13,712,417 | 1,254,804 | ||||||
TOTAL | $ | 1,664,198 | $ | 274,370 |
Our net cash used in operating activities of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, resulted from our net loss of $3.3 million, and a net cash usage of $1.3 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by a non-cash adjustments of $3.3 million. Our net cash used in continuing operating activities of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 resulted from our net loss from continuing operations of $1.8 million, and a net cash usage of $0.5 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities, offset by a non-cash adjustments of $1.5 million.
Our net cash used in investing activities of $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 was attributable to payment of $10.3 million for acquisitions of Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods, and $0.4 million for purchase of property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 of $0.1 million was due to payment for purchase of property and equipment.
37 |
Our cash provided by financing activities of $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 was largely composed of an $13.8 million investment from parent company, offset by $0.1 million of principle loan payment. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $2.1 million investment from parent company, offset by $0.8 million of principle loan payment.
At September 30, 2023 and 2022, we did not have any material financial guarantees or other contractual commitments with trade vendors that are reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on liquidity.
Our cash balances are kept liquid to support our growing acquisition and infrastructure needs for operational expansion. The majority of our cash are concentrated in several large financial institutions and are generally in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limit. The Company has not experienced any losses on its cash. The following table presents the Company’s cash position as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Cash | $ | 941,803 | $ | 2,020,571 | ||||
Total assets | $ | 30,978,882 | $ | 33,153,670 | ||||
Percentage of total assets | 6.04 | % | 6.09 | % |
The Company reported net loss of approximately $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The Company believes current cash on hand is sufficient to meet its obligations and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date of filing. In the past, the Company financed its operations primarily through HCMC investment, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise the necessary funds to fund its operations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases for retail locations, equipment, and vehicles.
Seasonality
We do not consider our business to be seasonal.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires us to make estimates and assumptions. Our significant accounting policies are described in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies require the application of subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience, changes in the business environment, and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different estimates that could have been applied in the current period or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely can result in a material impact on our financial condition and operating results in the current and future periods. We review the development, selection and disclosure of these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee on an annual basis.
The following discussion, which should be read in conjunction with the descriptions in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, is furnished for additional insight into certain accounting estimates that we consider to be critical.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized:
● | Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer; | |
● | Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; |
38 |
● | Determination of the transaction price; | |
● | Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and | |
● | Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. |
Business Combinations
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) in the accounting for acquisitions of businesses. ASC 805 requires the Company to use the acquisition method of accounting by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, measured at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the aforementioned amounts. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The following discussion and analysis contain a non-GAAP financial measure. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as supplemental to, and should not be considered as alternative to, net income, operating income, and cash flow from operating activities, liquidity, or any other financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures may not be indicative of the historical operating results of the Company, nor are they intended to be predictive of potential future financial results. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation or as substitutes for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Management believes stockholders benefit from referring to the Adjusted EBITDA in planning, forecasting, and analyzing future periods. Management uses this non-GAAP financial measure in evaluating its financial and operational decision making and as a means of evaluating period to period comparison.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for non-cash charges for change in contingent consideration, depreciation and amortization, and interest expense. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows management, investors, and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period to period after removing the impact of significant non-cash charges that effect comparability between reporting periods. Our management recognizes that Adjusted EBITDA has inherent limitations because of the excluded items.
We have included a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measure to net loss as calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe that providing the non-GAAP financial measure, together with the reconciliation to GAAP, helps investors make comparisons between the Company and other companies. In making any comparisons to other companies, investors need to be aware that companies use different non-GAAP measures to evaluate their financial performance. Investors should pay close attention to specific definitions being used and to the reconciliation between such measures and the corresponding GAAP measures provided by each company under applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
September 30, 2023 | September 30, 2022 | |||||||
Reconciliation from net loss to adjusted EBITDA: | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | (1,524,230 | ) | ||
Interest expense | 123,221 | 101 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,070,686 | 608,585 | ||||||
EBITDA | $ | (1,247,045 | ) | $ | (915,544 | ) | ||
Change in contingent consideration | (774,900 | ) | - | |||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | (2,021,945 | ) | $ | (915,544 | ) |
39 |
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of:
Name | Age | Position | ||
Executive Officers: | ||||
Jeffrey Holman | 55 | Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director | ||
John A. Ollet | 59 | Chief Financial Officer and Director | ||
Christopher Santi | 51 | President and Chief Operating Officer | ||
Non-Employee Directors: | ||||
Gary Bodzin | Director | |||
Ben Myers | Director | |||
Michael Lerman | Director |
Executive Officers
Jeffrey Holman will serve as the Company’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Holman has been HCMC’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since April 2014. From February 2013 until March 4, 2015, Mr. Holman serviced as our President. Mr. Holman has been a member of our Board since May 2013 and has served as a member of the Board of Directors of our subsidiary Smoke Anywhere, USA since its inception on March 24, 2008. Since 1998, Mr. Holman has been the President of Jeffrey E. Holman & Associates, P.A., a South Florida based law firm. Mr. Holman was selected as a director for his business and legal experience. In addition, as one of the founders of Smoke Anywhere, USA Mr. Holman possesses an in-depth understanding of the challenges, risks and characteristics unique to our industry.
Christopher Santi will serve as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Santi has been HCMC’s Chief Operating Officer since December 12, 2012, and has also served as the President since April 11, 2016. Previously, Mr. Santi served as Director of Operations of the Company beginning in October 2011. Mr. Santi served as the National Sales Manager of Collages.net from November 2007 to October 2011.
John A. Ollet will serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Director. Mr. Ollet has been HCMC’s Chief Financial Officer since December 12, 2016. Mr. Ollet previously served as Executive Vice President-Finance for Systemax, Inc. (NYSE:SYX) from 2006 to 2016. His prior chief financial officer experience also includes serving as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Arrow Cargo Holdings, Inc., an airline logistics company, and VP Finance /CFO - The Americas - Cargo Division, KLM Royal Dutch Airlines, an airline company. He also previously served as Vice President Finance/Administration at Sterling-Starr Maritime Group, Inc. and served on the audit staff of Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Ollet received a bachelor’s degree in Finance/Economics and a master’s degree in business administration from Florida International University. Mr. Ollet is a Certified Public Accountant.
Executive Compensation
Each of the named executive officers (NEOs) currently has an employment agreement in effect with HCMC. For an initial period following the Spin-Off, pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement, a percentage of each NEOs salary and related employment costs will be allocated to each of HCMC and HCWC based on the percentage of time estimated that the NEO will work for each entity. After the Distribution, certain of the NEOs are expected to become employees of HCWC and to enter into new employment agreements with us (while terminating their HCMC agreements).
Non-Employee Directors
Gary A. Bodzin. Gary Bodzin has served as a director of SpinCo since May 2023. Since 1987, Mr. Bodzin has been serving as President of Trans-State Title Insurance Agency, LLC, a company located in Aventura, FL, offering escrow, title and closing services for commercial and residential real estate transactions, where he oversees all title and closing operations. Mr. Bodzin has also worked as an attorney at law representing clients almost exclusively in real estate transactions since 1982. Mr. Bodzin received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from University of Florida and his Juris Doctor from the University of Miami Law School. We believe Mr. Bodzin is qualified to serve as a director of SpinCo because of his real estate, finance and legal expertise and related ability to advise our growth and expansion strategy.
Michael Lerman. Michael Lerman has served as a director of SpinCo since May 2023. Since November 2005, Mr. Lerman has served as Vice President of Development and Marketing for Markbuilt Homes, a boutique private residential development and construction company in Union, NJ. From March 1998 to August 2005, he worked as Director of Retail Property Administration then as Director of Land/Property Acquisition and Development at Garden Commercial Properties, a property management company in Short Hills, NJ. During his tenure at Garden Commercial Properties, Mr. Lerman oversaw all phases of retail commercial development and management, negotiated commercial leases, and was responsible for marketing. Earlier in his career, Mr. Lerman was associate counsel at Rinaldo and Rinaldo, a law firm. Mr. Lerman received his Bachelor of Arts from Rutgers College and his Master of Business Administration from Rutgers College, Graduate School of Management. He also received his Juris Doctor from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law. We believe Mr. Lerman is qualified to serve as director of SpinCo because of his extensive experience in business development and management as well as his retail and acquisition experience and related ability to provide valuable guidance.
40 |
Behnam J. Myers, DO, MPH. Behnam Myers, DO, MPH, has served as a director of SpinCo since May 2023. Dr. Myers is a board certified orthopedic surgeon who has been practicing since 2006, and has been managing his own private practice, Spine Solutions, since 2012 in Hollywood, FL. In 2006, Dr. Meyers completed his orthopedic surgery residency at Parkway Regional Medical Center as part of Nova Southeastern University’s Orthopedic Surgery Residency Program. He then completed a Spine Surgery Fellowship in 2007 at the Cleveland Clinic Spine Institute in Weston, FL. Dr. Myers received his Bachelor of Science from University of California at Riverside, his Masters of Public Health from Loma Linda University and his medical degree from University of New England College of Medicine. We believe Dr. Myers is qualified to serve as a director of SpinCo because of his medical expertise and medical practice-related business experience.
Director Independence
A majority of HCWC’s board of directors will be comprised of directors who are “independent” as defined by the rules of the NYSE American and the Guidelines on Governance to be adopted by the board of directors. HCWC will seek to have all of its non-management directors qualify as “independent” under these standards. HCWC’s board of directors is expected to establish categorical standards to assist it in making its determination of director independence. HCWC expects these standards will provide that no director qualifies as “independent” unless the board of directors affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the company or its subsidiaries (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company or any of its subsidiaries). In making this determination, the board of directors shall consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the following standards:
● | a director is not independent if the director is, or has been within the last three years, an employee of HCWC or its subsidiaries, or an immediate family member is, or has been within the last three years, an executive officer of HCWC or its subsidiaries; | |
● | a director is not independent if the director has received, or has an immediate family member who has received, during any 12-month period within the last three years, more than $120,000 in direct compensation from HCWC or its subsidiaries, other than director and committee fees and pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service), and other than amounts received by an immediate family member for service as an employee (other than an executive officer); | |
● | a director is not independent if (A) the director or an immediate family member is a current partner of a firm that is HCWC’s internal or external auditor; (B) the director is a current employee of such a firm; (C) the director has an immediate family member who is a current employee of such a firm and personally works on HCWC’s or its subsidiaries’ audit; or (D) the director or an immediate family member was within the last three years a partner or employee of such a firm and personally worked on HCWC or its subsidiaries’ audit within that time; | |
● | a director is not independent if the director or an immediate family member is, or has been within the last three years, employed as an executive officer of another company where any of the present executive officers of HCWC or its subsidiaries at the same time serves or served on that company’s compensation committee; | |
● | a director is not independent if the director is a current employee, or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of a company that has made payments to, or received payments from, HCWC or its subsidiaries for property or services in an amount that, in any of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of $1 million, or two percent of such other company’s consolidated gross revenues; and | |
● | a director is not independent if the director is an executive officer of a charitable organization that received charitable contributions (other than matching contributions) from HCWC and its subsidiaries in the preceding fiscal year that are in excess of the greater of $1 million or 2 percent of such charitable organization’s consolidated gross revenues. |
HCWC’s board of directors will assess on a regular basis, and at least annually, the independence of directors and, based on the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, will make a determination as to which members are independent. References to “HCWC” above include any subsidiary in a consolidated group with HCWC. The terms “immediate family member” and “executive officer” above are expected to have the same meanings specified for such terms in the NYSE American listing standards.
41 |
Committees of the Board of Directors
Effective upon the completion of the separation, HCWC’s board of directors will have the following standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Nomination Committee and a Compensation Committee.
Audit Committee. Gary Bodzin, Esq., Dr. Ben Myers and Michael Lerman, Esq., expected to be the members of the board’s Audit Committee. Gary Bodzin, Esq. is expected to be the Audit Committee Chairman. The board of directors is expected to determine that at least one member of the Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of the rules of the SEC. In addition, HCWC expects that the board of directors will determine that each member of the Audit Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE American, Section 10A(m)(3) of the Exchange Act, and in accordance with our Guidelines on Governance. The Audit Committee will meet at least quarterly and will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing and reporting to the board of directors on HCWC’s accounting and financial reporting practices and the audit process, the quality and integrity of the company’s financial statements, the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence, and performance, the performance of the company’s internal audit function and internal auditors, and certain areas of legal and regulatory compliance.
Nominating Committee. Dr. Ben Myers and Gary Bodzin, Esq are expected to be the members of the board’s Nominating Committee. Dr. Ben Myers is expected to be the Nominating Committee Chairman. The board of directors is expected to determine that each member of the Nominating Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE American and in accordance with our Guidelines on Governance. The Nominating Committee will assist the board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors (consistent with the criteria approved by HCWC’s board of directors), recommending director candidates for HCWC’s board of directors and its committees, developing and recommending Guidelines on Governance and a Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct to HCWC’s board of directors, and performing a leadership role in shaping HCWC’s corporate governance. The Nominating Committee will annually review and make recommendations to the full board of directors regarding the amount and types of compensation that should be paid to HCWC’s non-executive directors, to ensure that such pay levels remain competitive. In recommending director compensation, the Nominating Committee will consider such factors as HCWC’s size, industry characteristics, location, and the practices of comparable companies.
Compensation Committee. Michael Lerman, Esq., Dr. Ben Myers and Gary Bodzin, Esq., are expected to be the members of the board’s Compensation Committee. Michael Lerman, Esq. is expected to be the Compensation Committee Chairman. The board of directors is expected to determine that each member of the Compensation Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE, Rule 10C-1 of the Exchange Act and in accordance with our Guidelines on Governance. In addition, HCWC expects that the members of the Compensation Committee will qualify as “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and as “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Compensation Committee will assist the board of directors in carrying out the board’s responsibilities relating to the compensation of HCWC’s executive officers. This committee will also review, approve, and administer the incentive compensation plans in which any executive officer of HCWC participates and all of HCWC’s equity-based plans. The Compensation Committee will have the sole authority, under its charter, to select, retain, and/or terminate independent compensation advisors.
The board of directors will adopt a written charter for each of the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee and the Compensation Committee prior to the Spin-Off. These charters will be posted on HCWC’s website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, HCWC was not an independent company, and did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who currently serve as HCWC’s executive officers were made by HCMC.
Stockholder Recommendations for Director Nominees
HCWC’s bylaws will contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the board of directors. HCWC expects that the board of directors will adopt a policy concerning the evaluation of stockholder recommendations of board candidates by the Nominating Committee.
Guidelines on Governance and Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
In connection with the separation, HCWC will adopt a set of Guidelines on Governance that will reflect the fundamental corporate governance principles by which the Board and its committees will operate. These guidelines will set forth general practices the board of directors and its committees follow with respect to structure, function, organization, composition and conduct. These guidelines will be reviewed at least annually by the Nominating Committee and will be updated periodically in response to changing regulatory requirements, evolving corporate governance practices, input from our stockholders and otherwise as circumstances warrant.
42 |
Each of our directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as well as each director and officer of any subsidiaries, will be required to comply with our Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which will establish legal and ethical standards for conducting our business. Our Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will cover all significant areas of professional conduct, including employment practices, conflicts of interest, unfair or unethical use of corporate opportunities, protection of confidential information and other company assets, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, political activities and other public policy matters, and proper and timely reporting of financial results.
At the time of the distribution, our Guidelines on Governance and Code of Ethics and Business Conduct will be made available on our website at . Following the distribution, we will also provide a copy of our Guidelines on Governance or our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, without charge, upon request to our Corporate Secretary at . Waivers from, and amendments to, our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or persons performing similar functions will be timely posted on our website at .
Communicating with the Board of Directors
Our Guidelines on Governance will include procedures by which stockholders and other interested parties may communicate directly with HCWC’s board of directors or any director on board-related issues by writing to Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary , or by submitting an e-mail to . Additionally, stockholders and other parties interested in communicating directly with the Chairman of the board or with the independent directors as a group may do so by writing to Chairman of the Board , or by sending an e-mail to . Communications addressed to the Board or individual members of the board will be screened by HCWC’s Corporate Secretary for appropriateness before being distributed to the Board, or to any individual director or directors, as applicable.
Director Qualification Standards
HCWC’s Guidelines on Governance will set forth the process by which the Nominating Committee identifies and evaluates nominees for board membership. In accordance with this process, the Nominating Committee will annually consider and recommend to the board a slate of directors for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders. In selecting this slate, the Nominating Committee will consider incumbent directors who have indicated a willingness to continue to serve on our board; candidates, if any, nominated by HCWC’s stockholders; and other potential candidates identified by the Nominating Committee. Additionally, if at any time during the year a seat on the board becomes vacant or a new seat is created, the Nominating Committee will consider and recommend to the board a candidate for appointment to fill the vacant or newly created seat.
The Nominating Committee will consider different perspectives, skill sets, education, ages, genders, ethnic origins and business experience in its annual nomination process, although it is not expected to establish a formal policy regarding diversity in identifying potential director candidates. In general, the Nominating Committee will seek to include on our board a complementary mix of individuals with diverse backgrounds, knowledge and viewpoints reflecting the broad set of challenges that the board will confront without representing any particular interest group or constituency. The Nominating Committee will regularly review the size and composition of the board in light of HCWC’s changing requirements and will seek nominees who, taken together as a group, possess the skills and expertise appropriate for an effective board. In evaluating potential director candidates, the Nominating Committee will consider, among other factors, the experience, qualifications and attributes listed below and any additional characteristics that it believes one or more directors should possess, based on an assessment of the needs of our board at the time. Our Guidelines on Governance will provide that, in general, nominees for membership on the board should:
● | have demonstrated management or technical ability at high levels in successful organizations; | |
● | be currently employed in positions of significant responsibility and decision making; |
● | have experience relevant to our operations; | |
● | be well-respected in their business and home communities; | |
● | have time to devote to board duties; and | |
● | be independent from us and not related to our other directors or employees. |
43 |
In addition, our directors will be expected to be active participants in governing our enterprise, and the Nominating Committee will look for certain characteristics common to all board members, including integrity, independence, leadership ability, constructive and collegial personal attributes, candor and the ability and willingness to evaluate, challenge and stimulate.
No single factor or group of factors will necessarily be dispositive of whether the Nominating Committee will recommend a candidate. The Nominating Committee will consider and apply these same standards in evaluating individuals recommended for nomination to our board by our stockholders in accordance with the procedures that are expected to be prescribed in our by-laws. The board’s satisfaction of these criteria will be implemented and assessed through ongoing consideration of directors and nominees by the Nominating Committee and the board, as well as the board’s annual self-evaluation process.
HCWC expects that from time to time, it will retain search firms and other third parties to assist in identifying potential candidates based on specific criteria that HCWC provides to them, including the qualifications described above.
Board Leadership Structure
One of the key responsibilities of HCWC’s board of directors will be to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Recognizing that no single approach to board leadership is universally accepted and that the appropriate leadership structure may differ depending on a company’s size, industry, operations, history and culture, it is expected that the HCWC board, led by the Nominating Committee, will conduct an annual evaluation to determine the optimal leadership structure for HCWC stockholders.
Board’s Role in Oversight of Risk Management
While management will have primary responsibility for identifying and managing our exposure to risk, our board will play an active role in overseeing the processes we establish to assess, monitor and mitigate that exposure. The board, directly and indirectly through its committees, will routinely discuss with management our significant enterprise risks and will review the guidelines, policies and procedures we have in place to address those risks, such as our approval process for acquisitions, dispositions and other investments. At board and committee meetings, directors will receive information and in-depth presentations from management and third-party experts and engage in comprehensive analyses and dialogue regarding specific areas of risk. This process will enable the board to focus on the strategic, financial, operational, legal, regulatory and other risks that are most significant to us and our business in terms of likelihood and potential impact, and will ensure that our enterprise risks are well understood, mitigated to the extent reasonable and consistent with the board’s view of our risk profile and risk tolerance.
In addition to the overall risk oversight function administered directly by the Board, each of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees will exercise its own oversight related to the risks associated with the particular responsibilities of that committee:
● | the Audit Committee will review financial, accounting and internal control risks and the mechanisms through which we assess and manage risk, in accordance with NYSE American requirements, and will have certain responsibilities with respect to our compliance programs, such as our Global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct; | |
● | the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether our compensation policies and practices, as they relate to both executive officers and employees generally, encourage excessive risk-taking; and | |
● | the Nominating Committee will focus on risks related to corporate governance, board effectiveness and succession planning. |
The chairs of these committees will report on such matters to the full board at each regularly scheduled board meeting and other times as appropriate. We believe that this division of responsibilities will be the most effective approach for identifying and addressing the risks that we will face.
Procedures for Treatment of Complaints Regarding Accounting, Internal Accounting Controls, and Auditing Matters
In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, HCWC expects that its Audit Committee will adopt procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, and auditing matters and to allow for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees and others of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
44 |
None of the named executive officers was paid, distributed or accrued compensation by us for 2022 or 2023 to date. Initially, HCWC will pay HCMC for the services of the named executive offers pursuant to the Employee Matters Agreement. Currently, these payment amounts would be $361,870, $219,615 and $165,000 for Messrs.. Holman, Santi and Ollet, respectively.
Named Executive Officer Employment Agreements
We currently do not have any employment or other agreements in effect with our named executive officers.
Outstanding Awards at Fiscal Year End
No named executive officer had any option, restricted stock or other incentive equity awards of the Company outstanding at the 2022 fiscal year end.
Director Compensation
Non-employee directors will be paid a monthly fee of $1,500 per month and $1,500 for each meeting attended. Because we do not pay any compensation to employee directors. Non-employee members of our Board of Directors will not be compensated for their service on the Board.
Other Compensation Programs and Practices
Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits
No retirement, pension, profit sharing, insurance or other similar programs have been adopted by HCWC for the benefit of its employees. To the extent that HCWC adopts any such plans, their terms will be described in subsequent amendments to this information statement to the extent applicable.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Our Stock Incentive Plan
Prior to the Distribution, we expect to adopt a Stock Incentive Plan. A form of the Stock Incentive Plan is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The following description of the Stock Incentive Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Stock Incentive Plan.
Overview
The Stock Incentive Plan provides the Company with the ability to grant equity-based and cash incentive awards to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and independent contractors. Such incentive awards are granted to attract, retain and motivate the Company’s service providers and help align them with the Company’s financial success over the long term and the interests of the Company and our stockholders. The Stock Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from inception unless terminated sooner.
Stock Incentive Plan Share Reserve; Limits; Adjustments
The available share reserve under the Stock Incentive Plan is 1,400,000 shares, plus an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2024 and ending in 2032, equal to the lesser of (A) 12.5% percent of the Shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board or the Compensation and Compensation Committee of the Board. The Company may satisfy its obligations under any equity-based award granted under the Stock Incentive Plan by issuing new shares or Treasury shares.
Shares subject to an equity award are counted only to the extent they are actually issued. Thus, awards that terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise are settled in cash in lieu of shares, or exchanged for awards not involving shares, shall again be available for grant under the Stock Incentive Plan.
Any shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations on awards issued under the Stock Incentive Plan, tendered to pay the exercise price of an award under the Stock Incentive Plan and shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise will not be eligible to be again available for grant under the Stock Incentive Plan. Any substitute awards shall not be counted against the shares available for granting awards under the Stock Incentive Plan.
The number of shares that may be issued or subject to outstanding awards, the option price or grant price applicable to outstanding awards and other value determinations are subject to adjustment by the committee to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, and other corporate events or transactions, including without limitation distributions of stock or property other than normal cash dividends.
Non-employee directors can be granted any of the awards available under the Stock Incentive Plan except ISOs, which are only available for employees. The Board shall from time to time determine the nature and number of awards to be granted to non-employee directors. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to a non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such non-employee director, will not exceed $500,000, calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes.
Administration
The Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by the committee appointed by the Board from among its members, provided that the full Board may act at any time as the committee. In the case of awards intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is available under Rule 16b-3, a subcommittee of the Board composed of at least two directors who are “outside directors” is responsible for administering the Stock Incentive Plan and has the final discretion, responsibility and authority to interpret the terms and intent of the Stock Incentive Plan and any related documentation, to determine eligibility for awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to adopt rules, regulations, forms, instruments, and guidelines. The committee may delegate administrative duties and powers to one or more of its members or to one or more officers, agents, or advisers. The committee may also delegate to one or more officers the power to designate other employees (other than officers subject to Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporate Law) to be recipients of awards.
45 |
Eligibility
Employees, non-employee directors, consultants and independent contractors of the Company who are selected by the committee are eligible to participate in the Stock Incentive Plan.
Types of Awards
The Stock Incentive Plan provides that the committee may grant awards of various types. A description of each of the types of awards follows.
Stock Options
The committee may grant both incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NQSOs”) under the Stock Incentive Plan. Eligibility for ISOs is limited to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The exercise price for options cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s Class A common stock as of the date of grant. The latest expiration date cannot be later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Fair market value under the Stock Incentive Plan may be determined by reference to market prices on a particular trading day or on an average of trading days. The exercise price may be paid by means approved by the committee, which may include cash or check, the tendering of previously acquired Class A common stock, a reduction in shares issuable upon exercise which have a value at the time of exercise that is equal to the option price (a “net exercise”), to the extent permitted by applicable law, the proceeds of sale from a broker-assisted cashless exercise or any other legal consideration that the committee may deem appropriate on such basis as the committee may determine in accordance with the Stock Inventive Plan.
Stock Appreciation Rights
The committee may grant stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) under the Stock Incentive Plan either alone or in tandem with stock options. The grant price of an SAR cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s Class A common stock as of the date of grant.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
The committee may award restricted Class A common stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards consist of shares of stock that are transferred to the participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. Restricted stock unit awards result in the transfer of shares of stock to the participant only after specified conditions are satisfied. A holder of restricted stock is treated as a current stockholder and is entitled to dividend and voting rights, whereas the holder of a restricted stock unit award may be entitled to dividend equivalents but otherwise is only treated as a stockholder with respect to the award when the shares of Class A common stock are delivered in the future. The committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or restricted stock units.
Performance-Based Restricted Shares and Performance-Based Restricted Share Units
Performance-based restricted shares and performance-based restricted share units may be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. The performance cycle for each award will be determined by the committee and specify the performance goals that are to be achieved by the participant and a formula for determining the amount of any payment to be made.
In the case of performance-based restricted shares, during the period for which a substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue, the participant will not have any right to transfer any rights under the award, but the participant will have voting and other ownership rights (except for any rights to a liquidating distribution). Prior to payment of the award of performance-based restricted share units, the participant will not have any right to transfer any rights under the award or have any rights of ownership, including the right to vote.
For both performance-based restricted shares and performance-based restricted share units, the committee may on or after the grant date authorize the payment of dividend equivalents on the performance-based restricted shares or performance-based restricted share units in cash or securities with respect to any dividends or other distributions paid by the Company. Any dividend equivalents paid, or adjustments made with respect to the dividends paid in Common Stock will be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying award.
46 |
Following the completion of a performance cycle, the committee will determine whether the performance goals that have been chosen for a particular performance period have been met and calculate and determine the amount of the award earned for such performance cycle. Awards may be adjusted upwards or downwards in the sole discretion of the committee.
Cash-Based Awards
The committee may grant cash-based awards under the Stock Incentive Plan that specify the amount of cash to which the award pertains, the conditions under which the award will be vested and payable, and such other conditions as the committee may determine that are consistent with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Other Stock-Based Awards
The committee may grant equity-based or equity-related awards, referred to as “other stock-based awards,” other than options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, or performance units. The terms and conditions of such other stock-based award shall be determined by the committee. Payment under any other stock-based award will be made in shares of Class A common stock or cash, as determined by the committee.
Termination of Employment
Except as otherwise provided in the award agreement or other written agreement between the participant and the Company, vesting of awards will cease upon termination of the participant’s continued service. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Incentive Plan to the contrary, the committee may in its sole discretion determine the rights of participants with respect to awards upon termination of employment or service as a director.
Treatment of Awards Upon a Change in Control
In the event of a “change in control” of the Company, as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan, then unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, the committee may, in its sole discretion: (a) cancel awards for a cash payment equal to their fair value (as determined in the sole discretion of the committee), (b) provide for the issuance of replacement awards, (c) terminate options without providing accelerated vesting, (d) immediately vest the unvested portion of any award or (e) take any other action with respect to the awards the committee deems appropriate. The treatment of awards upon a change in control may vary among participants and types of awards in the committee’s sole discretion. Awards subject to performance goals shall be settled upon a “change in control” of the Company based upon the extent to which the performance goals underlying such awards have been achieved as determined in the sole discretion of the committee.
Amendment of Awards or Stock Incentive Plan
The committee may at any time alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Stock Incentive Plan or any outstanding award in whole or in part. No amendment of the Stock Incentive Plan will be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange rule. No amendment may adversely affect the rights of any participant without his or her consent under an outstanding award, unless specifically provided for in the Stock Incentive Plan.
47 |
The following table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned as of [*], 2023, by (i) those persons known by us to be owners of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each director, (iii) our Named Executive Officers and (iv) all of our executive officers and directors of as a group. Unless otherwise specified in the notes to this table, the address for each person is: c/o Healthy Choices Wellness Corp., 3800 North 28th Way, Hollywood, Florida 33020.
Title of Class | Beneficial Owners | Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock Before Offering | Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock After Offering (Assuming Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares in Full) | Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock After Offering (Assuming No Exercise of Option to Purchase Additional Shares) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares | Percent | Number of Shares | Percent | Number of Shares | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Jeffrey E. Holman | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Christopher Santi | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | John Ollet | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Gary Bodzin | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Ben Myers | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Common Stock | Michael Lerman | ___ | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
All directors and officers as a group (6 persons) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders: | Healthier Choices Management Corp. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total: | 100 | % |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company does not have any related party transactions to report.
We will adopt a written policy whereby the audit committee of our board of directors will review and approve or take such other action as it may deem appropriate with respect to transactions involving the Company and its subsidiaries, and in which any director, officer, greater than 5% stockholder of the Company or any other “related person” as defined in Item 404 has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. In determining whether to approve, disapprove or ratify a related party transaction, the audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, (i) whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable to the Company than terms that would have been reached with an unrelated third party, (ii) the extent of the interest of the related party in the transaction and (iii) the purpose and the potential benefits to the Company of the transaction.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after the offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for shares of our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have 9,800,000 shares of common stock outstanding (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares), of which 2,280,000 shares are Class A common stock and 7,520,000 shares are Class B common stock. Subject to any restrictions under the lock-up agreements, other contractual restrictions on resale and the provisions of Rule 144 described below, all of the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.. For a period of 90 days following the Spin-Off (the “Lock Up Period”), our Class B stockholders will be restricted from selling, disposing of, or hedging any shares of our Class B common stock. Upon the expiration of the Lock Up Period, our Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock which will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.
HCWC has also entered into an agreement to sell shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), with the gross proceeds from such offering expected to be $13.25 million. The institutional investors that acquired HCMC Series E Preferred Stock are contractually required to purchase the Series A Preferred Stock in the same dollar amounts as they invested in the HCMC Series E Preferred Stock. The closing of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock is expected to occur prior to March 1, 2024. The purchase price is $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. On the 40th calendar day (the “Reset Date”) after the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reset in the event the closing price of the Class A common stock on such date is less than the initial conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reset conversion price will equal a 10% discount to the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the Reset Date; provided, however, in no instance will the conversion price be reset below 30% of the initial conversion price. The holders of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted basis. The Series A Preferred Stock will not be convertible until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an affiliate would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of:
● | one percent of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding; or | |
● | the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the applicable stock exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain holding period requirements, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Employee Stock Awards under Stock Incentive Plan
In connection with the Distribution we anticipate, subject to the approval of our Compensation Committee, that we will issue under our Stock Incentive Plan restricted stock awards with respect to approximately million shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, we anticipate making other equity-based awards to our employees in the future. We currently expect to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares to be issued under our Stock Incentive Plan, including the restricted stock that will be granted in connection with the Distribution. Shares covered by such registration statement, other than shares issued to affiliates, generally will be freely tradable without further registration under the Securities Act.
48 |
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
We have entered into certain financing arrangements prior to the separation. Upon completion of the separation, we expect to have approximately $2,500,000 of total debt outstanding in connection with the Greens Transaction and $750,000 in connection with the Ellwood Thompson’s transaction. In the Greens transaction, a subsidiary of the Company issued a secured promissory note (the “Greens Note”) in the principal amount of $3 million as a portion of the purchase price. The Greens Note has a five-year term, an interest rate of 6.0% per annum and is secured by the assets of the Greens’ business. The Greens Note will be guaranteed by the Company. In the Ellwood Thompson’s transaction, a subsidiary of the Company issued a secured promissory note (the “Ellwood Note”) in the principal amount of $750,000 as a portion of the purchase price. The Ellwood Note has a five-year term, an interest rate of 6.0% per annum and is secured by the assets of the Ellwood Thompson’s business.
DESCRIPTION OF HCWC’S CAPITAL STOCK
HCWC’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws will be amended and restated prior to the separation. The following is a summary of the material terms of HCWC’s capital stock that will be contained in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you must read (along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law) for complete information on HCWC’s capital stock as of the time of the distribution. The certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution has been included as exhibits to HCWC’s registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.
General
HCWC’s authorized capital stock consists of 560,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated. Of the common stock, 500,000,000 shares have been authorized as Class A common stock and 60,000,000 shares have been authorized as Class B common stock. HCWC’s board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. Immediately following the distribution, HCWC expects that approximately 9.4 million shares of its common stock will be issued and outstanding and that 0 shares of preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.
Common Stock
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes two classes of common stock, the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock are the same. The Class B common stock will not be listed on an exchange and will be subject to a 90-day lock-up period (the “Lock-Up Period”) commencing upon the Distribution. Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, such shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.
Each holder of HCWC common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the common stockholders, and there will be no cumulative voting rights. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted to Class A common stock basis.
Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of HCWC common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by its board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HCWC, holders of its common stock would be entitled to ratable distribution of its assets remaining after the payment in full of liabilities and any preferential rights of any then outstanding preferred stock.
Holders of HCWC common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there is no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. After the distribution, all outstanding shares of HCWC common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of HCWC common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that HCWC may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Under the terms of HCWC’s certificate of incorporation, its board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), and by its certificate of incorporation, to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further action by the holders of its common stock. HCWC’s board of directors will have the discretion, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and by HCWC’s certificate of incorporation, to determine the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.
49 |
Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement for HCMC’s sale of its Series E Preferred Stock, the purchasers of the HCMC Series E Preferred Stock are also contractually required to purchase 13,250 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”) of the Company in the same total investment amounts that each purchaser paid for the HCMC Series E Stock. The closing of the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock is expected to occur prior to March 1, 2024. The purchase price is $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock. The initial conversion price for the Series A Preferred Stock will be the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock. On the 40th calendar day (the “Reset Date”) after the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reset in the event the closing price of the Class A common stock on such date is less than the initial conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock. The reset conversion price will equal a 10% discount to the 5-day volume weighted average price measured using the 5 trading days preceding the Reset Date; provided, however, in no instance will the conversion price be reset below 30% of the initial conversion price. The holders of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted basis. HCWC will register for resale of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the HCWC Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock will not be convertible until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock will be used for general corporate purposes and potential acquisitions.
The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have voting rights on as converted to Class A common stock basis. The Series A Preferred Stock also have customary weighted average anti-dilution protection with respect to the conversion price. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary that is not a “fundamental transaction” (change of control merger, sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or outstanding capital stock), to the extent any assets are available to the equity holders of the Company, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock will receive on a pro rata basis an amount equal to up to $1,000 per share of Series A Preferred Stock prior to the holders of the Common Stock receiving any of such assets. No holder can convert the Series A Preferred Stock into Class A common stock, to the extent it would result in the holder’s beneficial ownership being in excess of 9.99% of the outstanding Class A common stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certain provisions of Delaware law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and the amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of HCWC. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of HCWC to negotiate first with the Board.
Classified Board of Directors
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Board is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class will be an equal number of directors, as nearly as possible, consisting of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the second annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the effectiveness of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term.
Removal of Directors
Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of HCWC entitled to vote at an election of directors.
Board of Directors Vacancies
Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, and except as otherwise provided by law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes only a majority of the remaining members of the Board (other than any directors elected by the separate vote of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock), even though less than a quorum, to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting the Board will be permitted to be set only by a resolution of the Board. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of the Board and then gaining control of the Board by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This will make it more difficult to change the composition of the Board and will promote continuity of management.
50 |
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders
The amended and restated bylaws provide that the HCWC stockholders may take any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws further provide that special meetings of HCWC stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of HCWC or the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of Board, and may not be called by any other person, including HCWC stockholders.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
The amended and restated bylaws provide that HCWC stockholders seeking to bring business before HCWC’s annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at HCWC’s annual or a special meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at HCWC’s principal executive offices (i) in the case of an annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day before the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders (subject to certain exceptions), and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting is first made by HCWC. The amended and restated bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude HCWC stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.
No Cumulative Voting
The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.
Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation Provisions
Amendments to the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to preferred stock; the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of HCWC; special meetings; liabilities of directors of HCWC; restrictions on any business combination with any interested stockholder; indemnification of directors and officers of HCWC; and forum require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 and 2/3%) of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of HCWC entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
HCWC’s authorized but unissued Common Stock and Preferred Stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and Preferred Stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of HCWC by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Exclusive Forum
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless HCWC consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) and any appellate court thereof shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding (“Proceeding”) brought on behalf of HCWC; (ii) any Proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of HCWC’s directors, officers, or stockholders to HCWC or its stockholders; (iii) any Proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any Proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (v) any Proceeding asserting a claim against HCWC or any current or former director, officer or stockholder governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless HCWC consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against HCWC or its directors and officers.
51 |
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of HCWC shall have any personal liability to HCWC or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. Amendments to these provisions shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of HCWC in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment.
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that HCWC indemnify directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. HCWC is also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) to its directors and officers and to maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and/or any director, officer, employee or agent of HCWC against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not HCWC would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
In addition, HCWC entered into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. These agreements, among other things, requires HCWC to indemnify its directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of HCWC’s directors or officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at HCWC’s request.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company. Pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ Derivative Actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in the Company’s name to procure a judgment in its favor, also known as a derivative action; provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
Listing
We have applied to have our shares of Class A common stock listed on the NYSE American exchange under the symbol “HCWC.”
Maxim Group LLC is acting as the representative of the underwriters of the offering (the “Representative”). We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2023 with the Representative, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below and each underwriter named below has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase from us, at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Underwriter | Number of Shares | |||
Maxim Group LLC | ||||
Total |
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock offered by us other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below, if any, are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or the offering may be terminated. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the securities covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
52 |
Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Class A common stock
We have granted Maxim an option to buy up to an aggregate of up to an additional 60,000 shares of Class A common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $10, to cover over-allotments, if any. The representative has 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. To the extent that the Representative exercises this option, each of the underwriters will become obligated, subject to conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of these additional shares of Class A common stock as the number of shares of Class A common stock to be purchased by it in the above table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. We will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell these additional shares of Class A common stock to the underwriters to the extent the option is exercised. If any additional shares of Class A common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares of Class A common stock on the same terms as those on which the other shares of Class A common stock are being offered hereunder.
Underwriting Discount
The following table summarizes the offering price, underwriting commissions and proceeds before expenses to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
Per share | Total without Over-allotment Option | Total with Over-allotment Option | ||||||||||
Public offering price | ||||||||||||
Underwriting discount | ||||||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock offered by us to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the shares of Class A common stock to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price and concession to dealers may be changed.
We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter for its expenses in connection with this offering, including all reasonable fees and expenses of the underwriter’s legal counsel, up to a maximum accountable expense allowance of $[___].
We estimate the total expenses of this offering which will be payable by us, excluding the underwriting discount and the underwriter’s expenses payable by us, will be approximately $______ million.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, each of our officers and directors and executive officers have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of 180 days after this offering is completed without the prior written consent of the Placement Agent.
The Placement Agent may in its sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the Placement Agent will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
Right of First Refusal
Upon the closing of this offering, for a period of eighteen (18) months from the final Closing Date, we will grant the Placement Agent the right of first refusal to act as sole managing underwriter and sole book runner, sole placement agent, or sole sales agent, for any and all future public or private equity or equity-linked offerings, for which we retain the service of an underwriter, agent, advisor, finder or other person or entity in connection with such offering during such eighteen (18) month period. The Company shall not offer to retain any entity or person in connection with any such offering on terms more favorable than terms on which it offers to retain the Placement Agent.
Other Compensation
We have also agreed to pay the Placement Agent a tail fee equal up to 8% of the gross proceeds of any equity, equity-linked or debt or other capital raising activity, if any investor, who was introduced by the Placement Agent during the term of its engagement, provides us with capital in such a financing during the eighteen-month period following expiration or termination of our engagement with the representative.
We previously engaged Maxim as our financial advisor to advise and assist us with respect to the Spin-Off. In connection with its engagement as our financial advisor, Maxim will receive a cash fee of $1,000,000 from HCMC.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
● | Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
● | A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
● | Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. |
53 |
● | Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. |
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Relationships
The underwriter and certain of its affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriter and certain of its affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for the issuer and its affiliates, for which they received or may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer or its affiliates. If the underwriters or their affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such security
Selling Restrictions
This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of Class A common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares of Class A common stock in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares of Class A common stock or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of shares of Class A common stock by it will be made on the same terms.
54 |
The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cozen O’Connor, Miami, Florida. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, NY, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.
The combined carve-out financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, have been audited by Marcum LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which report includes an emphasis of matter paragraph related to the carve-out basis of accounting. We have included our financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the report of Marcum LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Green’s Natural Foods as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the financial statements of Mother Earth’s Storehouse as of December 31, 2021, and 2020 and for each of the two years then ended have been audited by UHY LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports. We have included our financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the reports of UHY LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We make periodic filings and other filings required to be filed by us as a reporting company under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains the reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that issuers, such as us, file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is https://healthiercmc.com. Information contained on our website, however, is not, and should not be deemed to be, incorporated into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.
This prospectus and any prospectus supplement are part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. The full registration statement may be obtained from the SEC or us, as provided below. Forms of the documents establishing the terms of the offered securities are or may be filed as exhibits to the registration statement or documents incorporated by reference in the registration statement. Statements in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement about these documents are summaries and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You should refer to the actual documents for a more complete description of the relevant matters. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement through the SEC’s website, as provided above.
55 |
INDEX TO CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related combined carve-out statements of operations, changes in net parent’s investment and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Emphasis of Matter
As discussed in Note 1, the financial statements have been prepared on a “carve-out” basis from the financial statements of Healthier Choices Management Corp. to reflect the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. as well as allocations deemed reasonable by management to present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. on a standalone basis and may not reflect Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. results of operations, financial position and cash flows had the Company operated as a standalone company during the periods presented. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.
/s/ Marcum llp
Marcum LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.
New York, NY
April 7, 2023
F-2 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
COMBINED CARVE-OUT BALANCE SHEETS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-3 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Sales, net | $ | 29,009,640 | $ | 11,235,041 | ||||
Cost of sales | 18,926,175 | 7,187,701 | ||||||
Gross profit | 10,083,465 | 4,047,340 | ||||||
Operating expenses | 14,251,075 | 5,812,754 | ||||||
Loss from operations | (4,167,610 | ) | (1,765,414 | ) | ||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 874,907 | (25 | ) | |||||
Interest expense, net | (29,992 | ) | (47,165 | ) | ||||
Total other income (expense), net | 844,915 | (47,190 | ) | |||||
Loss before taxes | (3,322,695 | ) | (1,812,604 | ) | ||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | ||||||
Net loss | $ | (3,322,695 | ) | $ | (1,812,604 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-4 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT’S INVESTMENT
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Balance – January 1 | $ | 5,027,123 | $ | 4,781,527 | ||||
Net transfer from parent | 13,801,233 | 2,058,200 | ||||||
Net loss | (3,322,695 | ) | (1,812,604 | ) | ||||
Balance – December 31 | $ | 15,505,661 | $ | 5,027,123 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-5 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (3,322,695 | ) | $ | (1,812,604 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,003,325 | 458,208 | ||||||
Amortization of right-of-use asset | 1,043,220 | 372,454 | ||||||
Write-down of obsolete and slow-moving inventory | 1,499,938 | 644,101 | ||||||
Change in consideration | (333,100 | ) | - | |||||
Write-off of intangible assets | 53,958 | - | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | (26,883 | ) | (14,776 | ) | ||||
Inventories | (1,471,859 | ) | (530,874 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expenses and vendor deposits | (30,832 | ) | 227 | |||||
Other current assets | (288,934 | ) | - | |||||
Other assets | (1,341,195 | ) | 624,272 | |||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | 3,112,481 | (293,385 | ) | |||||
Contract liabilities | (313,257 | ) | 2,500 | |||||
Lease liability | (953,227 | ) | (302,119 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (1,369,060 | ) | (851,996 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
Payment for acquisition | (10,291,674 | ) | (75,000 | ) | ||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (387,485 | ) | (53,438 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (10,679,159 | ) | (128,438 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
Principal payments on loan payable | (88,816 | ) | (803,396 | ) | ||||
Investment from parent company | 13,801,233 | 2,058,200 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 13,712,417 | 1,254,804 | ||||||
Net increase in cash | 1,664,198 | 274,370 | ||||||
Cash -beginning of period | 356,373 | 82,003 | ||||||
Cash - end of period | $ | 2,020,571 | $ | 356,373 | ||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | ||||||||
Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 30,017 | $ | 47,171 | ||||
Non-cash investing and financing activities | ||||||||
Leases acquired | $ | 8,225,033 | $ | - | ||||
Contingent consideration relating to acquisition | $ | 1,108,000 | $ | - | ||||
Issuance of promissory note in connection with acquisition | $ | 3,000,000 | $ | - |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-6 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND 2021
Note 1. ORGANIZATION
Organization
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized in September 2022. It is a wholly owned operating segment of Healthier Choices Management Corp (HCMC), a U.S. based holding company, which trades on the OTC Pink Sheets, specializing in providing consumers with healthier alternatives to everyday lifestyle choices.
Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Healthy Choice Markets, Inc., Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC, Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC, and Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC respectively, Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. operates:
● | Ada’s Natural Market, a natural and organic grocery store offering fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items. | |
● | Paradise Health & Nutrition’s three stores likewise offer fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products and natural household items. | |
● | Mother Earth’s Storehouse, a two-store organic and health food and vitamin chain in New York’s Hudson Valley, which has been in existence for over 40 years. | |
● | Greens Natural Foods’ eight stores in New York and New Jersey, offering a selection of 100% organic produce and all-natural, non-GMO groceries & bulk foods; a wide selection of local products; an organic juice and smoothie bar; a fresh foods department, which offers fresh and healthy “grab & go” foods; a full selection of vitamins & supplements; as well as health and beauty products. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, the Company operates:
● | Licensing agreements for Healthy Choice Wellness Centers located at the Casbah Spa and Salon in Fort Lauderdale, FL, Boston Direct Health in Boston, MA and Green Care Medical Services in Chicago, IL. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy U Wholesale, Inc., the Company sells vitamins and supplements, as well as health, beauty and personal care products through The Vitamin Store, LLC.
Spin-Off
Parent company Healthier Choice Management Corp. (“HCMC’) is planning to spin off its grocery segment and wellness business into a new publicly traded company (hereinafter referred to as “NewCo”). NewCo will continue the path of growth in the health verticals started by HCMC and explore other growth opportunities that comport with HCMC’s healthier lifestyle mission. HCMC will retain its entire patent suite, the Q-Cup® brand, and continue to develop its patent suite through R&D as well as continuing its path of enforcing its patent rights against infringers and attempting to monetize said patents through licensing deals.
At the time of the Spin-Off, HCMC will distribute all the outstanding shares of common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to holders of HCMC’s common stock. Each share of HCMC’s common stock outstanding as the record date for the Spin-Off (the “Record Date”), will entitle the holder thereof to receive shares of common stock in NewCo. The distribution will be made in book-entry form by a distribution agent. Fractional shares of common stock will not be distributed in the Spin-Off and any fractional amounts will be rounded down.
Sourcing and Vendors
We source from multiple suppliers. These suppliers range from small independent businesses to multinational conglomerates. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, approximately 37% and 31% of our total purchases were from one vendor.
F-7 |
Note 2. GOING CONCERN AND LIQUIDITY
The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern and realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business and do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of any uncertainties related to our going concern assessment. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities presented in the financial statements do not necessarily purport to represent realizable or settlement values.
The Company currently and historically has reported net losses and cash outflows from operations. As of December 31, 2022, cash totaled approximately $2.0 million. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2022, we reported a net loss of approximately $3.3 million.
The Company is actively seeking additional funds either through equity or debt financing, collaborative agreements or from other sources. Should we require additional funds, HCMC has committed to providing such funding to the Company. As a result, as of the date of the issuance of these combined carve-out financial statements, we believe our plans have alleviated substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to sustain operations for at least the next twelve months from the issuance of these combined carve-out financial statements.
Note 3. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
The Company has historically operated as part of Healthier Choices Management Corp. and not as a standalone company. Financial statements representing the historical operations of HCMC’s grocery segment have been derived from HCMC’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activity of the Company are included in the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses from HCMC. However, amounts recognized by the Company are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Company operated independently of HCMC. Related-party allocations are discussed further in Note 15.
Principles of Combination
The combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Healthy Choice Markets, Inc. (“Ada’s Natural Market”), Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC (“Paradise Health and Nutrition”), Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC (“Mother Earth’s Storehouse”), Healthy Choices Markets 3 Real Estate LLC, Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC (Green’s Natural Foods), Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, and Healthy U Wholesale, Inc (“The Vitamin Store, LLC”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination.
Net Parent’s Investment
The combined carve-out financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements of HCMC on a carve-out basis. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, legal, and marketing expenses from HCMC. The primary components of the net parent’s investment are intercompany balances other than related party payables, the allocation of shared costs, and funding received to cover any shortfall on operating cash requirements. Balances between HCMC and the Company that were not historically cash settled are included in net parent investment. Net parent’s investment represents the cumulative investment by HCMC in the Company through the dates presented.
F-8 |
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements
The preparation of combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined carve-out financial statements, and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions include allocation of corporate general expenses, allowances, deferred taxes and related valuation allowances, and the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. Certain of management’s estimates could be affected by external conditions, including those unique to our industry, and general economic conditions. It is possible that these external factors could have an effect on our estimates that could cause actual results to differ from our estimates. The Company re-evaluates all of its accounting estimates at least quarterly based on these conditions and records adjustments when necessary.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from product sales and services rendered, net of promotional discounts, manufacturer coupons and rebates, return allowances, and sales and consumption taxes, are recorded when products are delivered, title passes to customers and collection is likely to occur. Title passes to customers at the point of sale for retail and upon delivery of products for wholesale. Return allowances, which reduce revenue, are estimated using historical experience.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the following five-step model:
● | identify arrangements with customers; | |
● | identify performance obligations; | |
● | determine transaction price; | |
● | allocate transaction price to the separate performance obligations in the arrangement, if more than one exists; and | |
● | recognize revenue as performance obligations are satisfied. |
Shipping and Handling
Shipping charges billed to customers are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, shipping and handling costs of approximately $91,000 and $39,000, were included in cost of sales, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents. The majority of the Company’s cash are concentrated in several large financial institutions, which is in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) coverage. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.
A summary of the financial institutions that had a cash and cash equivalents in excess of FDIC limits of $250,000 on December 31, 2022 and 2021 is presented below:
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Total cash in excess of FDIC limits | $ | 949,677 | $ | - |
F-9 |
Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Accounts receivables are claims to consideration which are unconditional; meaning no performance obligations remain for the Company and only the passage of time is necessary before collection. Contract assets are distinguished from accounts receivable as performance obligations remain before claims to consideration become unconditional. By nature of the Company’s operations, contract assets are typically not recognized. Contract liabilities are recorded when customers transfer consideration in advance of delivery of products or services, which the Company records for gift cards and loyalty reward programs. When one party to an arrangement performs before the other(s), the Company records an account receivable, contract asset or contract liability.
The majority of arrangements with customers contain one performance obligation: to provide a distinct set of products or services. Most performance obligations are satisfied simultaneously as the Company exchanges products or services for customer payment. Exceptions include gift cards and loyalty rewards, for which the Company has a performance obligation to deliver products or services at a future date. As gift cards are purchased and loyalty points earned, contract liabilities are recorded until the performance obligations are satisfied through delivery of products or services or breakage based on gift card and loyalty reward program term limits.
The Company’s breakage policy is twenty-four months for gift cards and twelve months for loyalty rewards. Loyalty rewards are earned at five percent on qualifying purchases and the reward functions as an allocation of transaction price from the period earned by the customer to the period the performance obligation is satisfied by the Company. As such, all contract liabilities are expected to be recognized within a twenty-four month period.
Accounts receivable balance represents credit sales, sales on account and billing to vendors for advertising vendors’ products in our stores. Concentration of accounts receivable consist of the following:
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Customer A | 17 | % | 0 | % | ||||
Customer B | - | 12 | % | |||||
Customer C | 6 | % | 30 | % |
Other Current Assets
Other current assets are the non-trade related assets that the Company owns, benefits from, or uses to generate income that can be converted into cash within one business cycle. Included in “Other current assets” on our combined carve-out balance sheets are amounts primarily related to other receivables or non-trade receivable from other companies.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the average cost method. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their net realizable value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory to their net realizable value. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale, such as vitamins, fresh produce, perishable grocery items and non-perishable consumable goods.
Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the respective asset, after the asset is placed in service. Revenue earning property, plant, and equipment includes signage, furniture and fixtures, building, computer hardware, appliance, cooler, displays with useful lives range from two to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the asset or the term of the lease.
Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as part of a business acquisition, at estimated fair value. Certain identifiable intangible assets are amortized over 4 to 10 years. Similar to tangible personal property and equipment, the Company periodically evaluates identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as goodwill are not amortized.
F-10 |
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews all long-lived assets such as property and equipment and amortized intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. Impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset(s) exceeds their fair value. There were no triggering events that would indicate impairment of long-lived assets at December 31, 2022.
Goodwill
The Company assesses the carrying amounts of goodwill for recoverability on at least an annual basis or when events or changes in circumstances indicate evidence of potential impairment exists, using a fair value based test. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the businesses, and the useful life over which cash flows will occur. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment for the Company. Our annual impairment test is conducted on September 30 of each year or more often if deemed necessary. As part of management’s qualitative analysis at December 31, 2022 management determines whether any triggering events have occurred since the annual test date of September 30, 2022, which would indicate an impairment. Management determined no triggering events had occurred through December 31, 2022.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the company incurred advertising expenses of approximately $145,000 and $39,000, respectively.
401(k) retirement savings plan
The Company’s employees are offered a 401(k) retirement savings plan that is administered under HCMC with discretionary contribution matching opportunities. 401K employer expense amounted to $25,000 and $7,000 for years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Income Taxes
Historically, the Company’s income taxes were included in HCMC’s consolidated return. For the purposes of the combined carve-out financial statements, the income taxes for the Company have been presented on a separate return basis, under which a new stand-alone set of deferred tax assets and liabilities is created based on the financial statement accounts of the carveout.
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, income tax expense is recognized as the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current year and (ii) future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of available evidence it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2022 or December 31, 2021. The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2022, and 2021.
F-11 |
Leases
Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the fixed lease payments using the Company’s incremental borrowing rates. Related operating ROU assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by contributions from landlords, plus any prepaid rent and direct costs from executing the leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expense as they are incurred.
The Company did not have finance leases for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. If the Company enters into a finance lease in the future, it will be accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 842.
Fair Value Measurements
The fair value framework under FASB’s guidance requires the categorization of assets and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions used to measure the assets or liabilities. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3, if applicable, would generally require significant management judgment. The three levels for categorizing assets and liabilities under the fair value measurement requirements are as follows:
● | Level 1: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
● | Level 2: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the applicable asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar (as opposed to identical) assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and |
● | Level 3: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions regarding the applicable asset or liability. |
Nonfinancial assets such as goodwill, other intangible assets, and long-lived assets held and used are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value when impairment is recognized or for a business combination.
Business Combination
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) in the accounting for acquisitions of businesses. ASC 805 requires the Company to use the acquisition method of accounting by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and measured at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the aforementioned amounts. Acquisition-related expenses were expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the combined carve-out statements of operations
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation. The increase in net parent investment for corporate overhead in the amount of $ 1,021,413 was originally presented in cash used in operating activity in year ended December 31, 2021, it was reclassified to cash provided by financing activity in statement of cash flow. These reclassifications had no effect on the reported results of operations
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Public companies in the United States are subject to the accounting and reporting requirements of various authorities, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These authorities issue numerous pronouncements, most of which are not applicable to the Company’s current or reasonably foreseeable operating structure.
There were no accounting pronouncements issued in the year or with future effective dates that are either applicable nor are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements.
F-12 |
Note 4. DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUES
When the Company prepares its internal management reporting to evaluate business performance, we disaggregate revenue into the following categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Retail Grocery | $ | 25,867,061 | $ | 9,923,138 | ||||
Food service/restaurant | 3,126,709 | 1,202,121 | ||||||
Online/eCommerce | 15,870 | 93,600 | ||||||
Wholesale Grocery | - | 16,182 | ||||||
Total revenue | $ | 29,009,640 | $ | 11,235,041 |
Note 5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable is mainly related to COOP billing from each Healthy Choice Wellness Corp entity. Healthy Choice Wellness Corp bills its vendors for advertising vendors’ products in our sales channels. The Company’s accounts receivable totaled approximately $55,000 and $28,000 at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Note 6. INVENTORIES
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the average cost method. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their market value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory to its net realizable value. The Company, as a result of its physical inventory observations recorded the write down of inventories amounting to approximately $1.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale.
Note 7. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following:
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Displays | $ | 312,146 | $ | 305,558 | ||||
Furniture and fixtures | 469,338 | 71,600 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 1,910,719 | 112,503 | ||||||
Computer hardware & equipment | 114,525 | 84,887 | ||||||
Building | 575,000 | - | ||||||
Other | 579,547 | 243,257 | ||||||
3,961,275 | 817,805 | |||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | (925,428 | ) | (645,303 | ) | ||||
Total property and equipment | $ | 3,035,847 | $ | 172,502 |
The Company incurred approximately $280,000 and $108,000 depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
F-13 |
Note 8. GOODWILL
The Company’s goodwill relates to the acquisition of Paradise Health and Nutrition, The Vitamin Store, Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods. The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC | The Vitamin Store, LLC | Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC | Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC | Total | ||||||||||||||||
January 1, 2021 | $ | 477,000 | $ | 439,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 916,000 | ||||||||||
Addition | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Impairment | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2021 | 477,000 | 439,000 | - | - | 916,000 | |||||||||||||||
Addition | - | - | 1,741,000 | 3,090,000 | 4,831,000 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2022 | $ | 477,000 | $ | 439,000 | $ | 1,741,000 | $ | 3,090,000 | $ | 5,747,000 |
Note 9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
At December 31, 2022 and 2021, intangible assets consist of the following:
December 31, 2022 | Useful Lives (Years) | Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying | ||||||||||
Trade names | 8-10 years | $ | 2,569,000 | (725,724 | ) | $ | 1,843,276 | |||||||
Customer relationships | 4-6 years | 2,669,000 | (1,033,306 | ) | 1,635,694 | |||||||||
Non-compete | 4-5 years | 1,602,000 | (300,466 | ) | 1,301,533 | |||||||||
Intangible assets, net | $ | 6,840,000 | $ | (2,059,496 | ) | $ | 4,780,504 |
December 31, 2021 | Useful Lives (Years) | Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | ||||||||||
Trade names | 8-10 years | $ | 923,000 | (536,661 | ) | $ | 386,339 | |||||||
Customer relationships | 4-5 years | 883,000 | (685,823 | ) | 197,177 | |||||||||
Non-compete | 4 -5 years | 238,000 | (133,646 | ) | 104,354 | |||||||||
Website | 4 years | 10,000 | (208 | ) | 9,792 | |||||||||
Intangible assets, net | $ | 2,054,000 | $ | (1,356,338 | ) | $ | 697,662 |
Future annual estimated amortization expense is as follows:
For the years ending December 31, | ||||
2023 | $ | 883,891 | ||
2024 | 883,891 | |||
2025 | 878,391 | |||
2026 | 801,355 | |||
2027 | 662,550 | |||
Thereafter | 670,426 | |||
Total | $ | 4,780,504 |
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense was approximately $723,000 and $351,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
F-14 |
Note 10. ACQUISITIONS
The purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, was applied for the Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods acquisitions. This requires the total cost of an acquisition to be allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition with the excess cost accounted for as goodwill. Goodwill arising from the acquisition is attributable to expected operational synergies from combining the operations of the acquired business with those of the Company. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the combined carve-out statements of operations.
Mother Earth’s Storehouse
On February 9, 2022, the Company through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Mother Earth’s Storehouse Inc. (“HCM3”) and its shareholders. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, HCM3 acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities related to Mother Earth’s grocery stores in Kingston and Saugerties, New York. The Company intends to continue to operate the grocery stores under their existing name. The cash purchase price under the Asset Purchase Agreement was $4,472,500, with an additional $677,500 paid for inventory at closing. In addition, the Company assumed a lease obligation for the Kingston, NY store and entered into an employment agreement with the store manager.
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation based on fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date:
Purchase Consideration | ||||
Cash consideration paid | $ | 5,150,000 | ||
Purchase price allocation | ||||
Inventory | 805,000 | |||
Property, plant, and equipment | 1,278,000 | |||
Intangible assets | 1,609,000 | |||
Right of use asset - operating lease | 1,797,000 | |||
Other liabilities | (283,000 | ) | ||
Operating lease liability | (1,797,000 | ) | ||
Goodwill | 1,741,000 | |||
Net assets acquired | $ | 5,150,000 | ||
Finite-lived intangible assets | ||||
Trade Names (8 years) | $ | 513,000 | ||
Customer Relationships (6 years) | 683,000 | |||
Non-Compete Agreement (5 years) | 413,000 | |||
Total intangible assets | $ | 1,609,000 |
The acquisition is structured as asset purchase in a business combination, and goodwill is tax-deductible, and amortizable over 15 years for tax purpose.
The results of operations of Mother’s Earth have been included in the combined carve-out statements of operations as of the effective date of operations.
Revenue and net income for Year ended December 31, 2022 were $11.9 million and $0.30 million, respectively. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred. They were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the combined carve-out statements of operations, and were $157,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022. They primarily related to legal and other professional fees.
F-15 |
Green’s Natural Foods
On October 14, 2022, the Company through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, Green’s Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, and Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (collectively, the “Sellers”), and shareholders of the Sellers. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of an organic and natural health food and vitamin chain with eight store locations in New York and northern and central New Jersey (the “Stores”).
The cash purchase price under the Asset Purchase Agreement was $5,142,000, with $3,000,000 seller financing in the form of promissory note. In addition, the seller is entitled to a contingent earn-out based on a certain revenue threshold within the one year period of the closing.
The Company recorded $1,108,000 of contingent consideration based on the estimated financial performance for the one year following closing. The contingent considerations was discounted at an interest rate of 3.8%, which represents the Company’s weighted average discount rate. Contingent consideration related to the acquisitions, is recorded at fair value (level 3) with changes in fair value recorded in other expense (income), net.
The following table summarizes the change in fair value of contingent consideration from acquisition date to December 31, 2022:
Fair Market Value-Level 3 | ||||
Balance as of October 14, 2022 | $ | 1,108,000 | ||
Remeasurement | (333,100 | ) | ||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 | $ | 774,900 |
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation based on fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date:
Purchase Consideration | ||||
Cash consideration paid | $ | 5,142,000 | ||
Promissory note | 3,000,000 | |||
Contingent consideration issued to Green’s Natural seller | 1,108,000 | |||
Total Purchase Consideration | $ | 9,250,000 | ||
Purchase price allocation | ||||
Inventory | $ | 1,642,000 | ||
Property and equipment | 1,478,000 | |||
Intangible assets | 3,251,000 | |||
Right of use asset - Operating lease | 6,427,000 | |||
Other liabilities | (211,000 | ) | ||
Operating lease liability | (6,427,000 | ) | ||
Goodwill | 3,090,000 | |||
Net assets acquired | $ | 9,250,000 | ||
Finite-lived intangible assets | ||||
Trade Names (8 years) | $ | 1,133,000 | ||
Customer Relationships (6 years) | 1,103,000 | |||
Non-Compete Agreement (5 years) | 1,015,000 | |||
Total intangible assets | $ | 3,251,000 |
F-16 |
The acquisition is structured as asset purchase in a business combination, and goodwill is tax-deductible, and amortizable over 15 years for tax purposes.
Revenue and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 were $6.3 million and $0.05 million, respectively, from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2022. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred. They were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and were $906,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022. They primarily related to legal and other professional fees.
Revenue and Earnings
The following unaudited pro forma summary presents combined information of the Company, including Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods, as if the business combinations had occurred on January 1, 2021, the earliest period presented herein:
December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Sales | $ | 54,846,023 | $ | 60,773,310 | ||||
Net loss | (790,119 | ) | 1,803,584 |
The pro forma financial information includes adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combinations and are factually supportable. The pro forma adjustments include incremental amortization of intangible and remove non-recurring transaction costs directly associated with the acquisitions, such as legal and other professional service fees. The pro forma data gives effects to actual operating results prior to the acquisition. These pro forma amounts do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have actually been obtained if the acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of each period presented or that may be obtained in future periods. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the pro forma financial information excludes $1,063,000 of non-recurring acquisition-related expenses.
Acquisition of EIR Hydration
On November 30, 2021, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, acquired EIR Hydration, an IV therapy center located in Roslyn Heights, NY. The cost of the transaction was $75,000 and it was treated as an asset purchase. The Company closed Roslyn Heights, NY wellness center in December 2022, and wrote off remaining book value of intangible assets in the amount of $54,000.
Note 11. CONTRACT LIABILITIES
The Company’s contract liabilities consist of customer deposits, gift cards and loyalty rewards, for which the Company has a performance obligation to deliver products when customers redeem balances or terms expire through breakage.
A summary of the contract liabilities activity for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is presented below:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Beginning balance as of January1, | $ | 18,514 | $ | 16,014 | ||||
Issued | 859,383 | 24,733 | ||||||
Redeemed | (623,348 | ) | (21,764 | ) | ||||
Breakage recognized | (55,943 | ) | (469 | ) | ||||
Ending balance as of December 31, | $ | 198,606 | $ | 18,514 |
F-17 |
Note 12. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
At December 31, 2022 and 2021, accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of:
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Trade creditors | $ | 3,118,757 | $ | 324,890 | ||||
Accrued expenses | 370,787 | 52,174 | ||||||
Total | $ | 3,489,544 | $ | 377,064 |
Note 13. DEBT
The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:
December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Promissory note | $ | 2,913,788 | $ | - | ||||
Other debt | 815 | 3,419 | ||||||
Total debt | $ | 2,914,603 | $ | 3,419 | ||||
Current portion of long-term debt | (536,542 | ) | (2,604 | ) | ||||
Long-term debt | $ | 2,378,061 | $ | - |
Promissory Note
In connection with the Green’s Natural Foods acquisition, on October 14, 2022, the Company issued a secured promissory note (the “Greens Note”) in the principal amount of $3,000,000 as a portion of the purchase price. The Greens Note has a five-year term, an interest rate of 6.0% per annum and is secured by the assets of the Green’s Natural Foods.
The Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time prepay the outstanding principal amount or any accrued but unpaid interest, in each case in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, provided that any such prepayment of any outstanding amount of principal shall be accompanied by the payment of all accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of principal being prepaid, plus any costs and fees incurred.
Note 14. LEASES
The Company has various lease agreements with terms up to 20 years. All the leases are classified as operating leases.
Maturity of lease liabilities under our non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2022 were as follows:
Payments due by period | ||||
2023 | $ | 2,572,637 | ||
2024 | 1,995,148 | |||
2025 | 1,688,859 | |||
2026 | 1,504,408 | |||
2027 | 1,177,509 | |||
Thereafter | 2,934,184 | |||
Total undiscounted operating lease payments | $ | 11,872,747 | ||
Less: Imputed interest | (1,602,391 | ) | ||
Present value of operating lease liabilities | $ | 10,270,356 |
The following table summarizes the Company’s operating leases:
Balance Sheet Classification | December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||
Right of use asset | $ | 10,604,935 | $ | 3,423,123 | ||||
Operating lease liability, current | $ | 2,228,852 | $ | 323,056 | ||||
Operating lease liability, net of current | 8,041,504 | 2,675,495 | ||||||
Total operating lease liabilities | $ | 10,270,356 | $ | 2,998,551 |
F-18 |
The amortization of the right-of-use asset of $1,043,220 and $372,454 were included in operating cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Other information | December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | ||||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases | 6 years | 10 years | ||||||
Weighted-average discount rate for operating leases | 3.83 | % | 4.75 | % |
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was approximately $1.4 million and $0.6 million respectively. It is included in operating expenses in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of operations.
The components of lease expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:
December 31, 2022 | December 31, 2021 | |||||||
Operating lease cost | $ | 759,207 | $ | 372,454 | ||||
Variable lease cost | 355,924 | 216,073 | ||||||
Short-term lease cost | 284,013 | - | ||||||
Total rent expense | $ | 1,399,144 | $ | 588,527 |
The aggregate cash payments under the leasing arrangement were approximately $953,000 and $302,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and the payments were included in operating cash flows.
Note 15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has not historically operated as a separate company and has various relationships with HCMC whereby HCMC provides services to the Company as noted below. Related party transactions include allocation of general corporate expenses and advances from parent.
Allocation of General Corporate Expenses
HCMC provides human resources, accounting, payroll processing, legal and other managerial services to the Company. The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements include allocations of these expenses.
Management adopted a proportional cost allocation method to allocate HCMC expenses to the Company. The allocation method calculates the appropriate share of overhead costs to the Company based on management’s estimate that the sum of management time and resources spent managing the Company is approximately equal to the amount of time and resources spent managing HCMC and its subsidiaries. As a result, 50% of HCMC overhead on a weighted average basis, was allocated to the Company based on the fact that management spent equal amount of time to manage HCMC and the Company. The Company believes the allocation methodology used is reasonable and has been consistently applied, and results in an appropriate allocation of costs incurred. However, these allocations may not be indicative of the cost had the Company been a stand-alone entity or of future services. HCMC allocated $3.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Such amounts will not be cash settled and are included in the Net Parent’s Investment.
Investment by Parent
The Company received approximately $13.8 million and $2.1 million funding from HCMC to cover any shortfalls on operating cash requirements for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The net operating expenses of $2.8 million incurred by HCMC on behalf of the Company, and $11.0 million cash advance attributable to the Mother Earth’s Storehouse acquisition and Green’s Natural Foods acquisition for year ended December 31, 2022 were included in the Net Parent’s Investment. For year ended December 31, 2021, $1.5 million operating expenses incurred by HCMC on behalf of the Company, $0.08 million attributable to EIR Hydration acquisition and $0.5 million term loan payment paid by HCMC on behalf of the Company were included in the Net Parents Investment.
F-19 |
Intercompany Receivable and Payable
There is no intercompany agreement between Healthy Choice Wellness Corp and HCMC. Management has determined those intercompany receivables and payables will be settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date. As a result, Healthy Choice Wellness Corp’s intercompany balances are reflected as “due to” or “due from” accounts, and presented in other assets in the financial statements. The Company had a net receivable balance of $2.3 million and $1.4 million from HCMC for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Note 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Proceedings
From time to time the Company may be involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, such litigation will not have a material effects in the Company’s combined carve-out financial statements.
COVID-19 Management Update
The global outbreak of COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by the U.S. government in March 2020 and has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies, disrupted global supply chains and, mandated closures and stay-at-home orders and created significant disruptions of the global financial markets. The Company adjusted certain aspects of the operations to protect their employees and customers while still meeting customers’ needs. While we have experienced many challenges, including but not limited to, product shortages, staffing difficulties, and evolving customer shopping behaviors, our focus remains on both offering our customers a high quality service experience and supporting our essential front-line team members. Though we have successfully managed these challenges to date, our operations and financial condition could still be negatively affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Note 17. INCOME TAX
The Company did not have a provision for income taxes (current or deferred tax expense) for tax years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The following is a reconciliation of the expected tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. statutory rate 21% to the actual tax expense (benefit) reflected in the accompanying statement of operations:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Provision/(benefit) at statutory rate | $ | (697,766 | ) | (380,647 | ) | |||
State tax provision/(benefit) net of federal benefit | (165,565 | ) | (50,719 | ) | ||||
Change in valuation allowance | 929,300 | 400,532 | ||||||
Change in tax rate | (19,027 | ) | 7,150 | |||||
Other | (46,942 | ) | 23,684 | |||||
Income tax provision/(benefit) | $ | - | $ | - |
F-20 |
As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the effects of temporary differences attributable to the following:
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2022 | 2021 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets (liabilities): | ||||||||
NOL & AMT credit carryforward | $ | 1,586,187 | $ | 913,063 | ||||
Accrued expenses and deferred Income | - | 2,541 | ||||||
Charitable contribution | - | 69 | ||||||
Fixed assets | (15,414 | ) | 20,550 | |||||
Intangible assets | 434,547 | 196,209 | ||||||
ASC 842 - Lease Accounting | 44,485 | (11,927 | ) | |||||
Total net deferred tax assets | 2,049,805 | 1,120,505 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (2,049,805 | ) | (1,120,505 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax assets | $ | - | $ | - |
In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the positive and negative evidence available, management has determined that a valuation allowance is required at December 31, 2022 and 2021 to reduce the deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. The Company’s valuation increased by approximately $1.2 million from $930,000 for the tax year ended December 31, 2022. Should the factors underlying management’s analysis change, future valuation adjustments to the Company’s net deferred tax assets may be necessary.
At December 31, 2022 the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLS”) of $6,206,000 and $6,177,000, respectively. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) allows NOLs incurred in tax years beginning in 2018 to be carried forward indefinitely subject to 80% of taxable income. Florida net operating losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, are carried forward indefinitely until used and never expire. New York and New Jersey net operating loss expire after twenty years.
On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (“IRA”) was signed into law. Among other provisions, the IRA includes a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax on applicable corporations and 1% excise tax on stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. The IRA is not expected to have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.
The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2022, and 2021.
The Company files a federal income tax return and income tax returns in various state tax jurisdictions and the Company is generally no longer subject examinations by federal and state tax authorities for years before 2019.
Note 18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2022, and through April 7, 2023, the date of this report being issued and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent event.
F-21 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT BALANCE SHEETS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements.
F-22 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||
Sales, net | $ | 12,704,600 | $ | 5,775,543 | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | 16,700,596 | ||||||||
Cost of sales | 8,061,966 | 3,909,190 | 25,199,879 | 10,670,440 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 4,642,634 | 1,866,353 | 14,639,323 | 6,030,156 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses | 5,897,769 | 2,706,123 | 17,743,763 | 7,566,602 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (1,255,135 | ) | (839,770 | ) | (3,104,440 | ) | (1,536,446 | ) | ||||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 2,535 | 4,327 | 11,785 | 12,309 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net | (39,073 | ) | (21 | ) | (123,197 | ) | (93 | ) | ||||||||
Change in contingent consideration | 372,000 | - | 774,900 | - | ||||||||||||
Total other income (expense), net | 335,462 | 4,306 | 663,488 | 12,216 | ||||||||||||
Loss before taxes | (919,673 | ) | (835,464 | ) | (2,440,952 | ) | (1,524,230 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (919,673 | ) | $ | (835,464 | ) | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | (1,524,230 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements.
F-23 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET PARENT’S INVESTMENT
(UNAUDITED)
Three Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Balance – July 1 | $ | 15,486,920 | $ | 10,543,229 | ||||
Net transfer from parent | 566,188 | 550,119 | ||||||
Net loss | (919,673 | ) | (835,464 | ) | ||||
Balance – September 30 | $ | 15,133,435 | $ | 10,257,884 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Balance – January 1 | $ | 15,505,661 | $ | 5,027,123 | ||||
Net transfer from parent | 2,068,726 | 6,754,991 | ||||||
Net loss | (2,440,952 | ) | (1,524,230 | ) | ||||
Balance – September 30 | $ | 15,133,435 | $ | 10,257,884 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements.
F-24 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
CONDENSED COMBINED CARVE-OUT STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
Net loss | $ | (2,440,952 | ) | $ | (1,524,230 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 1,070,686 | 608,585 | ||||||
Amortization of right-of-use asset | 1,687,522 | 434,919 | ||||||
Write-down of obsolete and slow moving inventory | 1,581,043 | 526,068 | ||||||
Change in contingent consideration | (774,900 | ) | - | |||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | (75,677 | ) | (24,397 | ) | ||||
Inventories | (1,317,816 | ) | (723,894 | ) | ||||
Prepaid expenses and vendor deposits | (41,034 | ) | 28,571 | |||||
Other current assets | 48,336 | - | ||||||
Due from related party | (542,718 | ) | (608,654 | ) | ||||
Other assets | (3,060 | ) | (39,116 | ) | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | (119,384 | ) | 850,621 | |||||
Contract liabilities | (53,745 | ) | (243,857 | ) | ||||
Lease liability | (1,592,729 | ) | (376,183 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (2,574,428 | ) | (1,091,567 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
Payment for acquisition | - | (5,150,000 | ) | |||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (173,475 | ) | (158,399 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (173,475 | ) | (5,308,399 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
Principal payments on loan payable | (399,590 | ) | (1,940 | ) | ||||
Investment from parent company | 2,068,725 | 6,754,991 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 1,669,135 | 6,753,051 | ||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash | (1,078,768 | ) | 353,085 | |||||
Cash -beginning of period | 2,020,571 | 356,373 | ||||||
Cash - end of period | $ | 941,803 | $ | 709,458 | ||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | ||||||||
Cash paid for income taxes | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 123,221 | $ | 101 | ||||
Non-cash investing and financing activities | ||||||||
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities | $ | 1,137,786 | $ | 1,797,667 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements.
F-25 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CAEVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION
Organization
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized in September 2022. It is a wholly owned operating segment of Healthier Choices Management Corp (“HCMC”), a U.S. based holding company, which trades on the OTC Pink Sheets, specializing in providing consumers with healthier alternatives to everyday lifestyle choices.
Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Healthy Choice Markets, Inc., Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC, Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC, and Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC respectively, the Company operates:
● | Ada’s Natural Market, a natural and organic grocery store offering fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products, and natural household items. |
● | Paradise Health & Nutrition’s three stores that likewise offer fresh produce, bulk foods, vitamins and supplements, packaged groceries, meat and seafood, deli, baked goods, dairy products, frozen foods, health & beauty products, and natural household items. |
● | Mother Earth’s Storehouse, a two-store organic and health food and vitamin chain in New York’s Hudson Valley, has been in existence for over 40 years. | |
● | Greens Natural Foods’ eight stores in New York and New Jersey, offering a selection of 100% organic produce and all-natural, non-GMO groceries & bulk foods; a wide selection of local products; an organic juice and smoothie bar; a fresh foods department, which offers fresh and healthy “grab & go” foods; a full selection of vitamins & supplements; as well as health and beauty products. | |
● | Ellwood Thompson’s, an organic and natural health food and vitamin store located in Richmond, Virginia. Ellwood Thompson’s was acquired on October 1, 2023 for a purchase price of approximately $1,500,000. |
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, the Company (1) operates Healthy Choice Wellness Center in Kingston, NY and (2) has a licensing agreement for a Healthy Choice Wellness Center located at the Casbah Spa and Salon in Fort Lauderdale, FL.
These centers offer multiple vitamin drip mixes and intramuscular shots for clients to choose from that are designed to help boost immunity, fight fatigue and stress, reduce inflammation, enhance weight loss, and efficiently deliver antioxidants and anti-aging mixes. Additionally, there are IV vitamin mixes and shots for health, beauty, and re-hydration.
Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy U Wholesale, Inc., the Company sells vitamins and supplements, as well as health, beauty and personal care products through its on-line retail subsidiary, The Vitamin Store, LLC.
Sourcing and Vendors
We source from multiple suppliers. These suppliers range from small independent businesses to multinational conglomerates. For the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, approximately 40% and 34% of our total purchases were from one vendor. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, approximately 42% and 32% of our total purchases were from one vendor.
F-26 |
Spin-Off
HCMC has commenced steps to spin off (“Spin-Off”) its grocery segment and wellness business into a new publicly traded company (hereinafter referred to as “HCWC” or “The Company”). HCWC will continue the path of growth in the wellness verticals started by HCMC and explore other growth opportunities that comport with HCMC’s healthier lifestyle mission. Following the Spin-Off, HCMC will retain its entire patent suite, the Q-Cup® brand, and continue to develop its patent suite through R&D as well as continuing its path of enforcing its patent rights against infringers and attempting to monetize said patents through licensing deals.
At the time of the Spin-Off, HCMC will distribute all the outstanding shares of common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to holders of HCMC’s common stock. Shares of HCMC’s common stock outstanding as of the record date for the Spin-Off (the “Record Date”), will entitle the holder thereof to receive a certain number of shares of common stock in HCWC. The distribution will be made in book-entry form by a distribution agent. Fractional shares of common stock will not be distributed in the Spin-Off and any fractional amounts will be rounded down.
NOTE 2. GOING CONCERN AND LIQUIDITY
The accompanying condensed combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern and realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business and do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of any uncertainties related to our going concern assessment. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities presented in the financial statements do not necessarily purport to represent realizable or settlement values.
As of September 30, 2023, the Company had approximately $0.9 million in cash and a working capital deficit of approximately $1.5 million.
For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2023, the Company incurred net losses of approximately $2.4 million and cash used in operating activities of approximately $2.5 million. The Company’s liquidity needs through September 30, 2023 have been satisfied through additional investments from HCMC, our parent company (see Note 14). After the spin-off, the Company will need to develop new sources of financing to fund future operations and capital expansion. The Company cannot provide any assurance that new financing will be available to it on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.
The Company believes that it has sufficient cash on hand to meet its obligations and capital requirements for at least the twelve months from the date these financial statements are issued. Accordingly, no adjustment has been made to the financial statements to account for this uncertainty.
NOTE 3. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
F-27 |
The Company has historically operated as part of Healthier Choices Management Corp. and not as a standalone company. Financial statements representing the historical operations of HCMC’s grocery segment have been derived from HCMC’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activity of the Company are included in the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses from HCMC. However, amounts recognized by the Company are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Company operated independently of HCMC. Related-party allocations are discussed further in Note 14.
The condensed combined carve-out financial statements do not include all information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements.
Unaudited Interim Condensed Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements
The interim condensed combined carve-out balance sheet as of September 30, 2023, the interim condensed combined carve-out statements of operations and the interim condensed combined carve-out statements of changes in net parent’s investment for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 are unaudited. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in the notes to these condensed combined carve-out financial statements relating to the three and nine-month periods are also unaudited. In the opinion of management, the accompanying interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals necessary for a fair presentation of our condensed consolidated cash flows, operating results, and balance sheets for the periods presented. These condensed combined carve-out financial statements should be read in conjunction with the condensed combined carve-out financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report included in Amendment 1 to Form S-1 for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on April 7, 2023. The condensed combined carve-out balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 was derived from the Company’s audited 2022 financial statements contained in the above referenced S-1. Results of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2023 or any other period.
Principles of Combination
The condensed combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Healthy Choice Markets, Inc. (“Ada’s Natural Market”), Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC (“Paradise Health and Nutrition”), Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC (“Mother Earth’s Storehouse”), Healthy Choices Markets 3 Real Estate LLC, Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC (Green’s Natural Foods), Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC, and Healthy U Wholesale, Inc (“The Vitamin Store, LLC”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination.
Net Parent Investment
The condensed combined carve-out financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements of HCMC on a carve-out basis. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, legal, and marketing expenses from HCMC. The primary components of the net parent’s investment are intercompany balances other than related party payables, the allocation of shared costs, and funding received to cover any shortfall in operating cash requirements. Balances between HCMC and the Company that were not historically cash settled are included in net parent investment. Net parent’s investment represents the cumulative investment by HCMC in the Company through the dates presented.
F-28 |
Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements
The preparation of condensed combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed combined carve-out financial statements, and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions include allowances, deferred taxes and related valuation allowances, and the valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations. Certain of management’s estimates could be affected by external conditions, including those unique to our industry, and general economic conditions. It is possible that these external factors could have an effect on our estimates that could cause actual results to differ from our estimates. The Company re-evaluates all its accounting estimates at least quarterly based on these conditions and records adjustments when necessary.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from product sales and services rendered, net of promotional discounts, manufacturer coupons and rebates, return allowances, and sales and consumption taxes, are recorded when products are delivered, title passes to customers and collection is likely to occur. Title passes to customers at the point of sale for retail and upon delivery of products for wholesale. Return allowances, which reduce revenue, are estimated using historical experience.
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the following five-step model:
● | identify arrangements with customers; | |
● | identify performance obligations; | |
● | determine transaction price; | |
● | allocate transaction price to the separate performance obligations in the arrangement, if more than one exists; and | |
● | recognize revenue as performance obligations are satisfied. |
Shipping and Handling
Shipping charges billed to customers are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales. The Company incurred shipping and handling costs of approximately $25,000 and $23,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $90,000 and 51,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents. The majority of the Company’s cash is concentrated in one financial institution, which is in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) coverage. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
F-29 |
A summary of the financial institution that had cash in excess of FDIC limits of $250,000 as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 is presented below:
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Total cash in excess of FDIC limits of $250,000 | $ | - | $ | 949,677 |
Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Accounts receivables are claims to consideration which are unconditional; meaning no performance obligations remain for the Company and only the passage of time is necessary before collection. Contract assets are distinguished from accounts receivable as performance obligations remain before claims to consideration become unconditional. By nature of the Company’s operations, contract assets are typically not recognized. Contract liabilities are recorded when customers transfer consideration in advance of delivery of products or services, which the Company records for gift cards and loyalty reward programs. When one party to an arrangement performs before the other(s), the Company records an account receivable, contract asset or contract liability.
The majority of arrangements with customers contain one performance obligation: to provide a distinct set of products or services. Most performance obligations are satisfied simultaneously as the Company exchanges products or services for customer payment. Exceptions include gift cards and loyalty rewards, for which the Company has a performance obligation to deliver products or services at a future date. As gift cards are purchased and loyalty points earned, contract liabilities are recorded until the performance obligations are satisfied through delivery of products or services or breakage based on gift card and loyalty reward program term limits.
The Company’s breakage policy is twenty-four months for gift cards and twelve months for loyalty rewards. Loyalty rewards are earned at five percent on qualifying purchases and the reward functions as an allocation of transaction price from the period earned by the customer to the period the performance obligation is satisfied by the Company. As such, all contract liabilities are expected to be recognized within a twenty-four-month period.
Other Current Assets
Other current assets are the non-trade related assets that the Company owns, benefits from, or uses to generate income that can be converted into cash within one business cycle. Included in “Other current assets” on our condensed consolidated balance sheets are amounts primarily related to other receivables or non-trade receivable from government and other companies.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the average cost method. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their net realizable value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory to their net realizable value. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale, such as fresh produce, perishable grocery items and non-perishable consumable goods.
F-30 |
Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the respective asset, after the asset is placed in service. Revenue earning property, plant, and equipment includes signage, furniture and fixtures, building, computer hardware, appliance, cooler, and displays have useful lives ranging from two to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the improvement or the term of the lease.
Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost, or when acquired as part of a business acquisition, at estimated fair value. Certain identifiable intangible assets are amortized over 4 to 10 years. Similar to tangible personal property and equipment, the Company periodically evaluates identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as goodwill are not amortized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews all long-lived assets such as property and equipment and amortized intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. The recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. Impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset(s) exceeds their fair value. There were no triggering events that would indicate impairment of long-lived assets during the three month or nine month periods ended September 30, 2023 and 2022.
Goodwill
The Company assesses the carrying amounts of goodwill for recoverability on at least an annual basis or when events or changes in circumstances indicate evidence of potential impairment exists, using a fair value-based test. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the businesses, and the useful life over which cash flows will occur. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment for the Company. Our annual impairment test is conducted on September 30 of each year or more often if deemed necessary. As part of management’s qualitative analysis on September 30, 2023, management determines whether any triggering events have occurred since the annual test date of September 30, 2022, which would indicate an impairment. Management determined no triggering events had occurred through September 30, 2023.
Advertising
Advertising expense is classified as an operating expense on condensed combined carve-out statement of operation. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising expenses of approximately $215,000 and $47,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $366,000 and $91,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
F-31 |
401(k) retirement savings plan
The Company’s employees are offered a 401(k) retirement savings plan that is administered under HCMC with discretionary contribution matching opportunities. 401K employer expense amounted to $21,000 and $6,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $59,000 and $14,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company’s income taxes are included in HCMC’s consolidated return. For the purposes of the condensed combined carve-out financial statements, the income taxes for the Company have been presented on a separate return basis, under which a new stand-alone set of deferred tax assets and liabilities is created based on the financial statement accounts of the carveout.
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, income tax expense is recognized as the amount of: (i) taxes payable or refundable for the current year and (ii) future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if based on the weight of available evidence it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The Company had no uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Leases
Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the fixed lease payments using the Company’s incremental borrowing rates. Related operating ROU assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by contributions from landlords, plus any prepaid rent and direct costs from executing the leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expense as they are incurred.
The Company did not have finance leases as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. If the Company enters into a finance lease in the future, it will be accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 842.
F-32 |
Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimated amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company uses the fair value framework under FASB’s guidance, and it requires the categorization of assets and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions used to measure the assets or liabilities. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3, if applicable, would generally require significant management judgment. The three levels for categorizing assets and liabilities under the fair value measurement requirements are as follows:
● | Level 1: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; | |
● | Level 2: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the applicable asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar (as opposed to identical) assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and | |
● | Level 3: Fair value measurement of the asset or liability using unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions regarding the applicable asset or liability. |
Business Combination
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) in the accounting for acquisitions of businesses. ASC 805 requires the Company to use the acquisition method of accounting by recognizing the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed and measured at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the aforementioned amounts. Acquisition-related expenses were expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed combined carve-out statements of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Public companies in the United States are subject to the accounting and reporting requirements of various authorities, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
There were no accounting pronouncements issued in the quarter or with future effective dates that are either applicable nor are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
Reclassification
Certain amounts in the condensed combined carve-out financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Such reclassifications do not impact the Company’s previously reported financial position or net loss. Due from related party of $2.3 million was previously presented in the condensed combined carve-out balance sheets in other assets as of December 31, 2022, and was reclassified to due from related party in the condensed combined carve-out balance sheets. Cash usage in due from related party of $609,000 was previously presented in other assets in the condensed combined statements of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and was reclassified to cash usage in due from related party in the condensed combined carve-out statements of cash flow. Increase in net parent investment for corporate overhead of $1.6 million was previously presented in operating activities in the condensed combined carve-out statements of cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and was reclassed to proceeds from investment from parent in financing activities in the condensed combined statements of cash flow.
F-33 |
NOTE 4. DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUES
The Company’s disaggregated revenues consist of the following for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022:
Three Months Ended September 30, | Nine Months Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||||
2023 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||
Retail Grocery | $ | 11,307,056 | $ | 5,187,540 | $ | 35,374,652 | $ | 14,944,075 | ||||||||
Food service/restaurant | 1,396,194 | 584,382 | 4,459,142 | 1,743,228 | ||||||||||||
Online/eCommerce | 1,350 | 3,621 | 5,408 | 13,293 | ||||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 12,704,600 | $ | 5,775,543 | $ | 39,839,202 | $ | 16,700,596 |
NOTE 5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable is mainly related to COOP billing from each of the Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. entities. Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. bills its vendors for advertising vendors’ products in our sales channels. Advertising revenue is included in sales revenue on condensed combined carve-out statement of operations. The Company recorded advertising revenue of approximately $68,000 and $22,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $206,000 and 70,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company’s accounts receivable totaled approximately $131,000 and $55,000 at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
NOTE 6. INVENTORIES
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the average cost method. If the cost of the inventories exceeds their market value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory to its net realizable value. The Company recorded the write down of inventories amounting to approximately $630,000 and $310,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $1,581,000 and $526,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale.
NOTE 7. ACQUISITION
On October 14, 2022, the Company through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, Green’s Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, and Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (collectively, the “Sellers”), and shareholders of the Sellers. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of an organic and natural health food and vitamin chain with eight store locations in New York and northern and central New Jersey (the “Stores”).
F-34 |
The cash purchase price under the Asset Purchase Agreement was $5,142,000, with $3,000,000 seller financing in the form of a promissory note. In addition, the seller is entitled to a contingent earn-out based on a certain revenue threshold within the one-year period of the closing.
The Company recorded $1,108,000 of contingent consideration based on the estimated financial performance for the one year following closing. The contingent consideration was discounted at an interest rate of 3.8%, which represents the Company’s weighted average discount rate. Contingent consideration related to the acquisition is recorded at fair value (level 3) with changes in fair value recorded in other expense (income), net.
The following table summarizes the change in fair value of contingent consideration from acquisition date to September 30, 2023:
Fair Market Value - Level 3 | ||||
Balance as of October 14, 2022 | $ | 1,108,000 | ||
Remeasurement | (333,100 | |||
Balance as of December 31, 2022 | $ | 774,900 | ||
Remeasurement | (774,900 | ) | ||
Balance as of September 30, 2023 | $ | - |
The following table summarizes the change in fair value of contingent consideration for the three months ended September 30, 2023:
Fair Market Value - Level 3 | ||||
Balance as of June 30, 2023 | $ | 372,000 | ||
Remeasurement | (372,000 | ) | ||
Balance as of September 30, 2023 | $ | - |
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation based on fair values of the net assets acquired at the acquisition date:
Purchase Consideration | ||||
Cash consideration paid | $ | 5,142,000 | ||
Promissory note | 3,000,000 | |||
Contingent consideration issued to Green’s Natural seller | 1,108,000 | |||
Total Purchase Consideration | $ | 9,250,000 | ||
Purchase price allocation | ||||
Inventory | $ | 1,642,000 | ||
Property and equipment | 1,478,000 | |||
Intangible assets | 3,251,000 | |||
Right of use asset - Operating lease | 6,427,000 | |||
Other liabilities | (211,000 | ) | ||
Operating lease liability | (6,427,000 | ) | ||
Goodwill | 3,090,000 | |||
Net assets acquired | $ | 9,250,000 | ||
Finite-lived intangible assets | ||||
Trade Names (8 years) | $ | 1,133,000 | ||
Customer Relationships (6 years) | 1,103,000 | |||
Non-Compete Agreement (5 years) | 1,015,000 | |||
Total intangible assets | $ | 3,251,000 |
The acquisition is structured as asset purchase in a business combination, and goodwill is tax-deductible, and amortizable over 15 years for tax purpose.
Revenue and Earnings
The following table represents the condensed combined pro forma revenue and earnings for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022:
For Three Months Ended | For Nine Months Ended | |||||||
September 30, 2022 | September 30, 2022 | |||||||
Sales | $ | 13,207,282 | $ | 39,984,097 | ||||
Net loss | $ | (1,294,861 | ) | $ | (2,678,379 | ) |
The condensed combined proforma revenue and earnings for the three-month period and nine-month period ended September 30, 2022 were prepared as though acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2022.
NOTE 8. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following:
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Displays | $ | 312,146 | $ | 312,146 | ||||
Building | 575,000 | 575,000 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures | 501,342 | 469,338 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 1,925,385 | 1,910,719 | ||||||
Computer hardware & equipment | 139,629 | 114,525 | ||||||
Other | 680,718 | 579,547 | ||||||
4,134,220 | 3,961,275 | |||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | (1,332,664 | ) | (925,428 | ) | ||||
Total property, plant, and equipment | $ | 2,801,556 | $ | 3,035,847 |
The Company incurred approximately $132,000 and $60,000 of depreciation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $408,000 and $163,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Depreciation expense was included in operating expenses on the condensed combined carve-out statements of operations.
F-35 |
NOTE 9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
At September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, intangible assets consist of the following:
September 30, 2023 | Useful Lives (Years) | Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | ||||||||||
Trade names | 8-10 years | $ | 2,569,000 | (951,193 | ) | $ | 1,617,807 | |||||||
Customer relationships | 4-6 years | 2,669,000 | (1,256,556 | ) | 1,412,444 | |||||||||
Non-compete | 4-5 years | 1,602,000 | (514,666 | ) | 1,087,334 | |||||||||
Intangible assets, net | $ | 6,840,000 | $ | (2,722,415 | ) | $ | 4,117,585 |
December 31, 2022 | Useful Lives (Years) | Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | ||||||||||
Trade names | 8-10 years | $ | 2,569,000 | (725,724 | ) | $ | 1,843,276 | |||||||
Customer relationships | 4-6 years | 2,669,000 | (1,033,306 | ) | 1,635,694 | |||||||||
Non-compete | 4-5 years | 1,602,000 | (300,466 | ) | 1,301,533 | |||||||||
Intangible assets, net | $ | 6,840,000 | $ | (2,059,496 | ) | $ | 4,780,504 |
Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization expense was approximately $221,000 and $156,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and approximately $663,000 and $446,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Amortization expense was included in operating expenses on the condensed combined carve-out statements of operations.
Future annual estimated amortization expense is as follows:
For the nine months ending September 30, | ||||
2023 (remaining three months) | $ | 220,973 | ||
2024 | 883,891 | |||
2025 | 878,391 | |||
2026 | 801,355 | |||
2027 | 662,550 | |||
Thereafter | 670,425 | |||
Total | $ | 4,117,585 |
NOTE 10. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
At September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of:
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Trade creditors | $ | 3,160,017 | $ | 3,118,757 | ||||
Accrued expenses | 210,143 | 370,787 | ||||||
Total | $ | 3,370,160 | $ | 3,489,544 |
F-36 |
NOTE 11. CONTRACT LIABILITIES
A summary of the contract liabilities activity at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 is presented below:
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Beginning balance as January 1, | $ | 198,606 | $ | 18,514 | ||||
Issued | 664,003 | 859,383 | ||||||
Redeemed | (664,294 | ) | (623,348 | ) | ||||
Breakage recognized | (53,454 | ) | (55,943 | ) | ||||
Ending balance | $ | 144,861 | $ | 198,606 |
NOTE 12. DEBT
The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s debt as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | |||||||
Promissory note | $ | 2,515,013 | $ | 2,913,788 | ||||
Other debt | - | 815 | ||||||
Total debt | $ | 2,515,013 | $ | 2,914,603 | ||||
Current portion of long-term debt | (560,322 | ) | (536,542 | ) | ||||
Long-term debt | $ | 1,954,691 | $ | 2,378,061 |
Promissory Note
In connection with the Green’s Natural Foods acquisition, on October 14, 2022, the Company issued a secured promissory note (the “Greens Note”) in the principal amount of $3,000,000 as a portion of the purchase price. The Greens Note has a five-year term, an interest rate of 6.0% per annum and is secured by the assets of the Green’s Natural Foods.
The Company may, at its option, at any time or from time to time prepay the outstanding principal amount or any accrued but unpaid interest, in each case in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, provided that any such prepayment of any outstanding amount of principal shall be accompanied by the payment of all accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of principal being prepaid, plus any costs and fees incurred.
NOTE 13. LEASES
The Company has various lease agreements with terms up to 20 years. All the leases are classified as operating leases.
Maturity of lease liabilities under our non-cancellable operating leases as of September 30, 2023 were as follows:
Payments due by period | September 30, 2023 | |||
2023 (remaining three months) | $ | 675,033 | ||
2024 | 2,593,309 | |||
2025 | 2,331,433 | |||
2026 | 1,995,684 | |||
2027 | 1,092,715 | |||
Thereafter | 2,041,925 | |||
Total undiscounted operating lease payments | $ | 10,730,099 | ||
Less: Imputed interest | (914,686 | ) | ||
Present value of operating lease liabilities | $ | 9,815,413 |
F-37 |
The following table summarizes the Company’s operating leases:
Balance Sheet Classification | September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||
Right of use asset | $ | 10,055,199 | $ | 10,604,935 | ||||
Operating lease liability, current | $ | 2,321,018 | $ | 2,228,852 | ||||
Operating lease liability, net of current | $ | 7,494,395 | $ | 8,041,504 |
The amortization of the right-of-use asset of $625,000 and $152,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and $1,688,000 and $435,000 for nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, were included in operating cash flows.
The following table provides a summary of other information related to the leases at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
Other Information | September 30, 2023 | December 31, 2022 | ||||||
Weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases | 5 years | 6 years | ||||||
Weighted-average discount rate for operating leases | 3.87 | % | 3.83 | % |
Rent expense for three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 was approximately $830,000 and $235,000, and approximately $2,508,000 and $653,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. It is included in operating expenses in the accompanying condensed combined carve-out statements of operations.
The components of lease expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:
Three Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Operating lease cost | $ | 586,247 | $ | 143,280 | ||||
Variable lease cost | 205,355 | 82,603 | ||||||
Short-term lease cost | 38,637 | 9,041 | ||||||
Total rent expense | $ | 830,239 | $ | 234,924 |
Nine Months Ended September 30, | ||||||||
2023 | 2022 | |||||||
Operating lease cost | $ | 1,742,748 | $ | 408,273 | ||||
Variable lease cost | 650,211 | 217,738 | ||||||
Short-term lease cost | 114,802 | 26,647 | ||||||
Total rent expense | $ | 2,507,761 | $ | 652,658 |
The aggregate cash payments under the leasing arrangement were approximately $1,593,000 and $376,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, were included in operating cash flows.
F-38 |
NOTE 14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has not historically operated as a separate company and has various relationships with HCMC whereby HCMC provided services to the Company as noted below. Related party transactions include allocation of general corporate expenses and advances from parent.
Allocation of General Corporate Expenses
HCMC provides human resources, accounting, payroll processing, legal and other managerial services to the Company. The accompanying condensed combined carve-out financial statements include allocations of these expenses.
Management adopted a proportional cost allocation method to allocate HCMC expenses to the Company. The allocation method calculates the appropriate share of overhead costs to the Company based on management’s estimate that the sum of management time and resources spent managing the Company is approximately equal to the amount of time and resources spent managing HCMC and its subsidiaries. As a result, 50% of HCMC overhead on a weighted average basis was allocated to the Company based on the fact that management spent equal amount of time to manage HCMC and the Company. The Company believes the allocation methodology used is reasonable and has been consistently applied, and results in an appropriate allocation of costs incurred. However, these allocations may not be indicative of the cost had the Company been a stand-alone entity or of future services. HCMC allocated $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and approximately $2.0 million and $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Such amounts will not be cash settled and are included in the Net Parent’s Investment.
Investment by Parent
The Company received approximately $2.1 million and $6.8 million funding from HCMC to cover acquisition and any shortfalls on operating cash requirements for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the net operating expenses of $2.0 million incurred by HCMC on behalf of the Company and $0.1 HCMC loan payment on behalf of Green’s Natural Foods were included in the Net Parent’s Investment. For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, $1.6 million operating expenses incurred by HCMC on behalf of the Company, and $5.2 million attributable to Mother Earth’s Storehouse acquisition were included in the Net Parent’s Investment.
Intercompany Receivable and Payable
There is no intercompany agreement between the Company and HCMC. Management has determined those intercompany receivables and payables will be settled within twelve months after the balance sheet date. As a result, the Company’s intercompany balances are reflected as “due to” or “due from” accounts in the condensed combined carve-out balance sheets. The Company had a net receivable balance of $2.9 million and $2.3 million from HCMC as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
NOTE 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Legal Proceedings
From time to time the Company may be involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of our business. With respect to legal costs, we record such costs as incurred.
NOTE 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On September 28, 2023, the Company through its wholly owned subsidiary, Healthy Choice Markets V, LLC, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with ET Holding, Inc., d/b/a Ellwood Thompson’s Local Market, a Virginia corporation, Ellwood Thompson’s Natural Market, L.C., a Virginia limited liability company, and Richard T. Hood, an individual resident of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of an organic and natural health food and vitamin store located in Richmond, Virginia (the “Store”).
The purchase price under the Purchase Agreement is approximately $1,500,000, of which $750,000 is in the form of a promissory note. The Company will assume all lease obligations for the Store. The transaction was entered into on September 28, 2023 with effective date of October 1, 2023. The Company has engaged a professional valuation firm to perform the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price accounting has not been finalized.
On October 27, 2023, the Company filed a new registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with the spin-off of all of the existing HCWC common stock by HCMC (the “Spin Off S-1”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).
On October 30, 2023, the Company filed Amendment No. 1 to its registration statement on Form S-1 (“IPO S-1”) with the Commission.
F-39 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
F-40 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | |
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | F-42 |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | |
Balance Sheets | F-44 |
Statements of Income | F-45 |
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity | F-46 |
Statements of Cash Flows | F-47 |
Notes to the Financial Statements | F-48 |
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION | F-53 |
Schedules of Store Operating Expenses, Employee Costs, and General and Administrative Expenses | F-54 |
F-41 |
One Hudson City Centre, Suite 204 Hudson, NY 12534 |
Phone | 518-828-1565 | |
Fax | 518-828-2672 | |
Web | www.uhy-us.com |
To the Shareholders of
Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc.
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. (an S-corporation) (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Subsequent Event
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, on February 8, 2022, the Company sold all of its operations. The sale represents a significant portion of the Company’s total assets and all of the Company’s operations. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.
Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
A member of UHY International, a network of independent accounting and consulting firms.
F-42 |
In preparing the financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date the financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than from one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:
● | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. | |
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. | ||
● | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc.’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. | |
● | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the financial statements. | |
● | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.
Supplementary Information
Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the financial statements as a whole. The Schedules of Store Operating Expenses, Employee Costs, and General and Administrative Expenses are presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of management and was derived from and relates directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements or to the financial statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, the information is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the financial statements as a whole.
Hudson, New York
April 8, 2022
F-43 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
See notes to the financial statements.
F-44 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Sales, net | $ | 14,292,166 | $ | 17,034,222 | ||||
Cost of sales | 9,389,790 | 11,098,441 | ||||||
Gross profit | 4,902,376 | 5,935,781 | ||||||
Operating costs: | ||||||||
General and administrative expenses | 306,274 | 471,199 | ||||||
Employee costs | 2,760,397 | 3,414,863 | ||||||
Store operations | 829,412 | 1,089,580 | ||||||
Depreciation | 146,437 | 199,896 | ||||||
Total operating costs | 4,042,520 | 5,175,538 | ||||||
Income from operations | 859,856 | 760,243 | ||||||
Other income (expenses): | ||||||||
Rental income | 18,600 | 16,865 | ||||||
Interest income | 4,346 | 5,781 | ||||||
Loss from sale of property | - | (52,530 | ) | |||||
Forgiveness of paycheck protection program (PPP) loan | 669,500 | - | ||||||
Other | (13,932 | ) | - | |||||
Total other income (expenses) | 678,514 | (29,884 | ) | |||||
Net income | $ | 1,538,370 | $ | 730,359 |
See notes to the financial statements.
F-45 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Shareholder Units | Capital Stock | Accumulated Earnings | Total Shareholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||
Balance, January 1, 2020 | 100 | $ | 60,260 | $ | 3,473,435 | $ | 3,533,695 | |||||||||
Distributions | - | - | (1,329,000 | ) | (1,329,000 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income | - | - | 730,359 | 730,359 | ||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2020 | 100 | 60,260 | 2,874,794 | 2,935,054 | ||||||||||||
Distributions | - | - | (536,000 | ) | (536,000 | ) | ||||||||||
Pass-through entity tax | - | - | (102,750 | ) | (102,750 | ) | ||||||||||
Net income | - | - | 1,538,370 | 1,538,370 | ||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2021 | 100 | $ | 60,260 | $ | 3,774,414 | $ | 3,834,674 |
See notes to the financial statements.
F-46 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,538,370 | $ | 730,359 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation | 146,437 | 199,896 | ||||||
Forgiveness of PPP loan | (669,500 | ) | - | |||||
Loss on property sale | - | 52,530 | ||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Inventory | 14,055 | (16,456 | ) | |||||
Rebate receivable | (10,727 | ) | - | |||||
Prepaid expenses | (3,411 | ) | - | |||||
Accounts payable | 69,845 | (113,225 | ) | |||||
Accrued expenses | (81,671 | ) | 96,179 | |||||
Deposits | - | (700 | ) | |||||
Miscellaneous receivables | - | 4,594 | ||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 1,003,398 | 953,177 | ||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment | (37,674 | ) | (19,143 | ) | ||||
Receipts from notes receivable related to property sale | 39,523 | 5,172 | ||||||
Proceeds from property sale | - | 50,000 | ||||||
Net cash provided by investing activities | 1,849 | 36,029 | ||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
Pass-through entity tax payment | (102,750 | ) | - | |||||
Distributions | (536,000 | ) | (1,329,000 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from PPP loan | - | 669,500 | ||||||
Net cash used for financing activities | (638,750 | ) | (659,500 | ) | ||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | 366,497 | 329,706 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year | 2,189,674 | 1,859,968 | ||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year | $ | 2,556,171 | $ | 2,189,674 | ||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||
Non-cash activity: | ||||||||
Inventory included in property sale | $ | - | $ | 175,000 | ||||
Fixed assets included in property sale | $ | - | $ | 102,530 | ||||
Note received as consideration for property sale | $ | - | $ | 175,000 |
See notes to the financial statements.
F-47 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION
Organization
Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. (the “Company”) was founded in 1978 in Kingston, New York.
Mother Earths Storehouse, Inc. is a grocery store for organic and all-natural foods. The Company has two locations in Kingston and Saugerties, New York. A third location, in Poughkeepsie, New York, operated until September 30, 2020, when it was sold (see Note 9). On February 8, 2022, the Company’s operations were purchased in the form of an asset sale by Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC.
Sale of Company Business
On February 8, 2022, the shareholders of the Company agreed to sell their business including the Kingston and Saugerties, New York store locations to a third-party for $5,300,000 subject to certain closing adjustments. Existing store leases were assigned to the buyer.
The shareholders of the Company are prohibited from operating a similar competitive business as defined in the sale agreement for a period of five years.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting
The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP).
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term investment securities purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue at the point of sale.
Unredeemed Gift Cards
The Company sells gift cards with no expiration dates to customers. The Company records revenue at the point of sale and does not expect future gift card obligations to be material.
Sales returns and allowances
The Company does not expect future returns to be material, and consequently does not maintain an allowance for merchandise returns.
F-48 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Income Taxes
Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. has elected to be treated as an S Corporation for federal income tax purposes. No provision has been made for federal income taxes since S Corporations are not taxable entities. Individual partners/shareholders report their share of taxable income or loss in their personal tax returns.
The Company has evaluated any uncertain tax positions and related income tax contingencies and determined uncertain positions, if any, are not material to the financial statements, according to FASB ASC 740. Penalties and interest assessed by income taxing authorities are included in operating expenses, if incurred. None of the Company’s current returns are under examination.
Under New York State S Corporation tax law, the Corporation is subject to an annual franchise tax.
Beginning in the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company elected to be subject to the New York State Pass-Through Entity Tax (the “PTET”). The Company must elect each year by March 15th if it chooses to be subject to the PTET for the given year. The PTET will grant each shareholder a tax credit on their respective individual NYS income tax returns. Any PTET owed is a joint liability of the Company and the controlling shareholder. Since the individual shareholders receive the benefit of a tax credit, the Company has treated the PTET as a distribution to the shareholders in the Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity. PTET paid on behalf of shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was $102,750 and $-0-, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost method) or net realizable value. Inventories are comprised of perishable and non-perishable food items available for sale.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense; betterments and major renewals are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease terms or the assets’ useful lives. Upon retirement or sale of assets, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. They are presented as a component of store operating expenses. Advertising costs were $76,379 and $86,071 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Retirement Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) plan. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the employer makes up to 4% matching contributions. The plan will follow the Safe Harbor CODA in which a minimum contribution plan of 4% of salaries must be made by the Company each pay period. Plan contributions were $140,859 and $144,110 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
F-49 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Presentation of Sales Tax
The State of New York imposes sales taxes on all of the Company’s sales to nonexempt customers. The Company collects sales taxes from customers and remits the amounts to the state. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted to the State from revenues and expenses with the exception of excise taxes paid on purchases.
Subsequent Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 8, 2022, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND MARKET RISK
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit and market risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and a note receivable. Cash is maintained at Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured financial institutions and credit exposure is limited to any one institution. As of December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents were in excess of FDIC insurance coverage by approximately $2,210,000.
The Company has a concentration with two of its vendors related to the purchase of inventory. Approximately 29% and 21% of purchases were made with these vendors during the year ended December 31, 2021. Approximately 31% and 21% of purchases were made with these vendors during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Accounts payable consists of balances due to vendors for inventory the Company sells in its stores as well as services rendered to the Company on or before the year-end which have not been paid as of the year-end. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, one vendor represented 58% and 50% of accounts payable, respectively.
As mentioned in Note 1, the Company has 2 store locations in Kingston and Saugerties, New York. Because of this, there is a concentration of market risk as the Company is reliant upon the continued support of customers in the Kingston and Saugerties, New York communities and surrounding areas.
The Company’s note receivable is due from one entity and is uncollateralized. The Company expects to collect this note in full during 2022.
NOTE 4 – NET SALES
Sales are net of returns and allowances and discounts. For the years ended December 31, sales were as follows:
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Sales | $ | 15,438,995 | $ | 18,535,034 | ||||
Less: Allowances | 80,225 | 98,836 | ||||||
Discounts | 1,066,604 | 1,401,976 | ||||||
Total net sales | $ 14,292,166 | $ 17,034,222 |
F-50 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
The Company provides for depreciation on a straight-line basis. Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following at December 31, and estimated useful lives of the related assets are as follows:
2021 | 2020 | Years | |||||||||
Building and improvements | $ | 386,362 | $ | 386,362 | 10-40 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 1,587,125 | 1,587,125 | 15 | ||||||||
Furniture and fixtures | 121,273 | 92,714 | 7 | ||||||||
Office equipment | 11,685 | 31,724 | 5-7 | ||||||||
Machinery and equipment | 421,925 | 443,152 | 5-7 | ||||||||
Total | 2,528,370 | 2,541,077 | |||||||||
Accumulated depreciation | (1,642,953 | ) | (1,546,897 | ) | |||||||
$ | 885,417 | $ | 994,180 |
Depreciation expense amounted to $146,437 and $199,896 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
NOTE 6 – NOTE RECEIVABLE
As part of the sale of the Poughkeepsie store location in 2020 (see Note 9), the purchaser entered into a note for the remaining $175,000 of the purchase price payable to the Company. The note is receivable in monthly installments of $3,294, including principal and interest at a fixed rate of 5.00% through maturity of November 1, 2022, at which time a balloon payment is due. Upon maturity of the note, the remaining balance of unpaid principal and interest is due, payable in full. The balance of this note was $130,305 and $169,828 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
NOTE 7 – DEBT
In April 2020, the Company applied for and received a loan from its bank in the amount of $669,500 through the Small Business Administration’s (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). In July 2021, the loan, including principal and interest was forgiven and considered repaid in full. The balance has been recorded as forgiveness of paycheck protection program loan for the year ended December 31, 2021 and a current liability as of December 31, 2020.
According to the rules of the SBA, the Company is required to retain PPP loan documentation for six years after the date the loan is forgiven or repaid in full, and permit authorized representatives of the SBA, including representatives of its Office of Inspector General, to access such files upon request. Should the SBA conduct such a review and reject all or some of the Company’s judgements pertaining to satisfying PPP loan eligibility or forgiveness conditions, the Company may be required to adjust previously reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
NOTE 8 – LEASES
The Company leased store space under an operating lease at 1955 South Road in Poughkeepsie, NY. The lease was on a month-to-month basis at $14,709 per month and transferred to the assignee when the location was sold (see Note 9). The Company leased a second store space under an operating lease at 1200 Ulster Avenue, Route 9W, Kingston, NY. The lease called for an annual increase of 2% in monthly rental expense on the anniversary date in September.
F-51 |
MOTHER EARTH’S STOREHOUSE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021 and 2020
NOTE 8 – LEASES (Continued)
Beginning September 1, 2021, monthly lease payments were $15,923. The lease term expires on August 31, 2029 with the option to extend an additional ten years. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2021, the lease was assigned to the buyers when the Company was sold.
Lease expense was $188,582 and $251,074 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
NOTE 9 – SALE OF STORE LOCATION
On September 30, 2020, the Company sold its Poughkeepsie store location for $225,000. This amount includes a $175,000 note receivable (see Note 6). The calculation of the related gain from the sale was as follows:
Cash | $ | 50,000 | ||
Issuance of promissory note | 175,000 | |||
Consideration received | 225,000 | |||
Inventory | 175,000 | |||
Fixed assets, net book value | 102,530 | |||
277,530 | ||||
Net loss | $ | (52,530 | ) |
NOTE 10 – SETTLEMENT
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company settled a litigation claim brought against it for $83,839, which was recorded as a settlement in general and administrative expenses.
F-52 |
F-53 |
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
STORE OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
Advertising | $ | 76,379 | $ | 86,071 | ||||
Automobile | - | 10 | ||||||
Trade shows and other events | - | 953 | ||||||
Laundry and uniforms | 17,004 | 31,288 | ||||||
Licenses and permits | 19,019 | 37,656 | ||||||
Materials and supplies | 191,461 | 220,639 | ||||||
Outside services | 22,840 | 30,480 | ||||||
Rent | 188,582 | 251,074 | ||||||
Real estate taxes | 67,008 | 92,869 | ||||||
Repairs and maintenance | 121,467 | 181,828 | ||||||
Telephone | 10,235 | 17,135 | ||||||
Travel | 998 | 2,681 | ||||||
Utilities | 114,419 | 136,896 | ||||||
Total store operating expenses | $ | 829,412 | $ | 1,089,580 | ||||
EMPLOYEE COSTS | ||||||||
Salaries | $ | 2,351,112 | $ | 2,952,896 | ||||
Payroll taxes | 211,372 | 252,875 | ||||||
Employee benefits | 143,193 | 142,135 | ||||||
Insurance - WC | 41,164 | 55,588 | ||||||
Insurance - DBL | 13,556 | 11,369 | ||||||
Total employee costs | $ | 2,760,397 | $ | 3,414,863 | ||||
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES | ||||||||
Bank and credit card fees | $ | 214,477 | $ | 278,418 | ||||
Corporation tax | 750 | 3,750 | ||||||
Computer | 9,226 | 7,459 | ||||||
Donations | 479 | 444 | ||||||
Dues and subscriptions | 9,899 | 13,121 | ||||||
Insurance | 29,293 | 30,286 | ||||||
Miscellaneous | 403 | 12,058 | ||||||
Settlement | - | 83,839 | ||||||
Office | 17,709 | 19,365 | ||||||
Professional fees | 24,038 | 22,171 | ||||||
Training | - | 288 | ||||||
Total general and administrative expenses | $ | 306,274 | $ | 471,199 |
F-54 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
AUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021
F-55 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
Page |
|
F-57 |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS |
|
Combined Balance Sheet | F-59 |
Combined Statement of Income | F-60 |
Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s/Member’s Equity | F-61 |
Combined Statement of Cash Flows | F-62 |
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements | F-63 |
F-56 |
To the Shareholders and Members of:
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc.
Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc.
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc.
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC
Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Green’s Natural Foods, Inc. (an S-Corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Hudson Equity Partners, LLC), Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. (a C-Corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC), Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., (an S-Corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC), Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC (a single-member LLC and a wholly owned subsidiary of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC), Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC (a single-member LLC and a wholly owned subsidiary of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC) and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC (a single-member LLC and a wholly owned subsidiary of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC) (collectively, the “Company”), which comprise the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, and the related combined statements of income, changes in shareholder’s/member’s equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.
In our opinion, the accompanying combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAS). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Combined Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities, in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Emphasis of Matter - Restatement
As discussed in Note 11, these combined financial statements have been restated to include the operating results of the acquired New Jersey Locations for the period from August 16, 2021 (acquisition date), to December 31, 2021. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.
F-57 |
Emphasis of Matter - Subsequent Event
As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, on October 14, 2022, the Company sold all of its operations by way of an Asset Purchase Agreement to Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.
Responsibilities of Management for the Combined Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the combined financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company ability to continue as a going concern for one year after the date the combined financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Combined Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with GAAS will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than from one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the combined financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with GAAS, we:
● | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. | |
● | Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. | |
● | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. | |
● | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the combined financial statements. | |
● | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control-related matters that we identified during the audit.
UHY LLP
Hudson, New York
December 28, 2022, except for Notes 11 and 12
for which the date is December 19, 2023
A member of UHY International, a network of independent accounting and consulting firms.
F-58 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
December 31, 2021 (As Restated)
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-59 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC. – For the year ended December 31, 2021 DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC – For the period August 16, 2021, through December 31, 2021 (As Restated)
Sales | $ | 25,177,058 | ||
Cost of sales | (15,067,426 | ) | ||
Returns and allowances | (442,291 | ) | ||
Gross profit | 9,667,341 | |||
Operating costs: | ||||
Salaries and wages | 4,914,031 | |||
General and administrative | 4,914,388 | |||
Depreciation | 366,085 | |||
Total operating costs | 10,194,504 | |||
Loss from operations | (527,163 | ) | ||
Other income (expenses): | ||||
Forgiveness of paycheck protection program (PPP) loan | 817,927 | |||
Commission - market data services | 323,404 | |||
Other Income | 198,910 | |||
Contributions and donations | (11,715 | ) | ||
Interest | (14,427 | ) | ||
Total other income (expenses) | 1,314,099 | |||
Net income | $ | 786,936 |
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-60 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S/MEMBER’S EQUITY (LOSS)
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (As Restated)
Capital Stock | Member’s Equity | Accumulated Loss | Additional Paid in Capital | Total Shareholder’s/Member’s Equity (Loss) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance, January 1, 2021 | $ | 2 | $ | - | $ | (4,574,690 | ) | $ | 5,340,123 | $ | 765,435 | |||||||||
Distributions / dividends | - | - | - | (127,632 | ) | (127,632 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net (loss) income | - | (955,900 | ) | 1,742,836 | - | 786,936 | ||||||||||||||
Acquisition of New Jersey locations | 30,000 | 459,803 | (90,380 | ) | - | 399,423 | ||||||||||||||
Balance, December 31, 2021 | $ | 30,002 | $ | (496,097 | ) | $ | (2,922,234 | ) | $ | 5,212,491 | $ | 1,824,162 |
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-61 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC. – For the year ended December 31, 2021
DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC – For the period August 16, 2021, through December 31, 2021 (As Restated)
COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||
Net income | $ | 786,936 | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||
Depreciation | 366,085 | |||
Forgiveness of PPP loan | (817,927 | ) | ||
Changes in assets and liabilities: | ||||
Accounts receivable | (10,267 | ) | ||
Inventory | (179,481 | ) | ||
Prepaid expenses | 72,678 | |||
Other current assets | (11,907 | ) | ||
Due to/from related parties | 19,089 | |||
Other assets | 26,980 | |||
Deposits | (2,214 | ) | ||
Accounts payable | (189,561 | ) | ||
Accrued expenses | (5,541 | ) | ||
Payroll liabilities | (202,310 | ) | ||
Lease incentive | (13,557 | ) | ||
Contract liabilities | (2,051 | ) | ||
Other current liabilities | (160,301 | ) | ||
Sales tax payable | 18,519 | |||
Net cash used in operating activities | (304,830 | ) | ||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment | (20,117 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities | (20,117 | ) | ||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||
Payments on notes payable | (26,440 | ) | ||
Payments on notes payable to related parties | (600,000 | ) | ||
Distributions | (127,632 | ) | ||
Proceeds from PPP loan | 817,927 | |||
Net cash used for financing activities | 63,855 | |||
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | (261,092 | ) | ||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year | 761,854 | |||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year | $ | 500,762 | ||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 14,427 |
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-62 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC. DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2021
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION
Organization
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC (collectively the “Company”) operate organic and all-natural food grocery stores. The Company has eight grocery store locations in Mount Kisco, Eastchester, Briarcliff, and Somers, New York as well as Basking Ridge, Chester, Shrewsbury, and Ocean, New Jersey.
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc, (the “New York Locations”) was acquired in the form of a stock sale by Hudson Equity Partners, LLC on December 30, 2020.
Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC (the “New Jersey Locations”) were owned by Dean Nelson until acquired in the form of a stock sale by Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC on August 16, 2021.
The same two individuals own 100% of Hudson Equity Partners, LLC and Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC. The New York stores were managed the entire year by these owners and beginning August 16, 2021, the New Jersey stores were managed by these owners.
On October 14, 2022, the Company’s assets were acquired by Healthy Choice Market IV, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Healthier Choices Management Corp.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Combination
The Company’s combined financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The combined financial statements include the accounts of all the entities under common control. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated in combination.
These combined financial statements include the New Jersey entities as of the date of acquisition by Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC on August 16, 2021, and reflect the results of operations and cash flows for the period August 16, 2021, through December 31, 2021.
Push Down Accounting
The Company has elected to not apply “push down” accounting in accordance with ASC 805-50-25-4 for the business combinations by Hudson Equity Partners, LLC and Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC of the New York and New Jersey entities.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures.
F-63 |
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term investment securities purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include monies held by the Company’s credit card processors. The funds are held by the merchant credit card processors pending satisfaction of their hold requirements and expiration of charge backs/refunds circumstances.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from product sales, net of promotional discounts, manufacturer coupons and rebates, return allowances, and sales and consumption taxes, are recorded when products are delivered, title passes to customers, and collection is likely to occur. Title passes to customers at the point of sale for all retail purchases. Return allowances, which reduce revenue, are estimated using historical experience.
Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Accounts receivable are claims to consideration which are unconditional, meaning no performance obligations remain for the Company and only the passage of time is necessary before collection. Contract assets are distinguished from accounts receivable as performance obligations remain before claims to consideration become unconditional. Contract liabilities are recorded when customers transfer consideration in advance of delivery of products, which the Company records for all gift cards and loyalty reward programs. When one party to an arrangement performs before the other(s), the Company records an account receivable, contract asset, or contract liability.
The majority of arrangements with customers contain one performance obligation to provide a distinct set of products. Most performance obligations are satisfied simultaneously as the Company exchanges products for customer payment. Exceptions include gift cards and loyalty rewards, for which the Company has a performance obligation to deliver products at a future date. As gift cards are purchased and loyalty points earned, contract liabilities are recorded until the performance obligations are satisfied through delivery of products or breakage based on gift card and loyalty reward program term limits.
The Company’s breakage policy is twelve months for gift cards and twelve months for loyalty rewards. Loyalty rewards are earned at 1% on qualifying purchases and the reward functions as an allocation of transaction price from the period earned by the customer to the period the performance obligation is satisfied by the Company. As such, all contract liabilities are expected to be recognized within a twenty-four-month period.
A summary of the contract liabilities activity for the year ended December 31, 2021, is presented below:
Beginning Balance as of January 1, 2021 | $ | 215,528 | ||
New Jersey balance as of August 16, 2021 | 95,881 | |||
Issued | 40,741 | |||
Redeemed | (42,792 | ) | ||
Ending balance as of December 31, 2021 | $ | 309,358 |
F-64 |
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Income Taxes
S-Corporation
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc. has elected to be treated as an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes.
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc. was treated as an S Corporation until December 30, 2020, when it was purchased and became a Qualified Subsidiary under Hudson Equity Partners, LLC.
No provision has been made for federal income taxes since S Corporations are not taxable entities. Individual partners/shareholders report their share of taxable income or loss in their personal tax returns.
C-Corporation
Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. is a C Corporation for federal income tax purposes.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, their respective tax bases, and tax operating loss and credit carry forwards.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are subject to valuation allowances if, based on all available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some position or all of the deferred tax assets and liabilities will not be realized.
The financial impact of Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. deferred and current income taxes is not considered material as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Limited Liability Companies
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC have elected to be treated as single-member limited liability companies for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the entities being passed through to its members. As such, there is no recognition of federal or state income taxes for each of these entities. Any uncertain tax position taken by the member is not an uncertain position of the entities.
In accordance with the LLC agreements, the term of the Company is indefinite with termination determined by the Member. The LLC agreements indicate that the Member shall not have any liability for obligations of the Company, except to the extent expressly mandated by law.
The Company has evaluated any uncertain tax positions and related income tax contingencies and determined uncertain positions, if any, are not material to the financial statements. Penalties and interest assessed by income taxing authorities are included in operating expenses, if incurred. None of the Company’s current returns are under examination.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at average cost. If the cost of inventories exceeds their net realizable value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory value to net realizable value. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale, such as fresh produce, perishable grocery items, and non-perishable consumable goods.
F-65 |
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense; betterments and major renewals are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease terms or the assets’ useful lives. Upon retirement or sale of assets, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. They are presented as a component of store operating expenses. Advertising costs were $54,921 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Retirement Plan
The Company maintains two 401(k) plans. Under the terms of these plans, the employer may make up to 4% matching contributions. The plans follow the Safe Harbor Cash or Deferred Arrangement (CODA) in which a minimum contribution plan of 4% of salaries must be made by the Company each pay period. Plan contributions were $15,731 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Presentation of Sales Tax
The States of New York and New Jersey impose sales taxes on all of the Company’s sales to nonexempt customers. The Company collects sales taxes from customers and remits the amounts to the states. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted to the State from revenues and expenses with the exception of excise taxes paid on purchases.
Subsequent Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated through December 19, 2023, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND MARKET RISK
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit and market risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and receivables. Cash is maintained at Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured financial institutions and credit exposure is limited to any one institution. As of December 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents were in excess of FDIC insurance coverage by approximately $219,600.
F-66 |
NOTE 3 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND MARKET RISK (Continued)
The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its receivables and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs, collections, and current credit conditions. Accounts are written off as uncollectible at the time management determines that collections are unlikely. Accounts receivable are un-collateralized.
The Company has a concentration with two of its vendors, UNFI and Albert’s Organics, related to the purchase of inventory. Approximately 42% and 56% of purchases respectively were made with these vendors during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Accounts payable consists of balances due to vendors for inventory the Company sells in its stores as well as services rendered to the Company on or before the year-end which have not been paid as of the year-end. At December 31, 2021, vendor Albert’s Organics represented 10.5% and vendor UNFI represented 24.2% of accounts payable.
NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following at December 31, 2021, and estimated useful lives of the related assets are as follows:
Years | ||||||
Vehicles | $ | 42,263 | 5-7 | |||
Leasehold improvements | 1,816,917 | 15 | ||||
Furniture and fixtures | 1,582,635 | 7 | ||||
Office equipment | 46,331 | 5-7 | ||||
Machinery and equipment | 2,035,287 | 5-7 | ||||
Total | 5,523,433 | |||||
Accumulated depreciation | (3,776,457 | ) | ||||
$ | 1,746,976 |
Depreciation expense amounted to $366,085 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
NOTE 5 – DEBT
During 2021, the Company applied for and received a loan from its bank in the amount of $817,927 through the Small Business Administration’s (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). In November 2021, the loan, including principal and interest was forgiven and considered repaid in full. The balance has been recorded as forgiveness of paycheck protection program loan for the year ended December 31, 2021.
According to the rules of the SBA, the Company is required to retain PPP loan documentation for six years after the date the loan is forgiven or repaid in full, and permit authorized representatives of the SBA, including representatives of its Office of Inspector General, to access such files upon request.
Should the SBA conduct such a review and reject all or some of the Company’s judgements pertaining to satisfying PPP loan eligibility or forgiveness conditions, the Company may be required to adjust previously reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
The $109,108 note payable as of December 31, 2021, relates to the financing of leasehold improvements at the store in Somers, New York and matures as follows:
December 31, | ||||
2022 | $ | 27,517 | ||
2023 | 28,638 | |||
2024 | 29,805 | |||
2025 | 23,148 | |||
$ | 109,108 |
F-67 |
NOTE 6 – LEASES
The Company leased four retail locations in the State of New Jersey (NJ) and four in the State of New York (NY). The leases were as follows:
● | Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. leased retail space in Ocean, NJ which runs from August 16, 2021 through August 2031. The minimum monthly payments are $17,460 for the first 5 years of the lease and $18,333 for the second 5 years. The lease is a triple net lease where the Company is responsible for all operating costs for the space. |
● | Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc. leased retail space in Shrewsbury, NJ originally dated May 28, 2003 through April 2018. The lease was renewed for five years on March 30, 2018. | |
● | Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC leased retail space in Basking Ridge, NJ from May 2012 through April 2018. The lease was renewed for another five-year term through April 2023 and an option to renew for two additional five-year terms. The Company may also be required to make additional rent payments related to utilities, common area charges, real estate taxes, and other governmental charges. | |
● | Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC leased retail space in Chester, NJ from February 2016 through January 2026, with the option for 2 five-year renewal terms. The Company may also be required to make additional rent payments related to utilities, common area charges, real estate taxes, and other governmental charges. The landlord agreed to pay an “improvement allowance” of up to $203,359. Such allowance reduced the cost of leasehold improvements paid by the Company. Under ASC 840-20-25-6, the lease incentive should be recognized as reductions to rental expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2021, the remaining unamortized incentive was $128,794. | |
● | The lease for the Eastchester, NY location, originally dated February 1994 through November 2003 was renewed through November 2009 and again through November 2014. In August 2014, the lease was renewed for an additional ten-year term through November 2024. | |
● | The lease for the Briarcliff Manor, NY location, originally dated August 20, 2003, expired September 30, 2018. The lease was renewed through September 30, 2023. The Company may be required to pay additional rent and is responsible for all general operating costs. |
● | The lease for the Mount Kisco, NY location, originally dated January 30, 1997, expired October 2007 and was renewed through July 31, 2022 and again through July 31, 2027. The Company may be required to pay additional rent and is responsible for all general operating costs. | |
● | The lease for the Somers, NY location, dated September 20, 2018 expires five years after the Term Commencement Date, with the option to renew for an additional five years. Monthly rent payments are $10,300 for the first three years and increase 3% every other year through expiration. | |
● | The Ocean Store was owned by Dean Nelson prior to its acquisition by Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC in August 2021. There was no formal lease agreement because of the related party relationship. |
Future minimum payments under these leases are as follows:
2022 | $ | 1,706,695 | ||
2023 | 1,557,868 | |||
2024 | 1,227,570 | |||
2025 | 1,005,515 | |||
2026 | 908,237 | |||
Thereafter | 2,000,317 | |||
$ | 8,406,202 |
Lease expense was $1,317,182 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
F-68 |
NOTE 7 – NEW JERSEY ACQUISITION
On August 16, 2021, Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC purchased all issued and outstanding capital stock and membership interest, as applicable, of Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC for a total of $2,500,000. The purchase price included cash consideration of $2,250,000 and a promissory note of $250,000 payable to the seller at a fixed interest rate of 5% and equal monthly payments through February 2026.
NOTE 8 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had two notes payable to its officers for $543,750 and $56,250, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the loans were paid in full.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid $216,792 in consulting fees to another company owned by a related party.
NOTE 9 – STOCK/UNITS
The Company has authorized and issued 2,200 shares of common stock. Of these shares, 2,000 are at $.001 par value and 200 at no par. The limited liability companies are single member limited liability companies with no units issued and outstanding.
NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS
The Company has an agreement with a food distributor that runs from November 24, 2021, to March 11, 2025, where 90% of the products sold at the New York Stores must be purchased from that distributor.
NOTE 11 – RESTATEMENT
These combined financial statements have been restated to exclude the financial results of the New Jersey Locations for the period January 1, 2021, through August 16, 2021. During this period, the New Jersey Locations were not controlled by the Company’s owners or management and therefore, should not have been combined for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.
The following amounts have been restated:
Combined Statement of Income
As Previously | As | |||||||||||
Stated | Adjustments | Re-Stated | ||||||||||
Sales | $ | 35,731,191 | $ | (10,554,133 | ) | $ | 25,177,058 | |||||
Cost of sales | (21,163,894 | ) | 6,096,468 | (15,067,426 | ) | |||||||
Returns and allowances | (485,088 | ) | 42,797 | (442,291 | ) | |||||||
Gross profit | 14,082,209 | (4,414,868 | ) | 9,667,341 | ||||||||
Operating costs: | ||||||||||||
Salaries and wages | 7,126,346 | (2,212,315 | ) | 4,914,031 | ||||||||
General and administrative | 6,383,033 | (1,468,645 | ) | 4,914,388 | ||||||||
Depreciation | 430,083 | (63,998 | ) | 366,085 | ||||||||
Total operating costs | 13,939,462 | (3,744,958 | ) | 10,194,504 | ||||||||
Income (loss) from operations | 142,747 | (669,910 | ) | (527,163 | ) | |||||||
Other income (expenses): | ||||||||||||
Forgiveness of paycheck protection program (PPP) loan | 817,927 | - | 817,927 | |||||||||
Commission - market data services | 323,404 | - | 323,404 | |||||||||
Other Income | 138,567 | 60,343 | 198,910 | |||||||||
Bad debt | (8,336 | ) | 8,336 | - | ||||||||
Taxes and fees | (13,925 | ) | 13,925 | - | ||||||||
Contributions and donations | (21,563 | ) | 9,848 | (11,715 | ) | |||||||
Interest | (19,425 | ) | 4,998 | (14,427 | ) | |||||||
Total other income (expenses) | 1,216,649 | 97,450 | 1,314,099 | |||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,359,396 | $ | (572,460 | ) | $ | 786,936 |
F-69 |
NOTE 11 – RESTATEMENT (Continued)
Combined Statement of Cash Flows
As Previously | As | |||||||||||
Stated | Adjustments | Re-Stated | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 1,359,396 | $ | (572,460 | ) | $ | 786,936 | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | ||||||||||||
Depreciation | 430,083 | (63,998 | ) | 366,085 | ||||||||
Forgiveness of PPP loan | (817,927 | ) | - | (817,927 | ) | |||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||||
Accounts receivable | (23,827 | ) | 13,560 | (10,267 | ) | |||||||
Inventory | (124,156 | ) | (55,325 | ) | (179,481 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses | 49,610 | 23,068 | 72,678 | |||||||||
Other current assets | (7,819 | ) | (4,088 | ) | (11,907 | ) | ||||||
Due to/from related parties | 14,485 | 4,604 | 19,089 | |||||||||
Other assets | 20,984 | 5,996 | 26,980 | |||||||||
Deposits | (2,214 | ) | - | (2,214 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable | (300,649 | ) | 111,088 | (189,561 | ) | |||||||
Accrued expenses | (13,142 | ) | 7,601 | (5,541 | ) | |||||||
Payroll liabilities | (178,013 | ) | (24,297 | ) | (202,310 | ) | ||||||
Lease incentive | (13,557 | ) | - | (13,557 | ) | |||||||
Contract liabilities | (37,647 | ) | 35,596 | (2,051 | ) | |||||||
Other current liabilities | (171,453 | ) | 11,152 | (160,301 | ) | |||||||
Sales tax payable | 18,519 | - | 18,519 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | 202,673 | (507,503 | ) | (304,830 | ) |
F-70 |
NOTE 11 – RESTATEMENT (Continued)
Combined Statement of Cash Flows, Continued:
As Previously | As | |||||||||||
Stated | Adjustments | Re-Stated | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING | ||||||||||||
ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||||
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment | $ | (34,303 | ) | $ | 14,186 | $ | (20,117 | ) | ||||
Net cash used for investing activities | (34,303 | ) | 14,186 | (20,117 | ) | |||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||||
Payments on notes payable | (113,806 | ) | 87,366 | (26,440 | ) | |||||||
Payments on notes payable to related parties | (600,000 | ) | - | (600,000 | ) | |||||||
Payments on lines of credit | (200,000 | ) | 200,000 | - | ||||||||
Distributions | (1,337,124 | ) | 1,209,492 | (127,632 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from PPP loan | 817,927 | - | 817,927 | |||||||||
Net cash used for financing activities | (1,433,003 | ) | 1,496,858 | 63,855 | ||||||||
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND | ||||||||||||
CASH EQUIVALENTS | (1,264,633 | ) | 1,003,541 | (261,092 | ) | |||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, | ||||||||||||
Beginning of year | 1,765,395 | (1,003,541 | ) | 761,854 | ||||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, | ||||||||||||
End of year | $ | 500,762 | $ | - | $ | 500,762 | ||||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 19,425 | $ | (4,998 | ) | $ | 14,427 |
In addition, the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, was adjusted to reclassify certain contract liabilities from other current liabilities to accounts payable and additional expenses were accrued related to payroll liabilities, contract liabilities and inventory. Distributions/dividends in excess of earnings was reclassified and applied to additional paid in capital.
Balance Sheet
As Previously | As | |||||||||||
Stated | Adjustments | Re-Stated | ||||||||||
Inventory | $ | 1,856,495 | $ | (34,600 | ) | $ | 1,821,895 | |||||
Accounts payable | 1,519,667 | 94,578 | 1,614,245 | |||||||||
Payroll liabilities | 500,913 | 9,711 | 510,624 | |||||||||
Contract liabilities | 289,359 | 19,999 | 309,358 | |||||||||
Other current liabilities | 98,738 | (94,578 | ) | 4,160 | ||||||||
Accumulated loss | (2,985,556 | ) | 63,322 | (2,922,234 | ) | |||||||
Additional paid in capital | 5,340,123 | (127,632 | ) | 5,212,491 |
NOTE 12 – AUDIT REPORT MODIFICATION
The initial audit report dated December 28, 2022, was qualified because during 2020, Green’s Natural Foods, Inc. wrote off its remaining intangible assets balance of $298,482. The Company was unable to obtain to provide its Auditors with sufficient appropriate audit evidence to substantiate the carrying amount of these intangible assets immediately prior to their write off.
In addition, the combined financial statements originally included the operations of the New Jersey stores for the entire year ended December 31, 2021, even though they were not acquired by the owners of Red Oak Equity Partners, LLC until August 16, 2021. Because the New Jersey stores were not under common control for the entire year ended December 31, 2021, the activity related to the New Jersey stores should not be reported in those combined financial statements for the period from January 1, 2021 through August 15, 2021.
These combined financial statements have been restated to now include the financial results of the New Jersey stores from August 16, 2021, to December 31, 2021, which is the period they were under common control. In addition, the Auditors were able to obtain appropriate audit evidence for the intangible assets written off. As a result, the Auditor’s Report has been updated and is now unqualified.
F-71 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(UNAUDITED)
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-72 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME
FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(UNAUDITED)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2022 | Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 | |||||||
Sales | $ | 7,673,837 | $ | 23,979,762 | ||||
Cost of Sales | (4,538,358 | ) | (14,014,132 | ) | ||||
Returns and Allowances | (242,098 | ) | (779,136 | ) | ||||
Gross profit | 2,893,381 | 9,186,494 | ||||||
Operating costs: | ||||||||
Salaries and wages | 1,629,352 | 4,955,330 | ||||||
General and administrative | 1,319,764 | 4,207,019 | ||||||
Depreciation | 85,611 | 256,660 | ||||||
Total operating costs | 3,034,727 | 9,419,009 | ||||||
Loss from operations | (141,347 | ) | (232,515 | ) | ||||
Other income (expenses): | ||||||||
Interest | (1,232 | ) | (7,793 | ) | ||||
Other income (expenses) net | (53,090 | ) | (66,240 | ) | ||||
Total other income (expenses) | (54,322 | ) | (74,033 | ) | ||||
Net loss | $ | (195,667 | ) | $ | (306,549 | ) |
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-73 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S/MEMBER’S EQUITY (LOSS)
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(UNAUDITED)
Capital Stock | Member’s Loss | Retained Earnings | Additional Paid in Capital | Total Shareholders’/Member Equity | ||||||||||||||||
Balance, January 1, 2022 | $ | 30,002 | $ | (496,097 | ) | $ | (2,922,234 | ) | $ | 5,212,491 | $ | 1,824,162 | ||||||||
Net income | (91,965 | ) | (214,584 | ) | (306,549 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Balance, September 30, 2022 | $ | 30,002 | $ | (588,062 | ) | $ | (3,136,818 | ) | $ | 5,212,491 | $ | 1,517,613 |
See notes to the combined financial statements
F-74 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTH ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2022
(UNAUDITED)
Net income | $ | (306,549 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by Operating activities: | ||||
Depreciation | 256,660 | |||
Changes in assets and liabilities: | ||||
Accounts receivable | (54,973 | ) | ||
Inventory | 232,448 | |||
Prepaid expenses | 47,795 | |||
Other current assets | 975 | |||
Deposits | 12,056 | |||
Accounts payable | 135,154 | |||
Accrued expenses | (29,308 | ) | ||
Payroll liabilities | (39,701 | ) | ||
Contract liabilities | (1,891 | ) | ||
Other current liabilities | 23,215 | |||
Sales tax payable | (18,519 | ) | ||
Net cash provided by operating activities | 257,362 | |||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment | (521,826 | ) | ||
Net cash used for investing activities | (521,826 | ) | ||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||
Payments on notes payable | (20,534 | ) | ||
Net cash used for financing activities | (20,534 | ) | ||
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS | (284,998 | ) | ||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year | 500,762 | |||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year | 215,764 | |||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 7,793 | ||
Non-cash investing and financing activities | ||||
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities | $ | 1,095,924 |
See notes to the combined financial statements.
F-75 |
GREEN’S NATURAL FOODS, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF SHREWSBURY, INC., DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF BASKING RIDGE, LLC, DEAN’S NATURAL FOOD MARKET OF CHESTER, LLC, AND DEAN’S NATURAL HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 – MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY
The accompanying combined condensed financial statements for the nine-months ended September 30, 2022, have been prepared by the Company’s management without an audit or review by an independent registered public accounting firm. The Company has made estimates and judgments affecting the amounts reported in the Company’s unaudited combined condensed financial statements and the accompanying notes. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially from the Company’s estimates. The financial information is unaudited but reflects all normal adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary to provide a fair statement of results for the interim periods presented.
NOTE 2 – ORGANIZATION
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC (collectively the “Company”) operate organic and all-natural food grocery stores. The Company has eight grocery store locations in Mount Kisco, Eastchester, Briarcliff, and Somers, New York as well as Basking Ridge, Chester, Shrewsbury, and Ocean, New Jersey. On October 14, 2022, the Company’s assets were acquired by Healthy Choice Market IV, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Healthier Choices Management Corp.
NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Combination
The accompanying unaudited combined condensed financial statement is prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying combined financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.
The accompanying unaudited combined condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s prospectus for its Initial Public Offering, as filed with the SEC on October 27, 2023. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2022, or for any future periods.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of combined condensed financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
F-76 |
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021 for private companies, and annual and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2022 using the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, which applies the provisions of the standard at the effective date without adjusting the comparative periods presented. Adoption of this standard resulted in the recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets of $7.1 million and corresponding lease liabilities of $7.1 million on the combined condensed balance sheet as of January 1, 2022. The standard did not materially impact operating results or liquidity.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term investment securities purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include monies held by the Company’s credit card processors. The funds are held by the merchant credit card processors pending satisfaction of their hold requirements and expiration of charge backs/refunds circumstances.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from product sales, net of promotional discounts, manufacturer coupons and rebates, return allowances, and sales and consumption taxes, are recorded when products are delivered, title passes to customers, and collection is likely to occur. Title is passed to customers at the point of sale for all retail purchases. Return allowances, which reduce revenue, are estimated using historical experience.
Accounts Receivable, Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
Accounts receivables are claims to consideration which are unconditional, meaning no performance obligations remain for the Company and only the passage of time is necessary before collection. Contract assets are distinguished from accounts receivable as performance obligations remain before claims to consideration become unconditional. Contract liabilities are recorded when customers transfer consideration in advance of delivery of products, which the Company records for all gift cards and loyalty reward programs. When one party to an arrangement performs before the other(s), the Company records an account receivable, contract asset, or contract liability.
The majority of arrangements with customers contain one performance obligation to provide a distinct set of products. Most performance obligations are satisfied simultaneously as the Company exchanges products for customer payment. Exceptions include gift cards and loyalty rewards, for which the Company has a performance obligation to deliver products at a future date. As gift cards are purchased and loyalty points earned, contract liabilities are recorded until the performance obligations are satisfied through delivery of products or breakage based on gift card and loyalty reward program term limits.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at average cost. If the cost of inventories exceeds their net realizable value, adjustments are recorded to write down excess inventory value to net realizable value. The Company’s inventories consist primarily of merchandise available for resale, such as fresh produce, perishable grocery items, and non-perishable consumable goods.
F-77 |
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense; betterments and major renewals are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease terms or the assets’ useful lives. Upon retirement or sale of assets, the cost of the assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
Property, plant and equipment is comprised of the following at September 30, 2022, and estimated useful lives of the related assets are as follows:
Years | |||||||
Vehicles | $ | 46,256 | 5-7 | ||||
Leasehold improvements | 1,988,570 | 15 | |||||
Furniture and fixtures | 1,732,154 | 7 | |||||
Office equipment | 50,708 | 5-7 | |||||
Machinery and equipment | 2,227,571 | 5-7 | |||||
Total | 6,045,259 | ||||||
Accumulated depreciation | (4,033,117 | ) | |||||
$ | 2,012,142 |
Depreciation expense amounted to $85,611 and $256,660, respectively for the three and nine-month period ended September 30, 2022
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. They are presented as a component of store operating expenses. Advertising costs were approximately $36,000 and $133,000, respectively for the three and nine-month period ended September 30, 2022.
Retirement Plan
The Company maintains two 401(k) plans. Under the terms of these plans, the employer may make up to 4% matching contributions. The plans follow the Safe Harbor Cash or Deferred Arrangement (CODA) in which a minimum contribution plan of 4% of salaries must be made by the Company each pay period.
Presentation of Sales Tax
The states of New York and New Jersey impose sales taxes on all of the Company’s sales to nonexempt customers. The Company collects sales taxes from customers and remits the amounts to the states. The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude the tax collected and remitted to the State from revenues and expenses with the exception of excise taxes paid on purchases.
NOTE 4 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT AND MARKET RISK
The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents. As of the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022, the Company did not have cash concentrated in any one financial institution which was in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) coverage of $250,000.
F-78 |
The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its receivables and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs, collections, and current credit conditions. Accounts are written off as uncollectible at the time management determines that collections are unlikely. Accounts receivables are uncollateralized.
The Company has a concentration with two of its vendors, UNFI and Albert’s Organics, related to the purchase of inventory. Approximately 41% and 54% of purchases respectively were made with these vendors during the nine months ended September 30, 2022.
Accounts payable consist of balances due to vendors for inventory the Company sells in its stores as well as services rendered to the Company on or before the year-end which have not been paid as of September 30, 2022. At September 30, 2022, vendor Albert’s Organics represented 9% and vendor UNFI represented 25% of accounts payable.
NOTE 5 – LEASES
The Company leased four retail locations in the State of New Jersey (NJ) and four in the State of New York (NY). All the leases are classified as operating leases.
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, “Leases” (“ASC 842”) effective January 1, 2022 using the cumulative-effect adjustment transition method, which applies the provisions of the standard at the effective date without adjusting the comparative periods presented. We elected not to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, nor reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.
The standard had an impact on the Company’s combined balance sheets but did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined statements of operations or combined statements of cash flows upon adoption. The most significant impact was the recognition of right-of-use asset of $7.1 million and lease liability of $7.1 million for operating leases as of January 1, 2022.
Maturity of lease liabilities under our non-cancellable operating leases as of September 30, 2022 were as follows:
Payments due by period | September 30, 2022 | |||
2022 (remaining three months) | $ | 432,127 | ||
2023 | 1,774,056 | |||
2024 | 1,232,391 | |||
2025 | 982,606 | |||
2026 | 859,607 | |||
Thereafter | 1,296,758 | |||
Total undiscounted operating lease payments | $ | 6,577,545 | ||
Less: Imputed interest | (541,441 | ) | ||
Present value of operating lease liabilities | $ | 6,036,103 |
The following table summarizes the Company’s operating leases:
Balance Sheet Classification | September 30, 2022 | |||
Right of use asset | $ | 6,036,104 | ||
Operating lease liability, current | $ | 1,661,788 | ||
Operating lease liability, net of current | $ | 4,374,315 |
F-79 |
The following table provides a summary of other information related to the leases at September 30, 2022:
Other Information | September 30, 2022 | |||
Weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases | 5 years | |||
Weighted-average discount rate for operating leases | 1.30 | % |
Rent expenses for three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 were approximately $0.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively. It is included in operating expenses in the accompanying condensed combined Statements of operations.
The components of lease expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022:
Three Month Ended September 30, 2022 | Nine Month Ended September 30, 2022 | |||||||
Operating lease cost | $ | 322,629 | $ | 964,753 | ||||
Variable lease cost | 77,633 | 267,301 | ||||||
Short-term lease cost | 89,455 | 267,496 | ||||||
Total rent expense | $ | 489,717 | $ | 1,499,549 |
The aggregate cash payments under the leasing arrangement were approximately $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and was included in operating cash flows.
NOTE 6 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the three- and nine-months periods ended September 30, 2022, the Company paid approximately $45,000 $179,000, respectively in consulting fees to another company owned by a related party.
NOTE 7 – STOCK/UNITS
The Company has authorized and issued 2,200 shares of common stock. Of these shares, 2,000 are at $.001 par value and 200 at no par. The limited liability companies are single member limited liability companies with no units issued and outstanding
NOTE 8 – COMMITMENTS
The Company has an agreement with a food distributor that runs from November 24, 2021, to March 11, 2025, where 90% of the products sold at the New York Stores must be purchased from that distributor.
NOTE 9 – DEBT
During 2021, the Company applied for and received a loan from its bank in the amount of $817,927 through the Small Business Administration’s (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). In November 2021, the loan, including principal and interest was forgiven and considered repaid in full. The balance has been recorded as forgiveness of paycheck protection program loan for the year ended December 31, 2021.
F-80 |
According to the rules of the SBA, the Company is required to retain PPP loan documentation for six years after the date the loan is forgiven or repaid in full, and permit authorized representatives of the SBA, including representatives of its Office of Inspector General, to access such files upon request.
Should the SBA conduct such a review and reject all or some of the Company’s judgements pertaining to satisfying PPP loan eligibility or forgiveness conditions, the Company may be required to adjust previously reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
The $88,574 note payable as of September 30, 2022, relates to the financing of leasehold improvements at the store in Somers, New York and matures as follows:
2022 (3 remaining months) | $ | 6,983 | ||
2023 | 28,638 | |||
2024 | 29,805 | |||
2025 | 23,148 | |||
$ | 88,574 |
NOTE 10 – INCOME TAXES
S-Corporation
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc. has elected to be treated as an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes.
Green’s Natural Foods, Inc. was treated as an S Corporation until December 30, 2020, when it was purchased and became a Qualified Subsidiary under Hudson Equity Partners, LLC.
No provision has been made for federal income taxes since S Corporations are not taxable entities. Individual partners/shareholders report their share of taxable income or loss in their personal tax returns.
C-Corporation
Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. is a C Corporation for federal income tax purposes.
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities, their respective tax bases, and tax operating loss and credit carry forwards.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are subject to valuation allowances if, based on all available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some position or all of the deferred tax assets and liabilities will not be realized.
The financial impact of Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc. deferred, and current income taxes is not considered material as of the period ended September 30, 2022.
F-81 |
Limited Liability Companies
Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC have elected to be treated as single-member limited liability companies for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the entities being passed through to its members. As such, there is no recognition of federal or state income taxes for each of these entities. Any uncertain tax position taken by the member is not an uncertain position of the entities.
In accordance with the LLC agreements, the term of the Company is indefinite with termination determined by the Member. The LLC agreements indicate that the Member shall not have any liability for the obligations of the Company, except to the extent expressly mandated by law.
The Company has evaluated any uncertain tax positions and related income tax contingencies and determined uncertain positions, if any, are not material to the financial statements. Penalties and interest assessed by income taxing authorities are included in operating expenses, if incurred. None of the Company’s current returns are under examination.
NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In accordance with FASB ASC 855-10, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to September 30, 2022, and through December 19, 2023, the date of this report being issued and has determined that the only material subsequent event is the company sales.
On October 14, 2022, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Healthy Choice Markets IV, LLC (“HCM V”), wholly owned subsidiary of Healthier Choices Management Corp. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company sold certain assets and certain liabilities of an organic and natural health food and vitamin chain with eight store locations in New York and northern and central New Jersey (the “Stores”).
The cash purchase price under the Asset Purchase Agreement was $5,142,000, with $3,000,000 seller financing in the form of promissory note. The Company assigned all lease obligations for the Stores to HCM V. The transaction was closed on October 14, 2022.
F-82 |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
400,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
PROSPECTUS
, 2023
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of securities described in this registration statement. All amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration fee. We will bear all expenses shown below.
SEC registration fee | $ | 678 | ||
Underwriter fees and expenses | * | |||
FINRA Filing Fee | * | |||
Information agent fees and expenses | * | |||
Printing and postage expenses | * | |||
Legal fees and expenses | * | |||
Accounting fees and expenses | * | |||
Miscellaneous fees and expenses | * | |||
Total |
* To be completed by amendment
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Registrant has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Registrant’s Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) provide that Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers if such officer or director acted (i) in good faith, (ii) in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Registrant, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. Registrant believes that indemnification under its Bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence and requires Registrant to advance litigation expenses in the case of stockholder derivative actions or other actions, against an undertaking by the directors and officers to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that the director is not entitled to indemnification. The Bylaws further provide that rights conferred under such Bylaws shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other right such persons may have or acquire under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.
In addition, Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) provides that, pursuant to Delaware law, none of its directors shall be liable for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty of care to Registrant and its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time. This provision in the Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the duty of care, and in appropriate circumstances equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Registrant for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for actions leading to improper personal benefit to the director, and for payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or redemptions that are in willful or negligent violation of applicable Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. The Certificate of Incorporation further provides that Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and requires Registrant to advance litigation expenses in the case of stockholder derivative actions or other actions, against an undertaking by the director to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that the director is not entitled to indemnification. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that rights conferred under such Certificate of Incorporation shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other right such persons may have or acquire under any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.
Registrant has obtained liability insurance policies for the officers and directors that, subject to certain limitations, terms and conditions, will insure them against losses arising from wrongful acts (as defined by the policy) in their capacity as directors or officers.
In addition, Registrant has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and certain of its officers in addition to the indemnification provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. These agreements, among other things, indemnify Registrant’s directors and certain of its officers for certain expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of Registrant, on account of services as a director or officer of Registrant or as a director or officer of any subsidiary of Registrant, or as a director or officer of any other company or enterprise that the person provides services to at the request of Registrant.
II-1 |
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
None
Item 16. Exhibits and Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.
*To be filed by amendment
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
(b) Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
II-2 |
Item 17. Undertakings.
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
(i) | To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; | |
(ii) | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and | |
(iii) | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement; |
Provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-1 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
(2) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. | |
(3) | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. | |
(4) | That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser: |
(i) | Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and | |
(ii) | Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use. |
(5) | That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
(i) | any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; | |
(ii) | any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
II-3 |
(iii) | the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and | |
(iv) | any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
(b) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(c) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act (“Act”) in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act. |
(d) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: |
(i) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(I) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and | |
(ii) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-4 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Hollywood, State of Florida, on October 27, 2023.
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. | ||
By: | /s/ Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Jeffrey E. Holman | ||
Chief Executive Officer |
II-5 |
Exhibit 3.3
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF PREFERENCES,
RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS
OF
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
PURSUANT TO SECTION 151 OF THE
delaware GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
The undersigned, Jeffrey E. Holman, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer, do hereby certify that:
1. They are the President and Secretary, respectively, of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. (the “Corporation”).
2. The Corporation is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, none of which have been previously issued.
3. The following resolutions were duly adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”):
WHEREAS, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation provides for a class of its authorized stock known as preferred stock, consisting of 40,000,000 shares, $0.001 par value per share, issuable from time to time in one or more series;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors is authorized to fix the dividend rights, dividend rate, voting rights, conversion rights, rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of preferred stock and the number of shares constituting any series and the designation thereof, of any of them; and
WHEREAS, it is the desire of the Board of Directors, pursuant to its authority as aforesaid, to fix the rights, preferences, restrictions and other matters relating to a series of the preferred stock, which shall consist of, except as otherwise set forth in the Purchase Agreement, up to 13,250 shares of the preferred stock which the Corporation has the authority to issue, as follows:
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors does hereby provide for the issuance of a series of preferred stock for cash or exchange of other securities, rights or property and does hereby fix and determine the rights, preferences, restrictions and other matters relating to such series of preferred stock as follows:
1 |
TERMS OF PREFERRED STOCK
The Corporation hereby creates and designates the following series of Preferred Stock: thirteen thousand two hundred fifty (13,250) shares of the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.”
Section 1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
“Alternate Consideration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d).
“Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d).
“Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.
“Buy-In” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c)(iv).
“Closing” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement.
“Closing Date” means the Trading Day on which all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto and all conditions precedent to (i) each Holder’s obligations have been satisfied or waived and (ii) the Corporation’s obligations to deliver the Securities have been satisfied or waived.
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Common Stock” means the Corporation’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and stock of any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.
“Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Corporation or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.
“Conversion Amount” means the sum of the Stated Value at issue.
“Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
2 |
“Conversion Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(b).
“Conversion Shares” means, collectively, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Fundamental Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e).
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
“Holder” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.
“IPO Date” means the date the Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the initial registration of the Common Stock is declared effective by the Commission.
“Liquidation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.
“New York Courts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).
“Notice of Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).
“Original Issue Date” means the date of the first issuance of any shares of the Preferred Stock regardless of the number of transfers of any particular shares of Preferred Stock and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such Preferred Stock.
“Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.
“Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.
“Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the Original Issue Date, among the Corporation and the original Holders, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“Reset Date” shall be the fortieth (40th) day following the Original Issue Date.
“Reset Price” means the lower of (i) 90% of the average of the VWAP determined on the Reset Date and (ii) if the Registration Statement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) is declared effective by the SEC after the Reset Date, 90% of the average of the VWAP during the three (3) Trading Days immediately following the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission; provided, however, in no instance will the Reset Price be less than thirty percent (30%) of the Conversion Price.
3 |
“Securities” means the Preferred Stock and the Conversion Shares.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
“Share Delivery Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).
“Stated Value” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2, as the same may be increased pursuant to Section 3.
“Successor Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e).
“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for business.
“Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange, OTCQB or OTCQX and The Pink Open Market (or any successors to any of the foregoing).
“Transaction Documents” means this Certificate of Designation, the Purchase Agreement, all exhibits and schedules thereto and hereto and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
“Transfer Agent” means Equity Stock Transfer, the current transfer agent of the Corporation with a mailing address of 237 West 37th Street, Suite 602, New York, NY 10018 and a facsimile number of 347.584.3644, and any successor transfer agent of the Corporation.
“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. for the three (3) Trading Days ending on the first Trading Day immediately preceding the date of determination of the VWAP, (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on The Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Purchasers of a majority in interest of the Securities then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Corporation, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Corporation.
4 |
Section 2. Designation, Amount and Par Value. The series of preferred stock shall be designated as its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) and the number of shares so designated shall be up to 13,250 (which shall not be subject to increase without the written consent of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (each, a “Holder” and collectively, the “Holders”)). Each share of Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and a stated value equal to $1,000 (the “Stated Value”).
Section 3. Dividends. Except for stock dividends or distributions for which adjustments are to be made pursuant to Section 7, Holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Corporation shall pay, dividends on shares of Preferred Stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-Common-Stock basis, disregarding for such purpose any conversion limitations hereunder) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the Common Stock when, as and if such dividends are paid on shares of the Common Stock. No other dividends shall be paid on shares of Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not pay any dividends on the Common Stock unless the Corporation simultaneously complies with this provision.
Section 4. Voting Rights.
(a) For purposes of determining the presence of a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation at which the shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, the number of shares of Preferred Stock and votes represented by such shares of Preferred Stock shall be counted on an as converted to Common Stock subject to the limitation on conversion set forth in Section 6(d).
(b) Each share of Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number of votes equal to the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion thereof assuming the Preferred Stock were then convertible into Common Stock (subject to the limitations on conversion set forth in Section 6(d)) and shall, except as required by law, vote together with the Common Stock and any other issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock of the Corporation, as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition, as long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, (a) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights given to the Preferred Stock or alter or amend this Certificate of Designation, (b) increase the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, or (c) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.
Section 5. Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the Holders shall be entitled to receive out of the assets, whether capital or surplus, of the Corporation an amount equal to the Stated Value, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and any other amounts due and owing under this Certificate of Designation, for each share of Preferred Stock before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock and if the assets of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay in full such amounts, then the entire assets to be distributed to the Holders shall be ratably distributed among the Holders in accordance with the respective amounts that would be payable on such shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. The Corporation shall mail written notice of any such Liquidation, not less than 45 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each Holder.
5 |
Section 6. Conversion.
(a) Conversions at Option of Holder. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at any time and from time to time from and after the Original Issue Date at the option of the Holder thereof, into that number of shares of Common Stock (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6(d)) determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price. Holders shall effect conversions by providing the Corporation with the form of conversion notice attached hereto as Annex A (a “Notice of Conversion”). Each Notice of Conversion shall specify the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, the number of shares of Preferred Stock owned prior to the conversion at issue, the number of shares of Preferred Stock owned subsequent to the conversion at issue and the date on which such conversion is to be effected, which date may not be prior to the date the applicable Holder delivers by facsimile such Notice of Conversion to the Corporation (such date, the “Conversion Date”). If no Conversion Date is specified in a Notice of Conversion, the Conversion Date shall be the date that such Notice of Conversion to the Corporation is deemed delivered hereunder. No ink-original Notice of Conversion shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Conversion form be required. The calculations and entries set forth in the Notice of Conversion shall control in the absence of manifest or mathematical error. To effect conversions of shares of Preferred Stock, a Holder shall not be required to surrender the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred Stock to the Corporation unless all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby are so converted, in which case such Holder shall deliver the certificate representing such shares of Preferred Stock promptly following the Conversion Date at issue. Shares of Preferred Stock converted into Common Stock or redeemed in accordance with the terms hereof shall be canceled and shall not be reissued.
(b) Conversion Price. The per share conversion price for the Preferred Stock shall equal to the lesser of (i) the VWAP as determined on the Original Issue Date, subject to adjustment hereunder and (ii) the Reset Price (the lower of clauses (i) and (ii), the “Conversion Price”).
(c) Mechanics of Conversion
(i) Delivery of Conversion Shares Upon Conversion. Not later than the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period (as defined below) after each Conversion Date (the “Share Delivery Date”), the Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the converting Holder (A) the number of Conversion Shares being acquired upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, which Conversion Shares shall be free of restrictive legends and trading restrictions, and (B) a bank check in the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends, if any. The Corporation shall use its best efforts to deliver the Conversion Shares required to be delivered by the Corporation under this Section 6 electronically through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions. As used herein, “Standard Settlement Period” means the standard settlement period, expressed in a number of Trading Days, on the Corporation’s primary Trading Market with respect to the Common Stock as in effect on the date of delivery of the Notice of Conversion.
6 |
(ii) Failure to Deliver Conversion Shares. If, in the case of any Notice of Conversion, such Conversion Shares are not delivered to or as directed by the applicable Holder by the Share Delivery Date, the Holder shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the Corporation at any time on or before its receipt of such Conversion Shares, to rescind such Conversion, in which event the Corporation shall promptly return to the Holder any original Preferred Stock certificate delivered to the Corporation and the Holder shall promptly return to the Corporation the Conversion Shares issued to such Holder pursuant to the rescinded Notice of Conversion.
(iii) Obligation Absolute; Partial Liquidated Damages. The Corporation’s obligation to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by a Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any Person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by such Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Corporation or any violation or alleged violation of law by such Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Corporation to such Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a waiver by the Corporation of any such action that the Corporation may have against such Holder. In the event a Holder shall elect to convert any or all of the Stated Value of its Preferred Stock, the Corporation may not refuse conversion based on any claim that such Holder or any one associated or affiliated with such Holder has been engaged in any violation of law, agreement or for any other reason, unless an injunction from a court, on notice to Holder, restraining and/or enjoining conversion of all or part of the Preferred Stock of such Holder shall have been sought and obtained, and the Corporation posts a surety bond for the benefit of such Holder in the amount of 150% of the Stated Value of Preferred Stock which is subject to the injunction, which bond shall remain in effect until the completion of arbitration/litigation of the underlying dispute and the proceeds of which shall be payable to such Holder to the extent it obtains judgment. In the absence of such injunction, the Corporation shall issue Conversion Shares and, if applicable, cash, upon a properly noticed conversion. If the Corporation fails to deliver to a Holder such Conversion Shares pursuant to Section 6(c)(i) by the Share Delivery Date applicable to such conversion, the Corporation shall pay to such Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $5,000 of Stated Value of Preferred Stock being converted, $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the third Trading Day after the Share Delivery Date and increasing to $50 per Trading Day on the sixth Trading Day after the Share Delivery Date) for each Trading Day after the Share Delivery Date until such Conversion Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such conversion. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue actual damages for the Corporation’s failure to deliver Conversion Shares within the period specified herein and such Holder shall have the right to pursue all remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief. The exercise of any such rights shall not prohibit a Holder from seeking to enforce damages pursuant to any other Section hereof or under applicable law.
7 |
(iv) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Conversion Shares Upon Conversion. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Corporation fails for any reason to deliver to a Holder the applicable Conversion Shares by the Share Delivery Date pursuant to Section 6(c)(i), and if after such Share Delivery Date such Holder is required by its brokerage firm to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise), or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by such Holder of the Conversion Shares which such Holder was entitled to receive upon the conversion relating to such Share Delivery Date (a “Buy-In”), then the Corporation shall (A) pay in cash to such Holder (in addition to any other remedies available to or elected by such Holder) the amount, if any, by which (x) such Holder’s total purchase price (including any brokerage commissions) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that such Holder was entitled to receive from the conversion at issue multiplied by (2) the actual sale price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed (including any brokerage commissions) and (B) at the option of such Holder, either reissue (if surrendered) the shares of Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of Preferred Stock submitted for conversion (in which case, such conversion shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if the Corporation had timely complied with its delivery requirements under Section 6(c)(i). For example, if a Holder purchases shares of Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted conversion of shares of Preferred Stock with respect to which the actual sale price of the Conversion Shares (including any brokerage commissions) giving rise to such purchase obligation was a total of $10,000 under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Corporation shall be required to pay such Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Corporation written notice indicating the amounts payable to such Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Corporation, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Corporation’s failure to timely deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock as required pursuant to the terms hereof.
(v) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. Until no shares of the Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock for the sole purpose of issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Stock as herein provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of Persons other than the Holder (and the other holders of the Preferred Stock), not less than such aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock as shall (subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement) be issuable (taking into account the adjustments and restrictions of Section 7) upon the conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(vi) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such conversion, the Corporation shall round up to the next whole share. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but consistent with the provisions of this subsection with respect to fractional Conversion Shares, nothing shall prevent any Holder from converting fractional shares of Preferred Stock.
8 |
(vii) Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of Conversion Shares on conversion of this Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any Holder for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such Conversion Shares, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such Conversion Shares upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holders of such shares of Preferred Stock and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver such Conversion Shares unless or until the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid. The Corporation shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Conversion and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Conversion Shares.
(d) Beneficial Ownership Limitation. The Corporation shall not effect any conversion of the Preferred Stock, and a Holder shall not have the right to convert any portion of the Preferred Stock, to the extent that, after giving effect to the conversion set forth on the applicable Notice of Conversion, such Holder (together with such Holder’s Affiliates, and any Persons acting as a group together with such Holder or any of such Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)) would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon (i) conversion of the remaining, unconverted Stated Value of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by such Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Corporation subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein (including, without limitation, the Preferred Stock) beneficially owned by such Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 6(d), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 6(d) applies, the determination of whether the Preferred Stock is convertible (in relation to other securities owned by such Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of how many shares of Preferred Stock are convertible shall be in the sole discretion of such Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Conversion shall be deemed to be such Holder’s determination of whether the shares of Preferred Stock may be converted (in relation to other securities owned by such Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and how many shares of the Preferred Stock are convertible, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. To ensure compliance with this restriction, each Holder will be deemed to represent to the Corporation each time it delivers a Notice of Conversion that such Notice of Conversion has not violated the restrictions set forth in this paragraph and the Corporation shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 6(d), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as stated in the most recent of the following: (i) the Corporation’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (ii) a more recent public announcement by the Corporation or (iii) a more recent written notice by the Corporation or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request (which may be via email) of a Holder, the Corporation shall within one Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Corporation, including the Preferred Stock, by such Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% (or, upon election by a Holder prior to the issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock, 9.99%) of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held by the applicable Holder. A Holder, upon notice to the Corporation, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 6(d) applicable to its Preferred Stock provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 6(d) shall continue to apply. Any such increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Corporation and shall only apply to such Holder and no other Holder. The Beneficial Ownership Limitation shall not be waived by the Corporation or the Holder. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 6(d) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation contained herein or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of Preferred Stock.
9 |
Section 7. Certain Adjustments.
(a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Corporation, at any time while this Preferred Stock is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any other Common Stock Equivalents (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation upon conversion of, or payment of a dividend on, this Preferred Stock), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues, in the event of a reclassification of shares of the Common Stock, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) outstanding immediately before such event, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.
(b) Subsequent Equity Sales. If, at any time while this Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation or any Subsidiary, as applicable sells or grants any option to purchase or sells or grants any right to reprice, or otherwise disposes of or issues (or announces any sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition), any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents entitling any Person to acquire shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share that is lower than the then Conversion Price (such lower price, the “Base Conversion Price” and such issuances, collectively, a “Dilutive Issuance”) (if the holder of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents so issued shall at any time, whether by operation of purchase price adjustments, reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share that is lower than the Conversion Price, such issuance shall be deemed to have occurred for less than the Conversion Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance), then simultaneously with the consummation (or, if earlier, the announcement) of each Dilutive Issuance the Conversion Price shall be reduced in accordance with the following formula:
CP2 = CP1* [(A + B) ÷ (A + C)].
For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such Dilutive Issuance;
(ii) “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such Dilutive Issuance;
(iii) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Dilutive Issuance (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of Common Stock Equivalents (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to such Dilutive Issuance);
10 |
(iv) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Common Stock issued in the Dilutive Issuance had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and
(v) “C” shall mean the number of such shares of Common Stock issued in such Dilutive Issuance.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment will be made under this Section 7(b) in respect of an Exempt Issuance. The Corporation shall notify the Holders in writing, no later than the Trading Day following the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject to this Section 7(b), indicating therein the applicable issuance price, or applicable reset price, exchange price, conversion price and other pricing terms (such notice, the “Dilutive Issuance Notice”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Corporation provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section 7(b), upon the occurrence of any Dilutive Issuance, the Holders are entitled to receive a number of Conversion Shares based upon the Base Conversion Price on or after the date of such Dilutive Issuance, regardless of whether a Holder accurately refers to the Base Conversion Price in the Notice of Conversion.
(c) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 7(a) above, if at any time the Corporation grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder of will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of such Holder’s Preferred Stock (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).
(d) Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Preferred Stock is outstanding, if the Corporation declares or makes any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Preferred Stock, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Preferred Stock (without regard to any limitations on conversion hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).
11 |
(e) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Preferred Stock is outstanding, (i) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another Person, (ii) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Corporation or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent conversion of this Preferred Stock, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 6(d) on the conversion of this Preferred Stock), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Corporation, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Preferred Stock is convertible immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 6(d) on the conversion of this Preferred Stock). For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Corporation shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of this Preferred Stock following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any successor to the Corporation or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall file a new Certificate of Designation with the same terms and conditions and issue to the Holders new preferred stock consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holders’ right to convert such preferred stock into Alternate Consideration. The Corporation shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Corporation is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Preferred Stock a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Preferred Stock which is convertible for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of this Preferred Stock (without regard to any limitations on the conversion of this Preferred Stock) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion price which applies the conversion price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such conversion price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Certificate of Designation and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Corporation” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Corporation and shall assume all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Corporation herein.
12 |
(f) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 7 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 7, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) issued and outstanding.
(g) Notice to the Holders.
(i) Adjustment to Conversion Price. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 7, the Corporation shall promptly deliver to each Holder by facsimile or email a notice setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.
(ii) Notice to Allow Conversion by Holder. If (A) the Corporation shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Corporation shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Corporation shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Corporation shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property or (E) the Corporation shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, in each case, the Corporation shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of this Preferred Stock, and shall cause to be delivered by facsimile or email to each Holder at its last facsimile number or email address as it shall appear upon the stock books of the Corporation, at least twenty (20) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange, provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Corporation or any of the Subsidiaries, the Corporation shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to convert the Conversion Amount of this Preferred Stock (or any part hereof) during the 20-day period commencing on the date of such notice through the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.
13 |
Section 8. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder including, without limitation, any Notice of Conversion, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile or e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Corporation to: Healthy Choice Wellness Corp., 3800 North 28th Way, Unit 1, Hollywood, FL 33020, Attention: John Ollet, Chief Financial Officer facsimile number 954.272.7773, or such other facsimile number, e-mail address or address as the Corporation may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders delivered in accordance with this Section 8. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Corporation hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile or e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the facsimile number, e-mail address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, or if no such facsimile number, e-mail address or address appears on the books of the Corporation, at the principal place of business of such Holder, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section 8 prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.
(b) Absolute Obligation. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Certificate of Designation shall alter or impair the obligation of the Corporation, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay liquidated damages, and accrued dividends, as applicable, on the shares of Preferred Stock at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.
(c) Lost or Mutilated Preferred Stock Certificate. If a Holder’s Preferred Stock certificate shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Corporation shall execute and deliver, in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation of a mutilated certificate, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, a new certificate for the shares of Preferred Stock so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, but only upon receipt of evidence of such loss, theft or destruction of such certificate, and of the ownership hereof reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation.
14 |
(d) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Certificate of Designation shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. All legal proceedings concerning the interpretation, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). The Corporation and each Holder hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such New York Courts, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. The Corporation and each Holder hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Certificate of Designation and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. The Corporation and each Holder hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Certificate of Designation or the transactions contemplated hereby. If the Corporation or any Holder shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Certificate of Designation, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.
(e) Waiver. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder of a breach of any provision of this Certificate of Designation shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Certificate of Designation or a waiver by any other Holders. The failure of the Corporation or a Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Certificate of Designation on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party (or any other Holder) of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Certificate of Designation on any other occasion. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder must be in writing.
(f) Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Designation is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Certificate of Designation shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law.
(g) Next Business Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.
(h) Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Certificate of Designation and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.
(i) Status of Converted Preferred Stock. Shares of Preferred Stock may only be issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. If any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted, such shares shall resume the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and shall no longer be designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not redeem or reacquire any shares of Preferred Stock.
*********************
15 |
RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the Chairman, the president or any vice-president, and the secretary or any assistant secretary, of the Corporation be and they hereby are authorized and directed to prepare and file this Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations in accordance with the foregoing resolution and the provisions of Delaware law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate this 7th day of December, 2023.
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. | ||
By: | /S/ Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Name: | Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
16 |
ANNEX A
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
(To be Executed by the Registered Holder in order to Convert Shares of Preferred Stock)
The undersigned hereby elects to convert the number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock indicated below into shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), according to the conditions hereof, as of the date written below. If shares of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and is delivering herewith such certificates and opinions as may be required by the Corporation in accordance with the Purchase Agreement. No fee will be charged to the Holders for any conversion, except for any such transfer taxes.
Conversion calculations:
Date to Effect Conversion: _____________________________________________ |
Number of shares of Preferred Stock owned prior to Conversion: _______________ |
Number of shares of Preferred Stock to be Converted: ________________________ |
Stated Value of shares of Preferred Stock to be Converted: ____________________ |
Number of shares of Common Stock to be Issued: ___________________________ |
Applicable Conversion Price:____________________________________________ |
Number of shares of Preferred Stock subsequent to Conversion: ________________ |
Address for Delivery: ______________________ or DWAC Instructions: Broker no: _________ Account no: ___________ |
[HOLDER] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Annex A |
Exhibit 10.2
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
by and between
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP.
and
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
Dated as of December 11, 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | |||
ARTICLE I DEFINITION OF TERMS | 1 | ||
ARTICLE II ALLOCATION OF TAX LIABILITIES | 11 | ||
SECTION 2.01 | General Rule. | 11 | |
SECTION 2.02 | Allocation of United States Federal Income Tax and Federal Other Tax. | 12 | |
SECTION 2.03 | Allocation of State Income, State Other Taxes and Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes. | 12 | |
SECTION 2.04 | Allocation of Foreign Taxes. | 13 | |
SECTION 2.05 | Certain Transaction and Other Taxes. | 13 | |
ARTICLE III PRORATION OF TAXES FOR STRADDLE PERIODS AND CERTAIN OTHER PERIODS | 14 | ||
ARTICLE IV PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS | 15 | ||
SECTION 4.01 | General. | 15 | |
SECTION 4.02 | Parent’s Responsibility. | 15 | |
SECTION 4.03 | SpinCo’s Responsibility. | 16 | |
SECTION 4.04 | Tax Accounting Practices. | 16 | |
SECTION 4.05 | Combined Tax Returns. | 17 | |
SECTION 4.06 | Right to Review Tax Returns. | 17 | |
ARTICLE V TAX PAYMENTS | 18 | ||
SECTION 5.01 | Payment of Taxes with Respect to Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Returns, Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns and Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns. | 18 | |
SECTION 5.02 | Payment of Taxes with Respect to Joint Returns (Other Than a Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, Parent State Combined Income Tax Return or Parent Foreign Income Tax Return) and Certain Returns of Other Taxes. | 18 | |
SECTION 5.03 | Indemnification Payments. | 18 | |
ARTICLE VI Tax Benefits | 19 | ||
SECTION 6.01 | Tax Benefits. | 19 | |
SECTION 6.02 | Parent and SpinCo Income Tax Deductions in Respect of Certain Equity Awards and Incentive Compensation. | 19 | |
ARTICLE VII Tax-Free Status | 19 | ||
SECTION 7.01 | Representations. | 19 | |
SECTION 7.02 | Restrictions on SpinCo. | 20 | |
SECTION 7.03 | Restrictions on Parent. | 21 | |
SECTION 7.04 | Procedures Regarding Opinions and Post-Distribution Rulings. | 21 | |
SECTION 7.05 | Liability for Tax-Related Losses. | 22 |
i |
ARTICLE VIII Assistance and Cooperation | 24 | ||
SECTION 8.01 | Assistance and Cooperation. | 24 | |
SECTION 8.02 | Income Tax Return Information. | 24 | |
SECTION 8.03 | Reliance by Parent. | 25 | |
SECTION 8.04 | Reliance by SpinCo. | 25 | |
ARTICLE IX Tax Records | 25 | ||
SECTION 9.01 | Retention of Tax Records. | 25 | |
SECTION 9.02 | Access to Tax Records. | 26 | |
SECTION 9.03 | Preservation of Privilege. | 26 | |
ARTICLE X Tax Contests | 27 | ||
SECTION 10.01 | Notice. | 27 | |
SECTION 10.02 | Control of Tax Contests. | 27 | |
ARTICLE XI Effective Date; Termination of Prior Intercompany Tax Allocation Agreements | 29 | ||
ARTICLE XII Survival of Obligations | 29 | ||
ARTICLE XIII Treatment of Payments; Tax Gross Up | 29 | ||
SECTION 13.01 | Treatment of Tax Indemnity and Tax Benefit Payments. | 29 | |
SECTION 13.02 | Tax Gross Up. | 30 | |
SECTION 13.03 | Interest. | 30 | |
ARTICLE XIV Disagreements | 30 | ||
SECTION 14.01 | Disputes. | 30 | |
SECTION 14.02 | Dispute Resolution. | 30 | |
ARTICLE XV Late Payments | 31 | ||
ARTICLE XVI Expenses | 31 | ||
ARTICLE XVII General Provisions | 31 | ||
SECTION 17.01 | Addresses and Notices. | 31 | |
SECTION 17.02 | Assignability. | 32 | |
SECTION 17.03 | Waiver. | 32 | |
SECTION 17.04 | Severability. | 32 | |
SECTION 17.05 | Authority. | 33 | |
SECTION 17.06 | Further Action. | 33 | |
SECTION 17.07 | Integration. | 33 | |
SECTION 17.08 | Construction. | 33 | |
SECTION 17.09 | No Double Recovery. | 33 | |
SECTION 17.10 | Counterparts. | 34 | |
SECTION 17.11 | Governing Law. | 34 | |
SECTION 17.12 | Jurisdiction. | 34 | |
SECTION 17.13 | Amendment. | 34 | |
SECTION 17.14 | SpinCo Subsidiaries. | 35 | |
SECTION 17.15 | Successors. | 35 | |
SECTION 17.16 | Limitations of Liability. | 35 | |
SECTION 17.17 | Injunctions. | 35 |
ii |
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 11, 2023, is made by and between HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“SpinCo”, and together with HCMC each a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, Parent and SpinCo have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated the date hereof (the “Separation and Distribution Agreement”), providing for the separation of the Parent Group from the SpinCo Group;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Parent will, among other things, (i) transfer the SpinCo Assets to SpinCo and its Subsidiaries, in actual or constructive exchange for (a) the issuance by SpinCo to Parent of SpinCo Common Stock, and (b) the assumption by SpinCo and its Subsidiaries of the SpinCo Liabilities, and (ii) effect the Distribution;
WHEREAS, for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes, it is intended that the Contribution and Distribution shall qualify as transactions that are generally tax free pursuant to Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Parent is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations, including SpinCo;
WHEREAS, as a result of the Distribution, SpinCo and its Subsidiaries will cease to be members of the affiliated group of Parent (the “Deconsolidation”); and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to provide for and agree upon the allocation between the parties of liabilities for Taxes arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the Distribution, and to provide for and agree upon other matters relating to Taxes.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definition of Terms
For purposes of this agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings, and capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement:
“Accounting Cutoff Date” shall mean, with respect to SpinCo, any date as of the end of which there is a closing of the financial accounting records for such entity.
“Adjustment Request” shall mean any formal or informal claim or request filed with any Tax Authority, or with any administrative agency or court, for the adjustment, Refund, or credit of Taxes, including (a) any amended Tax Return claiming adjustment to the Taxes as reported on the Tax Return or, if applicable, as previously adjusted, (b) any claim for equitable recoupment or other offset, and (c) any claim for Refund or credit of Taxes previously paid.
“Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise. The parties agree that from and after the Effective Time, none of the members of the SpinCo Group are or will be deemed to be Affiliates of any member of the Parent Group and none of the members of the Parent Group are or will be deemed to be Affiliates of any member of the SpinCo Group.
“Agreement” shall mean this Tax Matters Agreement.
“Ancillary Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“CFO Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(d) of this Agreement.
“Code” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Contribution” shall mean the transfer of SpinCo Assets by Parent to SpinCo and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement in actual or constructive exchange for (i) the issuance by SpinCo to Parent of shares of SpinCo Common Stock, and (ii) the assumption by SpinCo and its Subsidiaries of the SpinCo Liabilities.
“Current Property Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) of this Agreement.
“Deconsolidation” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Distribution” shall mean the distribution by Parent of all the common stock of SpinCo to Record Holders as more fully described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Distribution-Related Tax Contest” shall mean any Tax Contest in which the IRS, another Tax Authority or any other party asserts a position that could reasonably be expected to (i) adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of the Contribution and Distribution or (ii) jeopardize or prevent a Separation Transaction having the tax treatment described in the Tax Opinions.
2 |
“Due Date” means with respect to a Tax Return, the date (taking into account all valid extensions) on which such Tax Return is required to be filed under applicable Law.
“Effective Time” shall mean 11:59 p.m., Miami, Florida time, on the Distribution Date.
“Federal Income Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed by Subtitle A of the Code, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
“Federal Income Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return of (i) any member of the SpinCo Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return and/or information return), or (ii) any member of the Parent Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return and/or information return), in each case, with respect to Federal Income Taxes.
“Federal Other Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed by the federal government of the United States of America other than any Federal Income Taxes, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing, but not including any federal payroll Tax.
“Federal Tax” shall mean any Federal Income Tax or Federal Other Tax.
“Federal Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return of (i) any member of the SpinCo Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), or (ii) any member of the Parent Group (including any information return), in each case, with respect to Federal Taxes.
“Fifty Percent or Greater Interest” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.
“Filing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(d) of this Agreement.
“Final Determination” shall mean the final resolution of liability for any Tax, which resolution may be for a specific issue or adjustment or for a Tax Period, (a) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the taxpayer, or by a comparable form under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction, except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form shall not constitute a Final Determination to the extent that it reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for Refund or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency in respect of such issue or adjustment or for such Tax Period (as the case may be); (b) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (c) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Section 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction; (d) by any allowance of a Refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Income Tax or Other Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such Refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the jurisdiction imposing such Income Tax or Other Tax; or (e) by any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or by mutual agreement of the parties.
“Foreign Income Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed by any foreign country or any possession of the United States, or by any political subdivision of any foreign country or United States possession, which is an income tax as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.901-2, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
3 |
“Foreign Other Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed by any foreign country or any possession of the United States, or by any political subdivision of any foreign country or United States possession, other than any Foreign Income Taxes, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
“Foreign Tax” shall mean any Foreign Income Taxes or Foreign Other Taxes.
“Foreign Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return of (i) any member of the SpinCo Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), or (ii) any member of the Parent Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), in each case, with respect to Foreign Taxes.
“Governmental Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Group” shall mean the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, or both, as the context requires.
“Income Tax” shall mean any Federal Income Tax, State Income Tax or Foreign Income Tax.
“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03 of this Agreement.
“Indemnitor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03 of this Agreement.
“IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“Joint Return” shall mean any Tax Return of a member of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group that is not a Separate Return.
“Notified Action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(a) of this Agreement.
“Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes” shall mean all federal payroll taxes and any tangible property tax, state payroll tax and sales tax imposed by any State of the United States (or by any political subdivision of any such State) or the District of Columbia, or by any city or municipality located therein, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
“Other Tax” shall mean any Federal Other Tax, State Other Tax, or Foreign Other Tax.
“Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the first sentence of this Agreement.
“Parent Adjustment” shall mean any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for Refund asserted in a Tax Contest to the extent Parent would be exclusively liable for any resulting Tax under this Agreement or exclusively entitled to receive any resulting Tax Benefit under this Agreement.
4 |
“Parent Affiliated Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return.”
“Parent Business” shall have the meaning of the HCMC Business as set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Parent Business Asset” shall mean an asset used in, or owned by, the Parent Business.
“Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return” shall mean any Federal Income Tax Return for the affiliated group of Parent (the “Parent Affiliated Group”) relating to the Pre-Deconsolidation Period.
“Parent Foreign Income Tax Return” shall mean a Foreign Income Tax Return that actually includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the Parent Group together with one or more members of the SpinCo Group.
“Parent Group” shall mean Parent and each Person that is an Affiliate of Parent (other than SpinCo and any other member of the SpinCo Group).
“Parent Separate Return” shall mean any Separate Return of Parent or any member of the Parent Group.
“Parent State Combined Income Tax Return” shall mean a consolidated, combined, unitary, Corporation or other similar State Income Tax Return that actually includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the Parent Group together with one or more members of the SpinCo Group, including Corporation information returns.
“Party” or “Parties” shall mean any party to this Agreement as the context requires.
“Past Practices” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a) of this Agreement.
“Payment Date” shall mean (i) with respect to any Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, the Due Date for any required installment of estimated taxes determined under Section 6655 of the Code, the Due Date (determined without regard to extensions) for filing the return determined under Section 6072 of the Code, and the date the return is filed, and (ii) with respect to any other Tax Return, the corresponding dates determined under the applicable Tax Law.
“Payor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(a) of this Agreement.
“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or a Governmental Authority.
5 |
“Post-Deconsolidation Period” shall mean any Tax Period beginning after the Effective Time, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period beginning the day after the Effective Time.
“Pre-Deconsolidation Period” shall mean any Tax Period ending on or before the Effective Time, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Effective Time.
“Prime Rate” shall mean the prime rate of interest as listed in the Wall Street Journal as such for the relevant period.
“Privilege” shall mean any privilege that may be asserted under applicable law, including, any privilege arising under or relating to the attorney-client relationship (including the attorney-client and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege and any privilege relating to internal evaluation processes.
“Proposed Acquisition Transaction” shall mean a transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement, within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7, or any other regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a transaction or series of transactions), whether such transaction is supported by SpinCo management or shareholders, is a hostile acquisition, or otherwise, as a result of which SpinCo would merge or consolidate with any other Person or as a result of which any Person or Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, from SpinCo and/or one or more holders of outstanding shares of SpinCo Capital Stock, a number of shares of SpinCo Capital Stock that would, when combined with any other changes in ownership of SpinCo Capital Stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code, comprise 40% or more of (A) the value of all outstanding shares of stock of SpinCo as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series, or (B) the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of voting stock of SpinCo as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (A) the adoption by SpinCo of a shareholder rights plan or (B) issuances by SpinCo that satisfy “Safe Harbor VIII” (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or “Safe Harbor IX” (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(d). For purposes of determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition, any recapitalization resulting in a shift of voting power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of stock by the non-exchanging shareholders. This definition and the application thereof is intended to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, the statute or regulations promulgated under Section 355(e) of the Code shall be incorporated into this definition and its interpretation.
“Recipient” shall mean, with respect to the transfers occurring pursuant to the Transactions, the Party receiving assets and/or liabilities.
“Refund” shall mean any refund of Taxes, including any refund or reduction in Tax Liabilities by means of a credit or offset.
6 |
“Representation Letters” shall mean the statements of facts and representations, officer’s certificates, representation letters and any other materials delivered by, or on behalf of, Parent, SpinCo or others to a Tax Advisor in connection with the issuance by such Tax Advisor of the Tax Opinion.
“Required Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(a) of this Agreement.
“Responsible Party” shall mean, with respect to any Tax Return, the Party having responsibility for preparing and filing such Tax Return under this Agreement.
“Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the day after the two-year anniversary of the Distribution Date.
“Retention Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of this Agreement.
“Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions that is not a Proposed Acquisition Transaction but would be a Proposed Acquisition Transaction if the percentage reflected in the definition of Proposed Acquisition Transaction were 25% instead of 40%.
“Separate Return” shall mean (a) in the case of any Tax Return of any member of the SpinCo Group, any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the Parent Group and (b) in the case of any Tax Return of any member of the Parent Group, any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the SpinCo Group.
“Separation and Distribution Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Separation Transactions” shall mean the Contribution, the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“SpinCo” shall have the meaning set forth in the first sentence of this Agreement, and references herein to SpinCo shall include any entity treated as a successor to SpinCo.
“SpinCo Active Trade or Business” shall mean the active conduct (as defined in Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) of the Wellness-Based Business by SpinCo’s “separate affiliated group” (as defined in Section 355(b)(3)(B) of the Code).
“SpinCo Assets” shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“SpinCo Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of capital stock of SpinCo, including (i) the SpinCo Common Stock, (ii) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such capital stock and (iii) all instruments properly treated as stock in SpinCo for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes.
“SpinCo Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
7 |
“SpinCo Federal Corporation Income Tax Return” shall mean any Federal Income Tax Return for the affiliated group (as that term is defined in Section 1504 of the Code) of which SpinCo is the common parent.
“SpinCo Group” means (a) SpinCo, (b) each Person that will be a Subsidiary of SpinCo immediately prior to the Distribution, including the entities set forth on Schedule 1(b) under the caption “Subsidiaries”, and (c) each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of SpinCo after the Distribution, including in each case any Person that is merged or consolidated with and into SpinCo or any Subsidiary of SpinCo “SpinCo Group” shall mean (a) prior to the Effective Time, SpinCo and each Person that will be an Affiliate of SpinCo as of immediately after the Effective Time, even if, prior to the Effective Time, such Person is not an Affiliate of SpinCo; and (b) on and after the Effective Time, SpinCo and each Person that is an Affiliate of SpinCo.1
“SpinCo Separate Return” shall mean any Separate Return of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group.
“State Income Tax” shall mean any Tax imposed by any State of the United States (or by any political subdivision of any such State) or the District of Columbia, or any city or municipality located therein, which is imposed on or measured by net income, including state and local franchise or similar Taxes measured by net income, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
“State Income Tax Return” shall mean any Tax Return with respect to State Income Taxes.
“State Other Tax” shall mean any franchise tax or corporate business tax imposed by any State of the United States (or by any political subdivision of any such State) or the District of Columbia, or by any city or municipality located therein, other than any State Income Taxes, tangible property tax, payroll tax or sales tax and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
“Straddle Period” shall mean any Tax Period that begins on or before and ends after the Effective Time.
“Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, property, ad valorem, stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.
1Seems as if definition is repeated.
8 |
“Tax Advisor” shall mean Cozen O’Connor PC or other nationally recognized law firm, or a nationally recognized accounting firm.
“Tax Advisor Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Article XIV of this Agreement.
“Tax Attribute” or “Attribute” shall mean a net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused foreign tax credit, excess charitable contribution, general business credit or any other Tax Item that could reduce a Tax.
“Tax Authority” shall mean, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision thereof that imposes such Tax, and the agency (if any) charged with the collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.
“Tax Benefit” shall mean any loss, deduction, Refund, credit, or other item reducing Taxes otherwise payable.
“Tax Contest” shall mean an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining Taxes (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for Refund).
“Tax-Free Status” shall mean the qualification of the Contribution and Distribution, taken together, (a) as a transaction described in Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(c)(2) and 361(c)(2) of the Code, and (c) as a transaction in which Parent, SpinCo and the members of their respective Groups recognize no income or gain for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes pursuant to Sections 355, 361 and 1032 of the Code.
“Tax Item” shall mean, with respect to any Income Tax, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit.
“Tax Law” shall mean the law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof relating to any Tax.
“Tax Opinion” shall mean each opinion of a Tax Advisor delivered to Parent in connection with and regarding the Federal Income Tax treatment of the Contribution and the Distribution, or otherwise with respect to the Separation Transactions.
“Tax Period” shall mean, with respect to any Tax, the period for which the Tax is reported as provided under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.
“Tax Records” shall mean any Tax Returns, Tax Return workpapers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records (whether or not in written, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms and whether or not stored on electronic or any other medium) required to be maintained under the Code or other applicable Tax Laws or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.
9 |
“Tax-Related Losses” shall mean (i) all federal, state, local and foreign Taxes (including interest and penalties thereon) imposed pursuant to any settlement, Final Determination, judgment or otherwise; (ii) all reasonable accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with such Taxes; and (iii) all reasonable costs and expenses and any damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount required to be paid by Parent (or any Parent Affiliate) or SpinCo (or any SpinCo Affiliate) in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority, in each case, resulting from (x) the failure of the Contribution and the Distribution to have Tax-Free Status or (y) the failure of any Separation Transaction to have the tax treatment described in the Tax Opinion; provided, that amounts shall be treated as having been required to be paid for purposes of clause (iii) of this definition to the extent they are paid in a good faith compromise of an asserted claim.
“Tax Return” or “Return” shall mean any report of Taxes due, any claim for Refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document filed or required to be filed under the Code or other Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.
“Transactions” shall mean the Contribution, the Distribution, and the other transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
“Transferee Party” shall mean (i) SpinCo or the applicable member(s) of the SpinCo Group to which SpinCo Assets are contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered by Parent or applicable members of the Parent Group, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization set forth in Section 2.01(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and (ii) Parent or the applicable member(s) of the Parent Group to which Parent Business Assets are contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered by SpinCo or applicable members of the SpinCo Group, pursuant to such Plan of Reorganization; in each case, as applicable.
“Transferor” shall mean, with respect to the transfers occurring pursuant to the Transactions, the Party transferring assets and/or liabilities.
“Transferred Assets” shall mean (i) the SpinCo Assets that are contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered to SpinCo, or the applicable member(s) of the SpinCo Group, by Parent or applicable members of the Parent Group, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization set forth in Section 2.01(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and (ii) the Parent Business Assets that are contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered to Parent, or member(s) of the Parent Group designated by Parent, by SpinCo or the applicable members of the SpinCo Group, pursuant to such Plan of Reorganization; in each case, as applicable. “Transferred Asset” shall be accordingly construed to mean each of the Transferred Assets, individually. For the avoidance of doubt, any real estate assets, properties or assets held by any Subsidiary that was transferred shall be considered as a Transferred Asset.
“Transferring Party” shall mean (i) the Parent or applicable member(s) of the Parent Group that contribute, assign, transfer, convey or deliver one or more SpinCo Assets to SpinCo or applicable members of the SpinCo Group, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization set forth in Section 2.01(a) of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and (ii) SpinCo or applicable member(s) of the SpinCo Group that contribute, assign, transfer, convey or deliver one or more Parent Business Assets to Parent or the applicable member(s) of the Parent Group, pursuant to such Plan of Reorganization; in each case, as applicable.
10 |
“Treasury Regulations” shall mean the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.
“Unqualified Tax Opinion” shall mean an unqualified opinion of a Tax Advisor on which Parent may rely to the effect that a transaction (i) will not affect the Tax-Free Status of the Contribution and the Distribution, and (ii) will not adversely affect any of the conclusions set forth in the Tax Opinion; provided, that any tax opinion obtained in connection with a proposed acquisition of SpinCo Capital Stock entered into during the Restriction Period shall not qualify as an Unqualified Tax Opinion unless such tax opinion concludes that such proposed acquisition will not be treated as “part of a plan (or series of related transactions),” within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, that includes the Distribution. Any such opinion must assume that the Contribution and Distribution would have qualified for Tax-Free Status if the transaction in question did not occur.
“Wellness-Based Business” shall mean the natural and organic grocery store business operating as Ada’s Market, Paradise Health, Mother Earth’s Storehouse and Green’s Natural Foods, the sale of vitamins and supplements and other core products sold online through TheVitaminStore.com, and the Healthy Choice Wellness Center operations located in Fort Lauderdale, Florida.
ARTICLE II
Allocation of Tax Liabilities
SECTION 2.01 General Rule.
(a) Parent Liability. Parent shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the SpinCo Group from and against any liability for, Taxes that are allocated to Parent, or for which Parent is responsible, under this Article II.
(b) SpinCo Liability. SpinCo shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent Group from and against any liability for, Taxes that are allocated to SpinCo, or for which SpinCo is responsible, under this Article II.
(c) Costs and Expenses. The amounts for which Parent or SpinCo, as applicable, is liable pursuant to Sections 2.01(a) and (b), respectively, or for which either Party or a member of its Group is liable pursuant to Section 2.05, shall include all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with the relevant Taxes.
(d) Final Determination Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, any reference to any Taxes due with respect to, attributable to or required to be reported on any Tax Return contained in Section 2.02, Section 2.03 or Section 2.04, and any reference to any Taxes in Section 2.05, shall include, unless specifically excluded, a reference to any such Taxes imposed or payable as a result of a Final Determination.
11 |
SECTION 2.02 Allocation of United States Federal Income Tax and Federal Other Tax.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.05, Federal Income Tax and Federal Other Tax shall be allocated as follows:
(a) Allocation of Tax Relating to Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Returns. With respect to any Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, Parent shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any such Income Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination).
(b) Allocation of Tax Relating to Federal Separate Income Tax Returns. Parent shall be responsible for any and all Federal Income Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Separate Return (and any and all Federal Income Tax of Parent or any member of the Parent Group), including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination.
(c) Allocation of Federal Other Tax. Parent shall be responsible for any and all Federal Other Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Separate Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) or otherwise imposed on any member of the Parent Group.
SECTION 2.03 Allocation of State Income, State Other Taxes and Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.05, State Income Tax, State Other Tax and Other Federal/State Separate Entity Tax shall be allocated as follows:
(a) Allocation of Tax Relating to Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns. Parent shall be responsible for any and all State Income Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent State Combined Income Tax Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination).
(b) Allocation of State Other Tax. Parent shall be responsible for any and all State Other Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Separate Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) or otherwise imposed on any member of the Parent Group.
(c) Allocation of Other Federal/State Separate Entity Tax. Each separate member of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as applicable, shall be responsible for any Other Federal/State Separate Entity Tax due with respect to any Pre-Deconsolidation Period (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination) or otherwise imposed on such member; provided, however, that any ad valorem and other property Taxes imposed with respect to a Transferred Asset for a taxable period that includes but does not end on the Effective Time in connection with the Separation Transactions shall be allocated between the Parent Group and the SpinCo Group pursuant to Section 3(c) below.
12 |
SECTION 2.04 Allocation of Foreign Taxes.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.05, Parent shall be responsible for any and all Foreign Income Taxes and Foreign Other Taxes due with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Foreign Income Tax Return or on any Parent Separate Return (including any increase in such Tax as a result of a Final Determination).
SECTION 2.05 Certain Transaction and Other Taxes.
(a) SpinCo Liability. SpinCo shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent Group from and against any liability for:
(i) any stamp, sales and use, gross receipts, value-added or other transfer Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on any member of the SpinCo Group (if such member is primarily liable for such Tax) on the transfers occurring pursuant to the Transactions; provided, however, in the case of any applicable state, county, or other local real estate transfer Tax, grantor Tax, or documentary transfer Tax imposed on the transfer of Transferred Assets, the relevant Transferor Party shall be liable for any such Tax notwithstanding which Party may be primarily liable under the applicable Tax Law;
(ii) any Tax resulting from a breach by SpinCo of any representation or covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, any Representation Letters or any Tax Opinion; and
(iii) any Tax-Related Losses for which SpinCo is responsible pursuant to Section 7.05 of this Agreement.
(b) Parent Liability. Parent shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the SpinCo Group from and against any liability for:
(i) any stamp, sales and use, gross receipts, value-added or other transfer Taxes imposed by any Tax Authority on any member of the Parent Group (if such member is primarily liable for such Tax) on the transfers occurring pursuant to the Transactions; provided, however, in the case of any applicable state, county, or other local real estate transfer Tax, grantor Tax, or documentary transfer Tax imposed on the transfer of Transferred Assets, the relevant Transferor Party shall be liable for any such Tax notwithstanding which Party may be primarily liable under the applicable Tax Law;
(ii) any Tax resulting from a breach by Parent of any representation or covenant in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, any Representation Letters or any Tax Opinion; and
(iii) any Tax-Related Losses for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 7.05 of this Agreement.
13 |
ARTICLE III
Proration of Taxes for Straddle Periods and Certain Other Periods
(a) General Method of Proration. Except as provided in Section 3(c) below, in the case of any Straddle Period, Tax Items shall be apportioned between Pre-Deconsolidation Periods and Post-Deconsolidation Periods in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b) as reasonably interpreted and applied by Parent. If the Effective Time is not an Accounting Cutoff Date, rules similar to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iii) will be applied to ratably allocate the items (other than extraordinary items) for the month which includes the Effective Time.
(b) Transactions Treated as Extraordinary Item. In determining the apportionment of Tax Items between Pre-Deconsolidation Periods and Post-Deconsolidation Periods, any Tax Items relating to the Transactions shall be treated as extraordinary items described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii)(C) and shall (to the extent occurring on or prior to the Effective Time) be allocated to Pre-Deconsolidation Periods, and any Taxes related to such items shall be treated under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(iv) as relating to such extraordinary item and shall (to the extent occurring on or prior to the Effective Time) be allocated to Pre-Deconsolidation Periods.
(c) Ad Valorem and Other Property Taxes. Ad valorem and other property taxes imposed or assessed with respect to a Transferred Asset with respect to the taxable period during which the transfer of such Transferred Asset occurs (the “Current Property Taxes”) shall be prorated between the Transferring Party and the Transferee Party with respect to such Transferred Asset based on the number of days during such taxable period that such Transferred Asset was owned by the Transferring Party and the Transferee Party, respectively. The Transferring Party shall be responsible for the Current Property Taxes to the extent that they are attributable to such Transferred Asset for periods prior to the Effective Time and the Transferee Party shall be responsible for the Current Property Taxes to the extent that they are attributable to such Transferred Asset for periods on and after the Effective Time.
(i) Itemization. Within ninety (90) days following the Effective Time, or at least thirty (30) days prior to the date that the relevant Current Property Taxes become due and payable, whichever is earlier, the Transferring Party shall furnish the Transferee Party with a written list setting out, for each Transferred Asset that such Transferring Party contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed or delivered unto such Transferee Party, the Transferring Party’s determination regarding any tax ticket or bill that covers the Transferred Asset, and stating for each such Transferred Asset whether the Current Property Taxes have been paid in full as well as, if not paid in full, the amount of such Current Property Taxes that are, at the time, outstanding. The Transferee Party with respect to such Transferred Asset shall timely pay any outstanding, unpaid Current Property Taxes assessed against such Transferred Asset in full, so as to avoid any delinquency, penalty or forfeiture;
(ii) Cooperation. The Transferring Party shall cooperate in good faith with the Transferee Party, including without limitation by furnishing copies of tax tickets, tax account numbers and other relevant tax information requested by the Transferee Party, in order to ensure that the Transferee Party has the information needed to timely pay the Current Property Taxes that the Transferee Party is required to pay pursuant to this Section 3(c). The Transferring Party and the Transferee Party shall cooperate in good faith with each other (each at its own cost and expense), including without limitation by (1) upon request executing, filing, submitting or delivering to the other Party such approvals or notifications, information or applications as are necessary or reasonably required, and (2) participating in and taking such actions as are necessary or reasonably requested, in each case, in order to obtain from any pertinent Tax Authority such tax tickets, bills or accounts as are needed for purposes of having any Transferred Asset assessed in the name of the Transferee Party for the next taxable period beginning after such Effective Time or in order to have the Transferred Asset entered for assessment.
14 |
(iii) Reimbursement. Indemnity payments required for the payment of Current Property Taxes shall be invoiced and paid in accordance with Section 5.03. The Transferring Party shall reimburse the Transferee Party for (1) the Transferring Party’s pro rata share of any Current Property Taxes that the Transferee Party is obligated to timely pay pursuant to this Section 3(c), and (2) all amounts paid to any Tax Authority by the Transferee Party, in each case, that are shown on such invoice. The Transferee Party shall reimburse the Transferring Party for (1) the Transferee Party’s pro rata share of any Current Property Taxes that the Transferring Party is obligated to timely pay pursuant to this Section 3(c), and (2) the Transferee Party’s share as determined pursuant to this Section 3(c) of any Current Property Taxes that were paid by Transferring Party prior to the Effective Time but are attributable to periods on and after that date, in each case, that are shown on such invoice.
ARTICLE IV
Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns
SECTION 4.01 General.
Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV, Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed when due (taking into account extensions) by the Person obligated to file such Tax Returns under the Code or applicable Tax Law. The Parties shall provide, and shall cause their Affiliates to provide, assistance and cooperation to one another in accordance with Article VIII with respect to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, including by providing information required to be provided pursuant to Article VIII.
SECTION 4.02 Parent’s Responsibility.
Parent has the exclusive obligation and right to prepare and file, or to cause to be prepared and filed:
(a) Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Returns for any Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Effective Time;
(b) Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns, Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns and any other Joint Returns which Parent reasonably determines are required to be filed (or which Parent chooses to be filed) by the Parties or any of their Affiliates for Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Effective Time; provided, however, that Parent shall provide advance written notice of such determination to file such Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns, Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns or other Joint Returns to SpinCo if the Tax Returns in such jurisdiction for such type of Tax for the immediately preceding taxable year were not filed on a consolidated, combined, unitary or other joint basis; and
15 |
(c) Parent Separate Returns and SpinCo Separate Returns which Parent reasonably determines are required to be filed by the Parties or any of their Affiliates for Tax Periods ending on, before or after the Effective Time (limited, in the case of SpinCo Separate Returns, to such Returns for which the Due Date is on or before the Effective Time).
SECTION 4.03 SpinCo’s Responsibility.
SpinCo shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to members of the SpinCo Group other than those Tax Returns which Parent is required or entitled to prepare and file under Section 4.02. The Tax Returns required to be prepared and filed by SpinCo under this Section 4.03 shall include (a) any SpinCo Federal Corporation Income Tax Return for Tax Periods ending after the Effective Time and (b) SpinCo Separate Returns for which the Due Date is after the Effective Time.
SECTION 4.04 Tax Accounting Practices.
(a) General Rule. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02(b), with respect to any Tax Return that SpinCo has the obligation and right to prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, for any Pre-Deconsolidation Period or Straddle Period (or any Tax Period beginning after the Effective Time to the extent items reported on such Tax Return could reasonably be expected to affect items reported on any Tax Return that Parent has the obligation or right to prepare and file for any Pre-Deconsolidation Period or any Straddle Period), such Tax Return shall be prepared in accordance with past practices, accounting methods, elections or conventions (“Past Practices”) used with respect to the Tax Returns in question except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02(b), Parent shall prepare any Tax Return which it has the obligation and right to prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, under Section 4.02, in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by Parent.
(b) Reporting of Transactions. Except to the extent otherwise required by a change in applicable law or as a result of a Final Determination, (A) neither Parent nor SpinCo shall, and shall not permit or cause any member of its respective Group to, take any position that is inconsistent with either (x) the treatment of the Contribution and Distribution, taken together, as having Tax-Free Status (or analogous status under state or local law) or (y) the tax treatment of any of the Separation Transactions as having the treatment described in the Tax Opinion and, (B) SpinCo shall not, and shall not permit or cause any member of the SpinCo Group to, take any position with respect to an item of income, deduction, gain, loss, or credit on a Tax Return, or otherwise treat such item in a manner which is inconsistent with the manner such item is reported on a Tax Return required to be prepared or filed by Parent pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof (including, without limitation, the claiming of a deduction previously claimed on any such Tax Return).
16 |
SECTION 4.05 Combined Tax Returns.
SpinCo will elect and join, and will cause its respective Affiliates to elect and join, in filing any Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns, Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns and any other Joint Returns that Parent reasonably determines are required to be filed (or that Parent chooses to file) by the Parties or any of their Affiliates for Tax Periods ending on or before the Effective Time. With respect to any SpinCo Separate Returns relating to any Tax Period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Distribution Date, SpinCo will elect and join, and will cause its respective Affiliates to elect and join, in filing consolidated, unitary, combined, or other similar Joint Returns, to the extent each entity is eligible to join in such Tax Returns, if Parent reasonably determines that the filing of such Tax Returns is consistent with past reporting practices, or, in the absence of applicable past practices, will result in the minimization of the net present value of the aggregate Tax to the entities eligible to join in such Tax Returns.
SECTION 4.06 Right to Review Tax Returns.
(a) General. The Responsible Party with respect to any material Tax Return shall make such Tax Return (or the relevant portions thereof), related workpapers and other supporting documents available for review by the other Party, to the extent (i) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which such other Party is or would reasonably be expected to be liable, (ii) such other Party is or would reasonably be expected to be liable in whole or in part for any additional Taxes owing as a result of adjustments to the amount of Taxes reported on such Tax Return, (iii) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the other Party would reasonably be expected to have a claim for Tax Benefits under this Agreement, or (iv) reasonably necessary for the other Party to confirm compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Responsible Party shall use reasonable efforts to make such Tax Return, workpapers and other supporting documents available for review as required under this paragraph promptly once such Tax Return is materially complete, but in any event no later than three (3) weeks in advance of the Due Date for filing of such Tax Return, such that the other Party has a meaningful opportunity to review and comment on such Tax Return, and shall use reasonable efforts to have such Tax Return modified before filing, taking into account the person responsible for payment of the Tax (if any) reported on such Tax Return. The Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any disagreement arising out of the review of such Tax Return and, failing such resolution, any disagreement shall be resolved in accordance with the disagreement resolution provisions of Article 14 as promptly as practicable.
(b) Execution of Tax Returns Prepared by Other Party. In the case of any Tax Return which is required to be prepared and filed by one Party under this Agreement and which is required by law to be signed by the other Party (or by its authorized representative), the Party which is legally required to sign such Tax Return shall not be required to sign such Tax Return under this Agreement unless there is at least a greater than 50% likelihood of prevailing on the merits for the Tax treatment of each item reported on the Tax Return.
17 |
ARTICLE V
Tax Payments
SECTION 5.01 Payment of Taxes with Respect to Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Returns, Parent State Combined Income Tax Returns and Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns.
Parent shall pay (a) to the IRS any Tax due with respect to any Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return or any other Federal Income Tax applicable to any member of the Parent Group for any Pre-Deconsolidation Period (including any Federal Income Tax due from the Parent Affiliated Group that is required to be paid as a result of an adjustment to a Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, and (b) to the applicable Tax Authority any Tax due with respect to any Parent State Combined Income Tax Return or Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns (including any State Income Tax due that is required to be paid as a result of an adjustment to a Parent State Combined Income Tax Return or Foreign Income Tax due that is required to be paid as a result of an adjustment to a Parent Foreign Income Tax Returns).
SECTION 5.02 Payment of Taxes with Respect to Joint Returns (Other Than a Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, Parent State Combined Income Tax Return or Parent Foreign Income Tax Return) and Certain Returns of Other Taxes.
In the case of (I) any Joint Return (other than a Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, Parent State Combined Income Tax Return, or Parent Foreign Income Tax Return) and (II) any Tax Return of Other Taxes reflecting Taxes for which both Parent and SpinCo are responsible under Article II (other than Tax Returns described in the proviso of Section 2.03(c), which shall be governed by Section 3(c)), Parent shall pay any Taxes required to be paid to the applicable Tax Authority, whether such Taxes are the result of a Tax Return or as a result of an adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination. Each separate member of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as applicable, shall pay any Other Federal/State Separate Entity Tax due with respect to any Pre-Deconsolidation Period or Post-Deconsolidation whether such Taxes are the result of a Tax Return or as a result of an adjustment pursuant to a Final Determination or otherwise imposed on such member.
SECTION 5.03 Indemnification Payments.
(a) If any Party (the “Payor”) is required under applicable Tax Law to pay to a Tax Authority a Tax that another Party (the “Required Party”) is liable for under this Agreement, the Required Party shall reimburse the Payor within 90 days of delivery by the Payor to the Required Party of an invoice for the amount due, accompanied by evidence of payment and a statement detailing the Taxes paid and describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. The reimbursement shall include interest on the Tax payment computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date of the payment to the Tax Authority to the date of reimbursement under this Section 5.03.
(b) All indemnification payments under this Agreement shall be made by Parent directly to SpinCo and by SpinCo directly to Parent; provided, however, that if the Parties mutually agree with respect to any such indemnification payment, any member of the Parent Group, on the one hand, may make such indemnification payment to any member of the SpinCo Group, on the other hand, and vice versa.
18 |
ARTICLE VI
Tax Benefits
SECTION 6.01 Tax Benefits.
Except as set forth below, Parent shall be entitled to any Refund (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) of Income Taxes, Other Taxes and Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes for which Parent is liable hereunder, SpinCo shall be entitled to any Refund (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) of Income Taxes, Other Taxes and Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes for which SpinCo is liable hereunder and a Party receiving a Refund to which another Party is entitled hereunder in whole or in part shall pay over such Refund (or portion thereof) to such other Party within 90 days after such Refund is received (together with interest computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date the Refund was received to the date the Refund was paid over).
SECTION 6.02 Parent and SpinCo Income Tax Deductions in Respect of Certain Equity Awards and Incentive Compensation.
The allocation of Tax deductions and obligations related to Tax reporting and withholding, in each case, with respect to options to purchase Parent or SpinCo stock or settlement of restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or performance stock unit awards, in each case, following the Distribution, with respect to Parent stock or SpinCo stock shall be allowed as a deduction by the issuing entity.
ARTICLE VII
Tax-Free Status
SECTION 7.01 Representations.
(a) Each of Parent and SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that (A) it has reviewed the Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinion, and (B) subject to any qualifications therein, all information, representations and covenants contained in such Representation Letters that relate to such Party or any member of its Group are true, correct and complete.
(b) Each of Parent and SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that it has no plan or intention of taking any action, or failing to take any action (or causing or permitting any member of its Group to take or fail to take any action), in each case, from and after the Distribution Date that could reasonably be expected to cause any representation or factual statement made in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Representation Letters or any of the other Ancillary Agreements to be untrue.
19 |
(c) SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that, during the two-year period ending on the Distribution Date, there was no “agreement,” “understanding,” “arrangement,” “substantial negotiations” or “discussions” (as such terms are used or defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of any member of the SpinCo Group or by any other person or persons with the implicit or explicit permission of one or more of such officers or directors regarding an acquisition of all or a significant portion of the SpinCo Capital Stock (or any predecessor); provided, however, that no representation is made regarding any such “agreement,” “understanding,” “arrangement,” “substantial negotiations” or “discussions” (as such terms are used or defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of Parent.
SECTION 7.02 Restrictions on SpinCo.
(a) SpinCo agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or cause or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to take or fail to take, any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material information, covenant or representation in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any of the other Ancillary Agreements, any Representation Letter, or the Tax Opinion. SpinCo agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to take or fail to take, any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected to prevent (i) Tax-Free Status or (ii) any Separation Transaction from having the tax treatment described in the Tax Opinion.
(b) SpinCo agrees that, from the date hereof until the first day after the Restriction Period, it will (i) maintain its status as a company engaged in the SpinCo Active Trade or Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code and (ii) not engage in any transaction that would result in it ceasing to be a company engaged in the SpinCo Active Trade or Business for purposes of Section 355(b)(2) of the Code.
(c) SpinCo agrees that, from the date hereof until the first day after the Restriction Period, it will not (i) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent SpinCo has the right to prohibit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, permit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur, (ii) merge or consolidate with any other Person or liquidate or partially liquidate, (iii) in a single transaction or series of transactions (A) sell or transfer (other than sales or transfers of inventory in the ordinary course of business) all or substantially all of the assets that were transferred to SpinCo pursuant to the Contribution, (B) sell or transfer, or cause or permit to be sold or transferred, 30% or more of the gross assets of the SpinCo Active Trade or Business, or (C) sell or transfer 30% or more of the consolidated gross assets of SpinCo and its Affiliates (in each case, such percentages to be measured based on fair market value as of the Distribution Date), (iv) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through a SpinCo Affiliate) any SpinCo stock, or rights to acquire stock, except to the extent such repurchases satisfy Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the amendment by Revenue Procedure 2003-48), (v) amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of SpinCo Capital Stock (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of SpinCo Capital Stock into another class of SpinCo Capital Stock), or (vi) take any other action or actions (including any action or transaction that would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with any representation or covenant made in the Representation Letters, or the Tax Opinion) which in the aggregate (and taking into account any other transactions described in this subparagraph (d)) would be reasonably likely to have the effect of causing or permitting one or more persons to acquire, directly or indirectly, stock representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest in SpinCo or otherwise jeopardize the Tax-Free Status of the Contribution or the Distribution unless, in each case, prior to taking any such action set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi), (A) SpinCo shall have requested that Parent obtain a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or any other applicable Tax Authority (a “Post-Distribution Ruling”) in accordance with Section 7.04(b) and (d) of this Agreement to the effect that such transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status and Parent shall have received such a Post-Distribution Ruling in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion (and in determining whether a Post-Distribution Ruling is satisfactory, Parent may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management’s representations made in connection with such Post-Distribution Ruling), or (B) SpinCo shall provide Parent with an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion (and in determining whether an opinion is satisfactory, Parent may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management’s representations if used as a basis for the opinion and Parent may determine that no opinion would be acceptable to Parent) or (C) Parent shall have waived the requirement to obtain such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.
20 |
(d) Certain Issuances of SpinCo Capital Stock. If SpinCo proposes to enter into any Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent SpinCo has the right to prohibit any Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction, proposes to permit any Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction to occur, in each case, during the period from the date hereof until the first day after the Restriction Period, SpinCo shall provide Parent, no later than ten days following the signing of any written agreement with respect to the Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction, with a written description of such transaction (including the type and amount of SpinCo Capital Stock to be issued in such transaction) and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of SpinCo to the effect that the Section 7.02(c) Acquisition Transaction is not a Proposed Acquisition Transaction or any other transaction to which the requirements of Section 7.02(c) apply (a “CFO Certificate”).
SECTION 7.03 Restrictions on Parent.
Parent agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or cause or permit any member of the Parent Group to take or fail to take, any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material information, covenant or representation in this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, any of the other Ancillary Agreements, any Representation Letters, or the Tax Opinion. Parent agrees that it will not take or fail to take, or cause or permit any member of the Parent Group to take or fail to take, any action which prevents or could reasonably be expected to prevent (i) Tax-Free Status or (ii) any Separation Transaction from having the tax treatment described in the Tax Opinion.
SECTION 7.04 Procedures Regarding Opinions and Post-Distribution Rulings.
(a) If SpinCo notifies Parent that it desires to take one of the actions described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 7.02(c) (a “Notified Action”), Parent and SpinCo shall reasonably cooperate to attempt to obtain the Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion referred to in Section 7.02(c), unless Parent shall have waived the requirement to obtain such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.
(b) Post-Distribution Rulings or Unqualified Tax Opinions at SpinCo’s Request. At the reasonable request of SpinCo pursuant to Section 7.02(c), Parent shall cooperate with SpinCo and use its reasonable best efforts to seek to obtain, as expeditiously as possible, a Post-Distribution Ruling from the IRS (and/or any other applicable Tax Authority, or if applicable, a supplemental private letter ruling) or cooperate with SpinCo to enable SpinCo to obtain an Unqualified Tax Opinion for the purpose of permitting SpinCo to take the Notified Action. Further, in no event shall Parent be required to file any request for a Post-Distribution Ruling under this Section 7.04(b) unless SpinCo represents that (A) it has reviewed the request for such Post-Distribution Ruling, and (B) all information and representations, if any, relating to any member of the SpinCo Group, contained in the related Post-Distribution Ruling documents are (subject to any qualifications therein) true, correct and complete. SpinCo shall reimburse Parent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parent Group in obtaining a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion requested by SpinCo within ten business days after receiving an invoice from Parent therefor.
(c) Post-Distribution Rulings or Unqualified Tax Opinions at Parent’s Request. Parent shall have the right to obtain a Post-Distribution Ruling from the IRS and/or any other applicable Tax Authority or an Unqualified Tax Opinion at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. If Parent determines to obtain a Post-Distribution Ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion, SpinCo shall (and shall cause each Affiliate of SpinCo to) cooperate with Parent and take any and all actions reasonably requested by Parent in connection with obtaining the Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion (including, without limitation, by making any representation or covenant or providing any materials or information requested by the IRS, or other applicable Tax Authority, or Tax Advisor; provided that SpinCo shall not be required to make (or cause any Affiliate of SpinCo to make) any representation or covenant that is inconsistent with historical facts or as to future matters or events over which it has no control). Parent shall reimburse SpinCo for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the SpinCo Group in obtaining a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion requested by Parent within ten business days after receiving an invoice from SpinCo therefor.
(d) SpinCo hereby agrees that Parent shall have sole and exclusive control over the process of obtaining any Post-Distribution Ruling pursuant to Section 7.04(b) or (c), and that only Parent shall apply for such a Post-Distribution Ruling. In connection with obtaining a Post-Distribution Ruling pursuant to Section 7.04(b), (A) Parent shall keep SpinCo informed in a timely manner of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by Parent in connection therewith; (B) Parent shall (1) reasonably in advance of the submission of any related Post-Distribution Ruling documents provide SpinCo with a draft copy thereof, (2) reasonably consider SpinCo’s comments on such draft copy, and (3) provide SpinCo with a final copy; and (C) Parent shall provide SpinCo with notice reasonably in advance of, and SpinCo shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with the IRS or other applicable Tax Authority (subject to the approval of the IRS or other applicable Tax Authority) that relate to such Post-Distribution Ruling. Neither SpinCo nor any SpinCo Affiliate directly or indirectly controlled by SpinCo shall seek any guidance from the IRS or any other Tax Authority (whether written, verbal or otherwise) at any time concerning the Contribution or the Distribution (including the impact of any transaction on the Contribution or Distribution, as applicable).
21 |
SECTION 7.05 Liability for Tax-Related Losses.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement to the contrary, subject to Section 7.05(c), SpinCo shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Parent and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against, one hundred percent (100%) of any Tax-Related Losses that are attributable to or result from any one or more of the following: (A) the acquisition (other than pursuant to the Contribution or the Distribution) of all or a portion of SpinCo’s Capital Stock and/or its or its subsidiaries’ assets by any means whatsoever by any Person, (B) any “agreement,” “understanding,” “arrangement,” “substantial negotiations” or “discussions” (as such terms are used or defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of any member of the SpinCo Group or by any other person or persons with the implicit or explicit permission of one or more of such officers or directors regarding transactions or events that cause the Distribution to be treated as part of a plan pursuant to which one or more Persons acquire, directly or indirectly, stock of SpinCo representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest therein, (C) any action or failure to act by SpinCo after the Distribution (including, without limitation, any amendment to SpinCo’s certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise) affecting the voting rights of SpinCo stock (including, without limitation, through the conversion of one class of SpinCo Capital Stock into another class of SpinCo Capital Stock), (D) any act or failure to act by SpinCo or any SpinCo Affiliate described in Section 7.02 (regardless whether such act or failure to act is covered by a Post-Distribution Ruling, Unqualified Tax Opinion or waiver described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of Section 7.02(c) or a CFO Certificate described in Section 7.02(d)) or (E) any breach by SpinCo of its agreements and representations set forth in Section 7.01.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement to the contrary, subject to Section 7.05(c), Parent shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless SpinCo and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against, one hundred percent (100%) of any Tax-Related Losses that are attributable to, or result from any one or more of the following: (A) the acquisition (other than pursuant to the Contribution or the Distribution) of all or a portion of Parent’s stock and/or its or its subsidiaries’ assets by any means whatsoever by any Person, (B) any “agreement”, “understanding”, “arrangement”, “substantial negotiations” or “discussions” (as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of any member of the Parent Group or by any other person or persons with the implicit or explicit permission of one or more of such officers or directors regarding transactions or events that cause the Distribution to be treated as part of a plan pursuant to which one or more Persons acquire, directly or indirectly, stock of Parent representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest therein, (C) any act or failure to act by Parent or a member of the Parent Group described in Section 7.03 or (D) any breach by Parent of its agreements and representations set forth in Section 7.01(a).
22 |
(c) Miscellaneous.
(i) To the extent that any Tax-Related Loss is subject to indemnity under both Sections 7.05(a) and (b), responsibility for such Tax-Related Loss shall be shared by Parent and SpinCo according to relative fault.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 7.05(b) or (c)(i) or any other provision of this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement to the contrary:
(1) with respect to (I) any Tax-Related Loss resulting from the application of Section 355(e) or Section 355(f) of the Code (other than as a result of an acquisition of a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest in Parent) and (II) any other Tax-Related Loss resulting, in whole or in part, from an acquisition after the Distribution of any stock or assets of SpinCo (or any SpinCo Affiliate) by any means whatsoever by any Person or any action or failure to act by SpinCo affecting the voting rights of SpinCo (or the application of Section 355(h) by reason of any action or fact relating to SpinCo), SpinCo shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Parent and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against, one hundred percent (100%) of such Tax-Related Loss;
(2) for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of any Tax-Related Loss for which SpinCo is responsible under this Section 7.05, Tax-Related Losses shall be calculated by assuming that Parent, the Parent Affiliated Group and each member of the Parent Group (I) pay Tax at the highest marginal Tax rates in effect in each relevant taxable year and (II) have no Tax Attributes in any relevant taxable year; and
(3) for purposes of calculating the amount and timing of any Tax-Related Loss for which Parent is responsible under this Section 7.05, Tax-Related Losses shall be calculated by assuming that SpinCo, the SpinCo Group and each member of the SpinCo Group (I) pay Tax at the highest marginal Tax rates in effect in each relevant taxable year and (II) have no Tax Attributes in any relevant taxable year.
(d) SpinCo shall pay Parent the amount of any Tax-Related Losses for which SpinCo is responsible under this Section 7.05: (A) in the case of Tax-Related Losses described in clause (i) of the definition of Tax-Related Losses no later than two business days prior to the date Parent files, or causes to be filed, the applicable Tax Return for the year of the Contribution or Distribution, as applicable (the “Filing Date”) (provided that if such Tax-Related Losses arise pursuant to a Final Determination described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “Final Determination,” then SpinCo shall pay Parent no later than two business days prior to the Due Date for making payment with respect to such Final Determination) and (B) in the case of Tax-Related Losses described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Tax-Related Losses, no later than two business days after the date Parent pays such Tax-Related Losses. Parent shall pay SpinCo the amount of any Tax-Related Losses (described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Tax-Related Loss) for which Parent is responsible under this Section 7.05 no later than two business days after the date SpinCo pays such Tax-Related Losses. Each Party shall have the right to review the calculation of any Tax-Related Losses prepared by the other Party, including any related workpapers and other supporting documentation.
23 |
ARTICLE VIII
Assistance and Cooperation
SECTION 8.01 Assistance and Cooperation.
(a) Each of the Parties shall provide (and cause its Affiliates to provide) the other and its agents, including accounting firms and legal counsel, with such cooperation or information as such other Party reasonably requests in connection with Tax matters relating to the Parties and their Affiliates, including (i) preparation and filing of Tax Returns, (ii) determining the liability for and amount of any Taxes due (including estimated Taxes) or the right to and amount of any Refund of Taxes, (iii) examinations of Tax Returns, and (iv) any administrative or judicial proceeding in respect of Taxes assessed or proposed to be assessed. Such cooperation shall include making available, upon reasonable notice, all information and documents in their possession relating to the other Party and its Affiliates as provided in Article IX. Each of the Parties shall also make available to the other, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Parties or their respective Affiliates) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes.
(b) Any information or documents provided under this Article VIII or Article IX shall be kept confidential by the Party receiving the information or documents, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other agreement, (i) neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate shall be required to provide SpinCo or any SpinCo Affiliate or any other Person access to or copies of any information (including the proceedings of any Tax Contest) other than information that relates solely to SpinCo, the business or assets of SpinCo, or any SpinCo Affiliate and (ii) in no event shall either of the Parties or any of its respective Affiliates be required to provide the other Party or any of its respective Affiliates or any other Person access to or copies of any information if such action could reasonably be expected to result in the waiver of any Privilege. In addition, in the event that either Party determines that the provision of any information to the other Party or its Affiliates could be commercially detrimental, violate any law or agreement or waive any Privilege, the parties shall use reasonable best efforts to permit compliance with its obligations under this Article VIII or Article IX in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.
SECTION 8.02 Income Tax Return Information.
SpinCo and Parent acknowledge that time is of the essence in relation to any request for information, assistance or cooperation made by Parent or SpinCo pursuant to Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02. SpinCo and Parent acknowledge that failure to conform to the deadlines set forth herein or reasonable deadlines otherwise set by Parent or SpinCo could cause irreparable harm. Each Party shall provide to the other Party information and documents relating to its Group required by the other Party to prepare Tax Returns. Any information or documents the Responsible Party requires to prepare such Tax Returns shall be provided in such form as the Responsible Party reasonably requests and in sufficient time for the Responsible Party to file such Tax Returns on a timely basis.
24 |
SECTION 8.03 Reliance by Parent.
If any member of the SpinCo Group supplies information to a member of the Parent Group in connection with a Tax liability and an officer of a member of the Parent Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the Parent Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of SpinCo (or any officer of SpinCo as designated by the chief financial officer of SpinCo) shall certify in writing that to his or her knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete. SpinCo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Parent Group and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of the SpinCo Group having supplied, pursuant to this Article VIII, a member of the Parent Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with a Tax liability.
SECTION 8.04 Reliance by SpinCo.
If any member of the Parent Group supplies information to a member of the SpinCo Group in connection with a Tax liability and an officer of a member of the SpinCo Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the SpinCo Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of Parent (or any officer of Parent as designated by the chief financial officer of Parent) shall certify in writing that to his or her knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete. Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the SpinCo Group and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of the Parent Group having supplied, pursuant to this Article VIII, a member of the SpinCo Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with a Tax liability.
ARTICLE IX
Tax Records
SECTION 9.01 Retention of Tax Records.
Each Party shall preserve and keep all Tax Records (including emails and other digitally stored materials) exclusively relating to the assets and activities of its Group for Pre-Deconsolidation Periods, and Parent shall preserve and keep all other Tax Records relating to Taxes of the Groups for Pre-Deconsolidation Periods, for so long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (i) the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitations, or (ii) seven years after the Effective Time (such later date, the “Retention Date”). After the Retention Date, each Party may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the other Party. If, prior to the Retention Date, a Party reasonably determines that any Tax Records which it would otherwise be required to preserve and keep under this Article IX are no longer material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law and the other Party agrees, then such first Party may dispose of such Tax Records upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other Party. Any notice of an intent to dispose given pursuant to this Section 9.01 shall include a list of the Tax Records to be disposed of describing in reasonable detail the files, books, or other records being disposed. The notified Party shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy or remove, within such 90-day period, all or any part of such Tax Records, and the other Party will then dispose of the same Tax Records. If, at any time prior to the Retention Date, a Party determines to decommission or otherwise discontinue any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, then such Party may decommission or discontinue such program or system upon 90 days’ prior notice to the other Party, and the other Party shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy, within such 90-day period, all or any part of the underlying data relating to the Tax Records accessed by or stored on such program or system.
25 |
SECTION 9.02 Access to Tax Records.
The Parties and their respective Affiliates shall make available to each other for inspection and copying during normal business hours upon reasonable notice all Tax Records (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any pertinent underlying data accessed or stored on any computer program or information technology system) in their possession and shall permit the other Party and its Affiliates, authorized agents and representatives and any representative of a Tax Authority or other Tax auditor direct access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to any computer program or information technology system used to access or store any Tax Records, in each case, to the extent reasonably required by the other Party in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns or financial accounting statements, audits, litigation, or the resolution of items under this Agreement. To the extent any Tax Records are required to be or are otherwise transferred by the Parties or their respective Affiliates to any Person other than an Affiliate, the Party or its respective Affiliates shall transfer such records to the other Party at such time.
SECTION 9.03 Preservation of Privilege.
The parties hereto agree to (and to cause the applicable members of their respective Groups to) cooperate and use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain Privilege with respect to any documentation relating to Taxes existing prior to the Distribution Date or Tax-Related Losses to which Privilege may reasonably be asserted (any such documentation, “Privileged Documentation”), including by executing joint defense and/or common interest agreements where necessary or useful for this purpose. No member of the SpinCo Group shall provide access to or copies of, or otherwise disclose to any Person, any Privileged Documentation without the prior written consent of Parent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. No member of the Parent Group shall provide access to or copies of or otherwise disclose to any Person any Privileged Documentation without the prior written consent of SpinCo, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in the event that (x) any Governmental Authority requests, outside of normal working hours, that either Party (or any of its Affiliates) provide to such Governmental Authority access to or copies of or otherwise disclose any Privileged Documentation, (y) immediate compliance with such request is required under applicable Law, and (z) such Party attempts in good faith to obtain the prior written consent of the other Party but is not able to do so, then such Party shall be permitted to comply with such request by such Governmental Authority without obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party and shall as promptly as practicable inform the other Party of such request and the access and/or disclosure provided pursuant thereto.
26 |
ARTICLE X
Tax Contests
SECTION 10.01 Notice.
Each of the Parties shall provide prompt notice, within five business days, by Federal Express or the equivalent with tracking receipt, to the other Party of any written communication from a Tax Authority regarding any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest of which it becomes aware related to Taxes for which it may be entitled to indemnification by the other Party hereunder. Such notice shall include copies of the pertinent portion of any written communication from a Tax Authority and contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters. The failure of one Party to notify the other of such communication in accordance with the immediately preceding sentences shall not relieve such other Party of any liability or obligation to pay such Tax or make indemnification payments under this Agreement, except to the extent that the failure timely to provide such notification actually prejudices the ability of such other Party to contest such Tax liability or increases the amount of such Tax liability.
SECTION 10.02 Control of Tax Contests.
(a) Separate Company Tax Returns.
(i) Pre-Effective Time and Straddle Period Separate Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Parent Federal Corporation Income Tax Return, any Parent State Combined Income Tax Return, any Parent Foreign Income Tax Return, any Joint Return with respect to Other Taxes, any Separate Return (including any Separate Return with respect to Other Taxes) for any Tax Period ending on or prior to the Distribution Date, or any Straddle Period, Parent (in the case of any such Separate Return filed with respect to any Person that, following the Distribution, is a member of the Parent Group) shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability, subject to Section 10.02(b) below. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return involving any Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes for any Tax Period ending on or prior to the Distribution Date, or any Straddle Period, the Party that paid such Other Federal/State Separate Entity Taxes shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability, subject to Section 10.02(b) below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return involving any Tax described in the proviso in Section 2.03(c), if as a result of such Tax Contest, the Party who is not responsible for filing such Separate Return pursuant to Section 4.02(c) or Section 4.03, as applicable, could reasonably be expected to become liable for an amount of Tax pursuant to Section 2.03(c) or Section 3(c), then the Party expected to bear the greater Tax liability as a result of the Tax Contest shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability.
27 |
(ii) Post-Effective Time Separate Returns. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Return for any Tax Period beginning after the Distribution Date, the Responsible Party shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability, subject to Section 10.02(b) below.
(b) Distribution-Related Tax Contests.
(i) In the event of any Distribution-Related Tax Contest as a result of which SpinCo could reasonably be expected to become liable for any Tax or Tax-Related Losses and which Parent has the right to administer and control pursuant to Section 10.02(a) above, (A) Parent shall consult with SpinCo reasonably in advance of taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Contest, (B) Parent shall offer SpinCo a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Tax Contest, (C) Parent shall defend such Tax Contest diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Tax Contest, and (D) Parent shall provide SpinCo copies of any written materials relating to such Tax Contest received from the relevant Tax Authority. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary, the final determination of the positions taken, including with respect to settlement or other disposition, in any Distribution-Related Tax Contest shall be made in the sole discretion of Parent and shall be final and not subject to the dispute resolution provisions of Article VII of the Separation and Distribution Agreement or Article XIV hereof.
(ii) In the event of any Distribution-Related Tax Contest with respect to any SpinCo Separate Return, (A) SpinCo shall consult with Parent reasonably in advance of taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Contest, (B) SpinCo shall consult with Parent and offer Parent a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Tax Contest, (C) SpinCo shall defend such Tax Contest diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Tax Contest, (D) Parent shall be entitled to participate in such Tax Contest and receive copies of any written materials relating to such Tax Contest received from the relevant Tax Authority, and (E) SpinCo shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such Tax Contest without obtaining the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) Power of Attorney.
(i) Each member of the SpinCo Group shall execute and deliver to Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) any power of attorney or other similar document reasonably requested by Parent (or such designee) in connection with any Tax Contest (as to which Parent is the Controlling Party) described in this Article X.
(ii) Each member of the Parent Group shall execute and deliver to SpinCo (or such member of the SpinCo Group as SpinCo shall designate) any power of attorney or other similar document reasonably requested by SpinCo (or such designee) in connection with any Tax Contest (as to which SpinCo is the Controlling Party) described in this Article X.
28 |
ARTICLE XI
Effective Date; Termination of Prior Intercompany
Tax Allocation Agreements
This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Time. As of the Effective Time, (i) all prior intercompany Tax allocation agreements or arrangements solely between or among one or more members of the Parent Group, on the one hand, and one or more members of the SpinCo Group, on the other hand, shall be terminated, and (ii) amounts due under such agreements as of the date on which the Effective Time occurs shall be settled as of the Effective Time. Upon such termination and settlement, no further payments by or to any member of the Parent Group or by or to any member of the SpinCo Group, with respect to such agreements shall be made, and all other rights and obligations resulting from such agreements between the Parties and their Affiliates shall cease at such time. Any payments pursuant to such agreements shall be disregarded for purposes of computing amounts due under this Agreement; provided that to the extent appropriate, as determined by Parent, payments made pursuant to such agreements shall be credited to SpinCo or Parent, respectively, in computing their respective obligations pursuant to this Agreement, in the event that such payments relate to a Tax liability that is the subject matter of this Agreement for a Tax Period that is the subject matter of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XII
Survival of Obligations
The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be unconditional and absolute and shall remain in effect without limitation as to time.
ARTICLE XIII
Treatment of Payments; Tax Gross Up
SECTION 13.01 Treatment of Tax Indemnity and Tax Benefit Payments.
In the absence of any change in Tax treatment under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, for all Income Tax purposes, the Parties agree to treat, and to cause their respective Affiliates to treat, (i) any indemnity payment required by this Agreement or by the Separation and Distribution Agreement as either a contribution by Parent to SpinCo or a distribution by SpinCo to Parent, as the case may be, occurring immediately prior to the Distribution; and (ii) any payment of interest or State Income Taxes by or to a Tax Authority, as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment.
29 |
SECTION 13.02 Tax Gross Up.
If notwithstanding the manner in which Tax indemnity payments and Tax Benefit payments were reported, there is an adjustment to the Tax liability of a Party as a result of its receipt of a payment pursuant to this Agreement or the Separation and Distribution Agreement, such payment shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount of such payment, reduced by the amount of all Income Taxes payable with respect to the receipt thereof (but taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Party receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive.
SECTION 13.03 Interest.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent one Party (“Indemnitor”) makes a payment of interest to another Party (“Indemnitee”) under this Agreement with respect to the period from the date that the Indemnitee made a payment of Tax to a Tax Authority to the date that the Indemnitor reimbursed the Indemnitee for such Tax payment, the interest payment shall be treated as interest expense to the Indemnitor (deductible to the extent provided by law) and as interest income by the Indemnitee (includible in income to the extent provided by law). The amount of the payment shall not be adjusted to take into account any associated Tax Benefit to the Indemnitor or increase in Tax to the Indemnitee.
ARTICLE XIV
Disagreements
SECTION 14.01 Disputes.
In the event of any dispute between any member of the Parent Group and any member of the SpinCo Group as to any matter covered by this Agreement, the Parties shall agree as to whether such dispute shall be governed by the procedures set forth in Section 14.02 of this Agreement, or the Separation and Distribution Agreement. If the Parties cannot agree within thirty (30) days from the time such dispute arises as to which procedure will govern such dispute, such disagreement shall be resolved pursuant to Section 14.02 below.
SECTION 14.02 Dispute Resolution.
With respect to any dispute governed by this Section 14.02, the Parties shall appoint a nationally recognized “Big Four” independent public accounting firm (other than the current auditing firm of Parent or SpinCo) (the “Accounting Firm”) to resolve such dispute. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith in jointly selecting the Accounting Firm. In this regard, the Accounting Firm shall make determinations with respect to the disputed items based solely on representations made by Parent and SpinCo and their respective Representatives, and not by independent review, shall function only as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall be required to make a determination in favor of one Party only. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to resolve all disputes no later than fifteen (15) days after the submission of such dispute to the Accounting Firm, but in no event later than the relevant Payment Date, and agree that all decisions by the Accounting Firm with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive and binding on the Parties. The Accounting Firm shall resolve all disputes in a manner consistent with this Agreement. To the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, the Accounting Firm shall resolve all disputes in a manner consistent with the Past Practices of Parent and the members of the Parent Group, except as otherwise required by applicable Law. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to render all determinations in writing and to set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be paid by the non-prevailing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XIV, a Party may seek preliminary provisional or injunctive judicial relief with respect to any dispute under this Agreement without first complying with the procedures set forth in this Article XIV if such action is reasonably necessary to avoid irreparable damage.
30 |
ARTICLE XV
Late Payments
Any amount owed by one Party to another Party under this Agreement which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the Prime Rate plus two percent, compounded semiannually, from the due date of the payment to the date paid. To the extent interest required to be paid under this Article XV duplicates interest required to be paid under any other provision of this Agreement, interest shall be computed at the higher of the interest rate provided under this Article XV or the interest rate provided under such other provision.
ARTICLE XVI
Expenses
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Party and its Affiliates shall bear their own expenses incurred in connection with preparation of Tax Returns, Tax Contests, and other matters related to Taxes under the provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE XVII
General Provisions
SECTION 17.01 Addresses and Notices.
All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service or by registered or certified mail postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 17.01):
If to HCMC, to:
Healthier
Choices Management Corp.
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
Attn: John Ollet
Email: jollet@hcmc1.com
31 |
If to SpinCo, to:
Healthy
Choice Wellness Corp.
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
Attn: John Ollet
Email: jollet@hcmc1.com
A Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.
SECTION 17.02 Assignability.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns; provided, that neither Party nor any such Party thereto may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other Party hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such consent shall be required for the assignment of a Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole (i.e., the assignment of a Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement all at the same time) in connection with a change of control of a Party so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee Person assumes all the obligations of the relevant Party thereto by operation of Law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other Party.
SECTION 17.03 Waiver.
Waiver by a Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other Party. No failure or delay by a Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof prejudice any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.
SECTION 17.04 Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.
32 |
SECTION 17.05 Authority.
Parent represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Parent Group, and SpinCo represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the SpinCo Group, as follows: (i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.
SECTION 17.06 Further Action.
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution and delivery to the other parties and their Affiliates and representatives of such powers of attorney or other authorizing documentation as is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with Tax Contests (or portions thereof) under the control of such other parties in accordance with Article X.
SECTION 17.07 Integration.
The Separation and Distribution Agreement, this Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements and the Exhibits, Schedules and appendices hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, or any other agreements relating to the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, with respect to matters addressed herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.
SECTION 17.08 Construction.
The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed according to its fair meaning and shall not be strictly construed for or against any Party. The captions, titles and headings included in this Agreement are for convenience only, and do not affect this Agreement’s construction or interpretation. Unless otherwise indicated, all “Section” references in this Agreement are to sections of this Agreement.
SECTION 17.09 No Double Recovery.
No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to provide an indemnity or other recovery for any costs, damages, or other amounts for which the damaged Party has been fully compensated under any other provision of this Agreement or under any other agreement or action at law or equity. Unless expressly required in this Agreement, a Party shall not be required to exhaust all remedies available under other agreements or at law or equity before recovering under the remedies provided in this Agreement.
33 |
SECTION 17.10 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party. Each Party acknowledges that it and each other Party may be executing this Agreement by facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature, and that delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement (whether executed by manual, stamp or mechanical signature) by facsimile or by email in portable document format (PDF) shall be effective as delivery of such executed counterpart of this Agreement. Each Party expressly adopts and confirms each such facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature (regardless of whether delivered in person, by mail, by courier, by facsimile or by email in portable document format (PDF)) made in its respective name as if it were a manual signature delivered in person, agrees that it will not assert that any such signature or delivery is not adequate to bind such Party to the same extent as if it were signed manually and delivered in person and agrees that, at the reasonable request of the other Party at any time, it will as promptly as reasonably practicable cause this Agreement to be manually executed (such execution to be as of the date of the initial date thereof) and delivered in person, by mail or by courier.
SECTION 17.11 Governing Law.
This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any Party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.
SECTION 17.12 Jurisdiction.
If any dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, except as expressly contemplated by another provision of this Agreement, the parties irrevocably (and the parties will cause each other member of their respective Group to irrevocably) (a) consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of federal and state courts located in Delaware, (b) waive any objection to that choice of forum based on venue or to the effect that the forum is not convenient, and (c) WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL OR ADJUDICATION BY JURY.
SECTION 17.13 Amendment.
No provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by a Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the Party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.
34 |
SECTION 17.14 SpinCo Subsidiaries.
If, at any time, SpinCo acquires or creates one or more subsidiaries that are includable in the SpinCo Group, they shall be subject to this Agreement and all references to the SpinCo Group herein shall thereafter include a reference to such subsidiaries.
SECTION 17.15 Successors.
This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor by merger, acquisition of assets, or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of Parent, or SpinCo succeeding to the Tax attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original Party to this Agreement.
SECTION 17.16 Limitations of Liability.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group, on the one hand, nor Parent or any member of the Parent Group, on the other hand, shall be liable under this Agreement to the other for any indirect, incidental, consequential, special, punitive, exemplary, remote, speculative or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages of the other (including lost profits or lost revenues) arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (other than any such Liability to the extent awarded to a Third Party with respect to a Third-Party Claim, as those terms are defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement).
SECTION 17.17 Injunctions.
The parties acknowledge that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached. The parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
35 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP. | ||
By | /S/ Christopher Santi | |
Name: | Chistopher Santi | |
Title: | President | |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP. | ||
By | /S/ Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Name: | Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 10.3
EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT
by and between
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP.
and
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
Dated as of December 11, 2023
EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 11, 2023, is made by and between HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“HCMC”), and HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“SpinCo”, and together with HCMC each a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS the Parties have entered into that certain Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) dated as of December 11, 2023, pursuant to which HCMC intends to effect the Distribution; and
WHEREAS the Parties wish to set forth their agreements as to certain matters regarding employment, compensation and employee benefits as well as arrangements with certain non-employee service providers.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
Article I
Definitions
SECTION 1.01. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Separation Agreement unless otherwise indicated.
“Benefit Plan” shall mean any plan, program, policy, agreement, arrangement or understanding that is an employment, consulting, deferred compensation, executive compensation, incentive bonus or other bonus, employee pension, profit sharing, savings, retirement, supplemental retirement, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock unit, deferred stock unit, other equity-based compensation, severance pay, retention, change in control, salary continuation, life, death benefit, health, hospitalization, workers’ compensation, sick leave, vacation pay, disability or accident insurance or other employee benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, including any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) (whether or not subject to ERISA) sponsored or maintained by such entity or to which such entity is a party.
“COBRA” shall mean the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and any applicable similar state or local laws.
“Code” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Employee” shall mean any individual employed by another Person.
“Employment Taxes” shall mean all fees, Taxes, social insurance payments or similar contributions to a fund of a Governmental Authority with respect to wages or other compensation of an Employee or Service Provider.
2 |
“ERISA” shall mean the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“Fair Market Value” of a share of HCMC Common Stock or SpinCo Common Stock shall mean, with respect to any given date, the per share closing price of the shares of HCMC Common Stock or SpinCo Common Stock, respectively, as reported on the NYSE American on that date (or if there was no reported closing price on such date, on the last preceding date on which the closing price was reported) or, if such stock is not then listed on the NYSE American, the per share closing price of such stock as reported on an established securities market (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-1(m)) on which the shares of such stock are traded. If the HCMC Common Stock or SpinCo Common Stock on any such date is not listed on an established securities market (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-1(m)), the Fair Market Value of a share of such stock shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of HCMC or SpinCo, as applicable, in its sole discretion using appropriate criteria. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of shares of HCMC Common Stock or SpinCo Common Stock shall, in all events, be determined in accordance with Code Section 409A.
“Former SpinCo Employee” shall mean, as of any applicable date, each individual who (a) as of immediately prior to such individual’s termination of employment with a member of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group was an Employee of the SpinCo Group and (b) as of such applicable date, is not an Employee of any member of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group.
“Former SpinCo Service Provider” shall mean each individual that is a former Service Provider of a member of the SpinCo Group.
“HCMC Benefit Plan” shall mean any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by any member of the HCMC Group or to which any member of the HCMC Group is a party.
“HCMC Benefit Plan Costs Reimbursement Amounts” shall mean, with respect to any calendar month ending at or after the Distribution, the amount, if any, of the HCMC Benefit Plan Costs plus the HCMC COBRA Costs incurred by the members of the HCMC Group during such calendar month (in each case, as set forth in Section 12.01), which amount shall be paid pursuant to Section 14.01.
“HCMC Service Provider” shall mean, as of an applicable date, each Service Provider providing services to a member of the HCMC Group.
“HCMC Welfare Plan” shall mean each Welfare Plan sponsored or maintained by a member of the HCMC Group.
“Regular Trading Hours” shall mean the period beginning at 9:30 A.M. New York City time and ending at 4:00 P.M. New York City time.
“Service Provider” shall mean any individual providing services for another Person, whether as an independent contractor or other similar role (other than as an Employee).
“SpinCo Benefit Plan” shall mean any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by any member of the SpinCo Group or to which any member of the SpinCo Group is a party.
3 |
“SpinCo Employee” shall mean, as of any applicable date, each Employee employed by a member of the SpinCo Group, including any individual who is not actively at work due to a leave of absence (including vacation, holiday, illness, injury, short-term disability or long-term disability) from which such employee is permitted to return to active employment in accordance with the SpinCo Group’s personnel policies, but excluding any Former SpinCo Employee.
“SpinCo Service Provider” shall mean, as of an applicable date, each Service Provider providing services to a member of the SpinCo Group.
“Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other organization whether incorporated or unincorporated of which at least a majority of the securities or interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, solely for purposes of this Agreement, SpinCo and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Subsidiaries of HCMC (or members of the HCMC Group) prior to, on or following the Distribution.
“Taxing Authority” shall have the meaning set forth in the TMA.
“Tax Return” shall have the meaning set forth in the TMA.
“Trading Day” shall mean the period of time during any given calendar day, commencing with the determination of the opening price on the NYSE American and ending with the determination of the closing price on the NYSE American.
“Welfare Plan” shall mean each Benefit Plan that provides life insurance, health care, dental care, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, disability, severance, vacation or other group welfare or fringe benefits.
“Workers’ Compensation Event” shall mean the event, injury, illness or condition giving rise to a workers compensation claim with respect to a SpinCo Employee.
“Workers’ Compensation Reimbursement Amounts” shall mean the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount actually payable by the members of the HCMC Group in respect of the participation of SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees in the HCMC Workers Compensation Plan for any period prior to the Distribution exceeds (ii) the amount that the HCMC Group charged the members of the SpinCo Group in respect of such period of participation.
4 |
SECTION 1.02. Glossary of Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Sections set forth below:
Definition | Section | |
Agreement | Preamble | |
Claiming Party | 17.02(g) | |
HCMC | Preamble | |
HCMC 401(k) Plan | 7.01 | |
HCMC Benefit Plan Costs | 12.01 | |
HCMC Cafeteria Plan | 9.01(a) | |
HCMC COBRA Costs | 12.01 | |
HCMC Option | 11.01 | |
HCMC Restricted Share | 11.03 | |
HCMC Transportation Plan | 9.02(a) | |
HCMC Workers’ Compensation Plan | 6.03 | |
Other Party | 17.02(g) | |
Parties | Preamble | |
Separation Agreement | Recitals | |
Specified Welfare Plan Date | 6.01 | |
SpinCo | Preamble | |
SpinCo 401(k) Plan | 7.01 | |
SpinCo Cafeteria Plan | 9.01(a) | |
SpinCo Restricted Share | 11.03 | |
SpinCo Transportation Plan | 9.02(a) | |
SpinCo Welfare Plans | 6.01 | |
SpinCo Workers’ Compensation Plan | 6.03 | |
Transferred to SpinCo Employee | 2.02 |
Article II
General Principles
SECTION 2.01. SpinCo Employees. All SpinCo Employees as of immediately prior to the Distribution shall continue to be employees of the SpinCo Group immediately following the Distribution.
SECTION 2.02. Transferred to SpinCo Employees. Prior to the Distribution, HCMC shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer or cause to be transferred to a member of the SpinCo Group the employment of each Employee set forth on Schedule 2.02, effective as of the Distribution, such that these individuals are not Employees of the HCMC Group at the time of the Distribution. Schedule 2.02 may be updated by mutual agreement of HCMC and SpinCo from time to time prior to the Distribution. Each Employee who is transferred to the SpinCo Group pursuant to this Section 2.02 is referred to herein as a “Transferred to SpinCo Employee”. Following the transfer of a Transferred to SpinCo Employee to a member of the SpinCo Group, such Transferred to SpinCo Employee shall be deemed a SpinCo Employee for purposes of this Agreement.
5 |
SECTION 2.03. Collectively Bargained Employees. All provisions contained in this Agreement shall apply equally to any Employee who is covered by a collective bargaining or other labor union agreement, except to the extent that any such agreement specifically provides for the benefit contemplated by such provision and, in each such case, the agreement shall apply rather than the terms of this Agreement.
SECTION 2.04. Liabilities. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the members of the SpinCo Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential employment Liabilities with respect to SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees arising prior to, on or following the Distribution relating to periods during which such SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees were employed by the SpinCo Group. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Distribution, (a) the members of the HCMC Group shall be responsible for such Liabilities with respect to Transferred to SpinCo Employees arising prior to the Distribution during which such Transferred to SpinCo Employees were employed by the HCMC Group and (b) the members of the SpinCo Group shall be responsible for all such Liabilities arising at or after the Distribution during which such Transferred to SpinCo Employees were employed by the SpinCo Group. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement do not apply to SpinCo Service Providers and Former SpinCo Service Providers and the members of the SpinCo Group shall be responsible for all actual or potential Liabilities relating to services provided by SpinCo Service Providers and Former SpinCo Service Providers to members of the SpinCo Group during any period, including (i) Liabilities relating to the misclassification of any Person as a Service Provider and not as an Employee of a member of the SpinCo Group, (ii) Liabilities for Taxes (including any Employment Taxes) with respect to services provided by such SpinCo Service Provider or Former SpinCo Service Provider to any member of the SpinCo Group, (iii) accounts payable owed to any SpinCo Service Provider or Former SpinCo Service Provider by any member of the SpinCo Group and (iv) any claims made by any SpinCo Service Provider or Former SpinCo Service Provider with respect to benefits under any Benefit Plan accrued with respect to services provided to any member of the SpinCo Group.
SECTION 2.05. Benefit Plans. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, as of the Distribution, each SpinCo Employee (and each of their respective dependents and beneficiaries) shall cease active participation in, and each member of the SpinCo Group shall cease to be a participating employer in, all HCMC Benefit Plans, including the HCMC Benefit Plans listed on Schedule 2.05, and, as of such time, SpinCo shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, have in effect such corresponding SpinCo Benefit Plans as are necessary to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. As of immediately following the Distribution, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, (a) HCMC shall, or shall cause one or more members of the HCMC Group to, retain, pay, perform, fulfill and discharge all Liabilities arising out of or relating to all HCMC Benefit Plans, and (b) SpinCo shall, or shall cause one of the members of the SpinCo Group to, retain, pay, perform, fulfill and discharge all Liabilities arising out of or relating to all SpinCo Benefit Plans.
SECTION 2.06. Payroll Services. Subject to the Transition Services Agreement, prior to, upon and after the Distribution, the SpinCo Group shall be solely responsible for providing payroll services to the SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees, and SpinCo shall be solely responsible for any Liabilities with respect to garnishments of the salary and wages of the SpinCo Employees.
6 |
Article III
Bonuses
SECTION 3.01. SpinCo Employee Bonuses. On or following the Distribution, SpinCo shall retain all Liabilities with respect to the payment of any bonus awards to each eligible SpinCo Employee, including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the year in which the Distribution occurs.
Article IV
Service Credit
SECTION 4.01. HCMC Benefit Plans. From and after the Distribution, service of SpinCo Employees with any member of the SpinCo Group or any other employer, as applicable, other than any member of the HCMC Group shall not be taken into account for any purpose under the corresponding HCMC Benefit Plan.
SECTION 4.02. SpinCo Benefit Plans. Unless prohibited by applicable law, SpinCo shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, credit service accrued by each SpinCo Employee with, or otherwise recognized for benefit plan purposes by, any member of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group at the time of or prior to the Distribution for all purposes, including for purposes of:
(a) eligibility and vesting under each SpinCo Benefit Plan under which service is relevant in determining eligibility or vesting;
(b) determining the amount of severance payments and benefits (if any) payable under each SpinCo Benefit Plan that provides severance payments or benefits; and
(c) determining the number of vacation days to which each such Employee will be entitled following the Distribution;
in the case of clauses (a), (b) and (c), (i) to the same extent recognized by the relevant members of the HCMC Group or SpinCo Group or the corresponding HCMC Benefit Plan or SpinCo Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Distribution Date and (ii) except to the extent such credit would result in a duplication of benefits for the same period of service.
Article V
Severance
SECTION 5.01. Post-Distribution Severance. The SpinCo Group shall be solely responsible for all severance or other separation payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any SpinCo Employee’s employment that occurs at the time of or following the Distribution.
7 |
SECTION 5.02. Transferred To SpinCo Employees. Unless required by applicable law or by the terms of any individual agreement, none of the Transferred To SpinCo Employees shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance or other separation payments and benefits as a result of the transfers contemplated by Section 2.02 of this Agreement; provided, however, that in the event such transfers result in severance or other separation payments or benefits to any Transferred To SpinCo Employee, the HCMC Group shall be solely responsible for all such Liabilities.
Article VI
Certain Welfare Benefit Plan Matters
SECTION 6.01. SpinCo Welfare Plans. Notwithstanding Section 2.05, effective as of the end of the calendar month in which the Distribution occurs (such date, the “Specified Welfare Plan Date”), SpinCo will establish the Welfare Plans listed on Schedule 6.01 (collectively, the “SpinCo Welfare Plans”) to provide welfare benefits to the SpinCo Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries) and as of the Specified Welfare Plan Date, each SpinCo Employee (and his or her dependents and beneficiaries) will cease active participation in the corresponding HCMC Welfare Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Article VI, SpinCo Employees shall include any Former SpinCo Employee who was receiving severance payments from a member of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group as of the Distribution.
SECTION 6.02. Allocation of Welfare Benefit Claims. Notwithstanding Section 2.05, (a) the members of the HCMC Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the applicable HCMC Welfare Plan for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred by SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries) under such plans on or prior to the Specified Welfare Plan Date and (b) the members of the SpinCo Group shall retain Liability and responsibility in accordance with the SpinCo Welfare Plans for all reimbursement claims (such as medical and dental claims) for expenses incurred and for all non-reimbursement claims (such as life insurance claims) incurred by SpinCo Employees (and their dependents and beneficiaries) following the Specified Welfare Plan Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SpinCo shall be obligated to reimburse HCMC for the HCMC Benefit Plan Costs as provided in Section 12.01. For purposes of this Section 6.02, a benefit claim shall be deemed to be incurred as follows: (i) health, dental, vision, employee assistance program and prescription drug benefits (including in respect of any hospital confinement), upon provision of such services, materials or supplies; and (ii) life, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits, upon the death, cessation of employment or other event giving rise to such benefits.
SECTION 6.03. Workers’ Compensation Claims. Notwithstanding Section 2.05, in the case of any workers’ compensation claim of any SpinCo Employee or Former SpinCo Employee who participates in a workers’ compensation plan of a member of the HCMC Group (a “HCMC Workers’ Compensation Plan”), such claim shall be covered (a) under such HCMC Workers’ Compensation Plan if the Workers’ Compensation Event occurred prior to the Distribution, and (b) under a workers’ compensation plan of the SpinCo Group (each, a “SpinCo Workers’ Compensation Plan”) if the Workers’ Compensation Event occurs on or after the Distribution. If the Workers’ Compensation Event occurs over a period both preceding and following the Distribution, the claim shall be covered jointly under the HCMC Workers’ Compensation Plan and the SpinCo Workers’ Compensation Plan and shall be equitably apportioned between them based upon the relative periods of time that the Workers’ Compensation Event transpired preceding and following the Distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SpinCo shall be obligated to reimburse HCMC for the Workers’ Compensation Reimbursement Amounts in accordance with Section 14.01.
8 |
SECTION 6.04. COBRA. Notwithstanding Section 2.05, in the event that a SpinCo Employee or Former SpinCo Employee (a) was receiving, or was eligible to receive, continuation health coverage pursuant to COBRA on or prior to the Specified Welfare Plan Date, HCMC and the HCMC Welfare Plans shall be responsible for all Liabilities to such Employee (or his or her eligible dependents) in respect of COBRA; and (b) becomes eligible to receive continuation health coverage pursuant to COBRA following the Specified Welfare Plan Date, SpinCo and the SpinCo Welfare Plans shall be responsible for all Liabilities to such Employee (or his or her eligible dependents) in respect of COBRA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SpinCo shall be obligated to reimburse HCMC for the HCMC COBRA Costs as provided in Section 12.01. SpinCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the HCMC Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from COBRA provided by SpinCo, or the failure of SpinCo to meet its COBRA obligations, to SpinCo Employees, Former SpinCo Employees and their respective eligible dependents.
Article VII
Defined Contribution Plan
SECTION 7.01. SpinCo 401(k) Plan. Effective as of the Distribution, SpinCo will establish a defined contribution plan that includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement within the meaning of Section 401(k) of the Code (the “SpinCo 401(k) Plan”) providing benefits to the SpinCo Employees participating in any tax-qualified defined contribution plan sponsored by any member of the HCMC Group (the “HCMC 401(k) Plan”) as of the Distribution.
SECTION 7.02. Trust-to-Trust Transfer. As of the Distribution, a member of the HCMC Group shall cause to be transferred from the HCMC 401(k) Plan to the SpinCo 401(k) Plan the assets and liabilities relating to the account balances of the SpinCo Employees (whether vested or unvested) in accordance with the applicable requirements of all applicable laws, including the Code. From and after the time that the transfer is complete, as described in the immediately preceding sentence, a member of the SpinCo Group shall administer the accounts of SpinCo Employees in the SpinCo 401(k) Plan in accordance with all applicable laws, including the Code. Except as otherwise provided for in this Section 7.02, such transfer of assets shall consist of cash, cash equivalents or participant loan receivables equal to all the accrued benefit Liabilities relating to all account balances referred to in the first sentence of this Section 7.02, including such Liabilities for the beneficiaries of the SpinCo Employees and including such accrued benefit Liabilities arising under any applicable qualified domestic relations order. As of the Distribution, a member of the SpinCo Group shall direct the trustee of the SpinCo 401(k) Plan to accept such transfers of assets and Liabilities from the HCMC 401(k) Plan. No later than 30 days prior to the date of the transfer of assets and Liabilities pursuant to this Section 7.02, HCMC shall, to the extent necessary and with the cooperation of SpinCo as necessary, file Internal Revenue Service Form 5310-A regarding such transfer of assets and Liabilities from the HCMC 401(k) Plan to the SpinCo 401(k) Plan, as described in this Section 7.02. Following the foregoing transfer, the SpinCo Group and/or the SpinCo 401(k) Plan shall assume all Liabilities of the HCMC Group under the HCMC 401(k) Plan with respect to all participants in the HCMC 401(k) Plan whose balances were transferred to the SpinCo 401(k) Plan and their beneficiaries pursuant to such transfer, and the HCMC Group and the HCMC 401(k) Plan shall have no Liabilities to provide such participants with benefits under the HCMC 401(k) Plan following such transfer. HCMC and SpinCo shall use reasonable efforts to minimize the duration of any “blackout period” imposed in connection with each transfer of account balances from the HCMC 401(k) Plan to the SpinCo 401(k) Plan. SpinCo will cooperate with HCMC in effecting a transition of all outstanding 401(k) loans of SpinCo Employees in a manner designed to prevent a deemed distribution. SpinCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the HCMC Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the transfers described in this Section 7.02. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.02 does not apply to the account balance of any Former SpinCo Employee in the HCMC 401(k) Plan, and prior to, on and following the Distribution the HCMC 401(k) Plan shall retain all assets and Liabilities with respect to the account balance of any Former SpinCo Employee, and the HCMC Group and the HCMC 401(k) Plan shall retain responsibility to provide any such Former SpinCo Employee with benefits under the HCMC 401(k) Plan.
9 |
SECTION 7.03. Employer 401(k) Plan Contributions. The HCMC Group shall remain responsible for employer contributions under the HCMC 401(k) Plan with respect to any SpinCo Employees relating to periods prior to the Distribution. On and following the Distribution, the SpinCo Group will be responsible for all employer contributions under the SpinCo 401(k) Plan with respect to any SpinCo Employees.
SECTION 7.04. Limitation of Liability. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) HCMC shall have no responsibility for any failure of SpinCo to properly administer the SpinCo 401(k) Plan in accordance with its terms and applicable law, including any failure to properly administer the accounts of SpinCo Employees and their beneficiaries in such SpinCo 401(k) Plan and (b) HCMC shall have no responsibility for any failure of HCMC to properly administer the accounts of SpinCo Employees and their beneficiaries in the HCMC 401(k) Plan prior to the Distribution.
Article VIII
[RESERVED]
Article IX
Flexible Spending Arrangements; Transportation Reimbursement Arrangements
SECTION 9.01. Flexible Spending Arrangements. (a) Effective as of the Distribution, SpinCo Employees will cease participation in the flexible spending arrangements under each cafeteria plan qualifying under Section 125 of the Code sponsored by any member of the HCMC Group (the “HCMC Cafeteria Plan”). Effective as of the Distribution, SpinCo or its Subsidiaries will establish flexible spending arrangements under a cafeteria plan qualifying under Section 125 of the Code (the “SpinCo Cafeteria Plan”).
(a) Promptly following the Distribution, with respect to each SpinCo Employee who has a flexible spending arrangement under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan, HCMC shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer to SpinCo or its Subsidiaries all relevant records relating to the flexible spending arrangements of such SpinCo Employee under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan and any other information necessary for the administration of the SpinCo Cafeteria Plan with respect to such flexible spending arrangements. Promptly following the Distribution, SpinCo shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the SpinCo Cafeteria Plan to accept a spin-off with respect to the flexible spending arrangement of each individual who is a SpinCo Employee and who has a flexible spending arrangement under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan from the account for the SpinCo Group in the HCMC Cafeteria Plan and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Distribution occurs, the elections made by such employee with respect to a flexible spending arrangement under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan for such plan year. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party shall be obligated to make any additional payment to the other Party with respect to any overfunding or underfunding of the account for the SpinCo Group in the HCMC Cafeteria Plan at the time of the spin-off described in the immediately preceding sentence because such account is held separate from the accounts relating to other members of the HCMC Group in the HCMC Cafeteria Plan. On and after the Distribution, the SpinCo Group shall assume and be solely responsible for all claims by SpinCo Employees under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan, whether incurred prior to, on or after the Distribution, that have not been paid in full as of the Distribution, and following the Distribution SpinCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the HCMC Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from claims for reimbursement under the HCMC Cafeteria Plan with respect to SpinCo Employees that are not paid in full as of the Distribution.
SECTION 9.02. Transportation Reimbursement Arrangements.
(a) Effective as of the Distribution, SpinCo Employees will cease participation in the transportation reimbursement account plan sponsored by any member of the HCMC Group (the “HCMC Transportation Plan”). Effective as of the Distribution, SpinCo or its Subsidiaries will establish a transportation reimbursement account plan (the “SpinCo Transportation Plan”).
(b) Promptly following the Distribution, with respect to each SpinCo Employee who has a transportation reimbursement account under the HCMC Transportation Plan, HCMC shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer to SpinCo or its Subsidiaries all relevant records relating to the transportation reimbursement account of such SpinCo Employee under the HCMC Transportation Plan and any other information necessary for the administration of the SpinCo Transportation Plan with respect to such transportation reimbursement account. Promptly following the Distribution, SpinCo shall, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cause the SpinCo Transportation Plan to accept a spin-off with respect to the transportation reimbursement account of each individual who is a SpinCo Employee and who has a transportation reimbursement account under the HCMC Transportation Plan from the account for the SpinCo Group in the HCMC Transportation Plan and to honor and continue, through the end of the plan year in which the Distribution occurs, the elections made by such employee with respect to a transportation reimbursement account under the HCMC Transportation Plan for such plan year. For the avoidance of doubt, neither Party shall be obligated to make any additional payment to the other Party with respect to any overfunding or underfunding of the account for the SpinCo Group in the HCMC Transportation Plan at the time of the spin-off described in the immediately preceding sentence because such account is held separate from the accounts relating to other members of the HCMC Group in the HCMC Transportation Plan. On and after the Distribution, the SpinCo Group shall assume and be solely responsible for all claims by SpinCo Employees under the HCMC Transportation Plan, whether incurred prior to, on or after the Distribution, that have not been paid in full as of the Distribution, and following the Distribution SpinCo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the HCMC Group from and against any and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from claims for reimbursement under the HCMC Transportation Plan with respect to SpinCo Employees that are not paid in full as of the Distribution.
10 |
Article X
Vacation
SECTION 10.01. Vacation. The SpinCo Group shall retain all Liability for vacation accruals and benefits with respect to each SpinCo Employee and Former SpinCo Employee; provided, however, that with respect to each Transferred To SpinCo Employee, (a) for purposes of determining the number of vacation days to which such Employee shall be entitled following the Distribution, SpinCo and its Subsidiaries shall assume and honor all vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken by such Employee, if any, as of the Distribution, and (b) to the extent such Employee is entitled under any applicable law or any policy of his or her respective employer that is a member of the HCMC Group, as the case may be, to be paid for any vacation days accrued or earned but not yet taken by such Employee as of the Distribution, SpinCo shall discharge the Liability for such vacation days.
Article XI
HCMC Equity Compensation Awards
SECTION 11.01. Treatment of Outstanding HCMC Stock Options. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or the Separation Agreement to the contrary, at the time of the Distribution, each outstanding option to purchase HCMC Common Stock (each, a “HCMC Option”) that was granted under or pursuant to any equity compensation plan of HCMC, and that, at the time of the Distribution, will not be in any way be affected by the Distribution.
SECTION 11.02. Treatment of Outstanding HCMC Restricted Shares. In connection with the Distribution, each HCMC Service Provider who holds restricted shares of HCMC Common Stock (each, a “HCMC Restricted Share”) will receive, as of the time of the Distribution, restricted shares of SpinCo Common Stock (each, a “SpinCo Restricted Share”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the award agreements for such HCMC Restricted Shares, in an amount determined in the same manner as for other shareholders of HCMC Common Stock based on a distribution ratio to be determined by HCMC in its sole discretion, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares. The treatment of any fractional shares in respect of such SpinCo Restricted Shares will be treated in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Separation Agreement. Such SpinCo Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same vesting requirements and dates and other terms and conditions as the HCMC Restricted Shares to which they relate (including the right to receive dividends or other distributions paid on HCMC Common Stock).
11 |
Article XII
Benefit Plan Reimbursements
SECTION 12.01. Pre-Separation Benefit Plan Matters. Following the Distribution, the members of the SpinCo Group shall remain responsible for reimbursing the members of the HCMC Group for costs (a) relating to compensation and benefits provided to the SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees as a result of participation in the HCMC Benefit Plans set forth on Schedule 12.01 prior to the Distribution, or with respect to any HCMC Welfare Plan, on or prior to the Specified Welfare Plan Date (such costs, the “HCMC Benefit Plan Costs”); and (b) relating to compensation and benefits provided to SpinCo Employees or Former SpinCo Employees pursuant to the HCMC Welfare Plans in respect of COBRA (such costs, the “HCMC COBRA Costs”), in each case, that are not charged directly to the members of the SpinCo Group in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided, however, that, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, in no event shall any member of the SpinCo Group be required to reimburse any member of the HCMC Group for the cost of any Benefit Plan related Liabilities for which the HCMC Group remains ultimately responsible pursuant to this Agreement.
Article XIII
Cooperation; Access to Information; Litigation; Confidentiality
SECTION 13.01. Cooperation. Following the date of this Agreement, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with respect to any Employee compensation or benefits matters that either Party reasonably determines require the cooperation of the other Party in order to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, (a) HCMC and SpinCo shall cooperate in connection with any audits of any Benefit Plan with respect to which such Party may have Information, (b) HCMC and SpinCo shall cooperate in connection with any audits of their respective payroll services (whether by a Governmental Authority in the U.S. or otherwise) in connection with the services provided by one Party to the other Party, and (c) HCMC and SpinCo shall cooperate in good faith in connection with the notification and consultation with labor unions and other employee representatives of Employees of the HCMC Group and the SpinCo Group. The obligations of the HCMC Group and the SpinCo Group to cooperate pursuant to this Section 13.01 shall remain in effect until the later of (i) the date all audits of all Benefit Plans with respect to which a Party may have Information have been completed or (ii) the date the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such audits has expired.
SECTION 13.02. Access to Information, Litigation; Confidentiality. Article VII of the Separation Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandi.
Article XIV
Reimbursements
SECTION 14.01. Reimbursements by the SpinCo Group. Promptly following the last business day of each calendar month following the Distribution, HCMC shall provide SpinCo with one or more invoices that set forth the aggregate (a) Workers’ Compensation Reimbursement Amounts and (b) HCMC Benefit Plan Costs Reimbursement Amounts incurred by a member of the HCMC Group during such calendar quarter. Within 30 days following SpinCo’s receipt of each such invoice, SpinCo shall pay HCMC an amount in cash equal to the aggregate amounts set forth on such invoice.
SECTION 14.02. Invoices. All invoices provided pursuant to this Article XIV shall be denominated in U.S. dollars.
12 |
Article XV
Termination
SECTION 15.01. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by HCMC at any time, in its sole discretion, prior to the Distribution; provided, however, that this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Separation Agreement in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 15.02. Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Distribution, none of the Parties (or any of its directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to any other Party under this Agreement.
Article XVI
Indemnification
SECTION 16.01. Incorporation of Indemnification Provisions of Separation Agreement. In addition to the specific indemnification provisions in this Agreement, Article VI of the Separation Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandi.
Article XVII
Further Assurances; Tax Treatment of Certain Amounts Paid Pursuant to this Agreement
SECTION 17.01. Further Assurances. Article X of the Separation Agreement is hereby incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandi.
SECTION 17.02. Tax Treatment of Certain Amounts Paid Pursuant to this Agreement.
(a) With respect to any HCMC Option held by SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees that is exercised or canceled after the date of the Distribution:
(i) SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall claim any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of such exercise or cancellation and HCMC and its Subsidiaries shall not claim such deduction;
(ii) Without limiting the generality of Section 2.06, SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries (as applicable) shall be responsible for remitting all Taxes required to be withheld upon such exercise, including all payroll or employment Taxes, to the appropriate Taxing Authority and shall be responsible for all obligations relating to the reporting of income producing such Taxes to the Taxing Authority, and HCMC and its Subsidiaries shall not be responsible for such withholding and reporting;
(iii) The Parties shall cooperate to cause the proceeds of the sale of any shares of HCMC Common Stock withheld pursuant to Section 11.01 in respect of Taxes described in Section 17.02(a)(ii) above to be deposited in a bank account of SpinCo; and
13 |
(iv) The intent of the Parties is for SpinCo and its Subsidiaries to receive the benefit of any deduction and to bear the responsibility for all Tax withholding and reporting with respect to such HCMC Options, and this Agreement shall be construed (and the Parties shall cooperate) to effect such intent.
(b) Any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of the vesting and settlement of any RSU held by SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees shall, in each case, be claimed (if and when permitted by applicable Law) by SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.
(c) Any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of the payment of any annual bonus award or retention bonus award to SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.02, respectively, shall, in each case, be claimed (if and when permitted by applicable Law) by SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable and, subject to Section 17.02(g), HCMC shall not so claim.
(d) Any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of the vesting of any HCMC Restricted Shares or SpinCo Restricted Shares held by an individual who is a HCMC Service Provider following the Distribution shall, in each case, be claimed (if and when permitted by applicable Law) by HCMC or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable and, subject to Section 17.02(g), SpinCo shall not so claim.
(e) Any U.S. Federal, state and local income Tax deduction arising as a result of the vesting of any HCMC Restricted Shares or SpinCo Restricted Shares held by an individual who is a SpinCo Service Provider following the Distribution shall, in each case, be claimed (if and when permitted by applicable Law) by SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.
(f) HCMC, if respect to an individual that is a HCMC Service Provider following the Distribution, or one of its Subsidiaries, or SpinCo, if respect to an individual that is a SpinCo Service Provider following the Distribution, or one of its Subsidiaries shall be responsible for all obligations relating to the reporting of income resulting from the vesting of any HCMC Restricted Shares or SpinCo Restricted Shares.
(g) Notwithstanding Sections 17.02(a)(i), (b), (c), (d) and (e), if a deduction claimed by the party with the right to claim the deduction pursuant to such Section (the “Claiming Party”) or one of its Subsidiaries is disallowed by a Taxing Authority for any reason, the party other than the Claiming Party (the “Other Party”) or one of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall amend its applicable Tax Return to claim such deduction and pay to the Claiming Party an amount equal to the Tax benefit actually realized by the Other Party or any of its Subsidiaries resulting from such deduction; provided, however, that the Claiming Party, upon the request of the Other Party, shall repay any amount paid to the Claiming Party under this Section 17.02(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Taxing Authority) in the event the Other Party or its Subsidiary, as applicable, is required to surrender such Tax benefit.
Article XVIII
Miscellaneous
SECTION 18.01. Administration. SpinCo hereby acknowledges that HCMC has provided administration services for certain SpinCo Benefit Plans and SpinCo agrees to assume responsibility for the administration and administration costs of such plans and each other SpinCo Benefit Plan. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to complete such transfer of responsibility on commercially reasonable terms and conditions effective no later than the Distribution.
14 |
SECTION 18.02. Employment Tax Reporting Responsibility. To the extent applicable, the Parties hereby agree to follow the alternate procedure for U.S. employment tax withholding as provided in Section 5 of Rev. Proc. 2004-53, I.R.B. 2004-35. Accordingly, the members of the HCMC Group shall not have any employment tax reporting responsibilities, and the members of the SpinCo Group shall have full employment tax reporting responsibilities, for SpinCo Employees from and after the Distribution.
SECTION 18.03. Confidentiality. (a) Each of HCMC and SpinCo, on behalf of itself and each Person in its respective Group, shall, and shall cause its respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives to, hold, in strict confidence and not release or disclose, with at least the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, that it applies to its own confidential and proprietary Information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution, all Information concerning the other Group or its business that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to the Distribution) or furnished by the other Group or its respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information is (i) in the public domain through no fault of any member of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group, as applicable, or any of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by any of HCMC, SpinCo or its respective Group, Employees, directors or agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, as applicable, which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation to the knowledge of any of HCMC, SpinCo or Persons in its respective Group, as applicable, (iii) independently generated without reference to any proprietary or confidential Information of the HCMC Group or the SpinCo Group, as applicable, or (iv) required to be disclosed by law; provided, however, that the Person required to disclose such Information gives the applicable Person prompt, and to the extent reasonably practicable, prior notice of such disclosure and an opportunity to contest such disclosure and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate, at the expense of the requesting Person, in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such Person. In the event that such appropriate protective order or other remedy is not obtained, the Person that is required to disclose such Information shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, only that portion of such Information that is legally required to be disclosed and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of HCMC and SpinCo may release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information concerning the other Group (A) to their respective directors, officers, Employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of the obligations hereunder with respect to such Information) and (B) to any nationally recognized statistical rating agency as it reasonably deems necessary, solely for the purpose of obtaining a rating of securities upon normal terms and conditions; provided, however, that the Party whose Information is being disclosed or released to such rating agency is promptly notified thereof.
(b) Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information concerning the other Group or its business is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement, each of HCMC and SpinCo will, promptly after request of the other Party, either return all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other Party, as applicable, that it has destroyed such Information (and used commercially reasonable efforts to destroy all such Information electronically preserved or recorded within any computerized data storage device or component (including any hard-drive or database)).
SECTION 18.04. Additional Provisions. Sections 11.01 to 11.14 of the Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Agreement mutatis mutandi.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
15 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP. | ||
By | /s/ Christopher Santi | |
Name: | Christopher Santi | |
Title: | President | |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP. | ||
By | /s/ Jeffery E. Holman | |
Name: | Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 10.8
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
by and between
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP.
and
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP.
Dated as of December 11, 2023
TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
THIS TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 11, 2023, is made by and between HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“HCMC”), and HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“SpinCo”, and together with HCMC each a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).
WHEREAS, in connection with a spin-off of SpinCo by HCMC and concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, HCMC and SpinCo are entering into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”);
WHEREAS, SpinCo desires to obtain certain of the transition services pursuant to the terms and conditions hereunder from HCMC and any of HCMC’s Affiliates or third parties (HCMC and each such Affiliate of HCMC and third party providing such services are hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Service Provider”); and
WHEREAS, HCMC is willing to provide to SpinCo the Services (as defined herein) in order to facilitate SpinCo’s operation of the SpinCo Business after the date of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein, and subject to and on the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
Section 1.01 Defined Terms. Each capitalized term used and not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Separation Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
“Damages” means losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses directly incurred or suffered (and, if applicable, reasonable attorneys’ fees associated therewith), but shall not include indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages, or punitive damages of any kind, whether or not foreseen, in each case, whether or not based on contract, tort, warranty claims or otherwise (unless any such damages are components of any third-party claim), in connection with this Agreement.
“Pass-Through Cost” means, with respect to any Service provided by a Service Provider, the sum of (i) the direct cost to such Service Provider of providing such Service plus (ii) an allocation of the related employee overhead (including compensation and benefit costs) calculated in good faith based on reasonable and rational methodologies chosen by the Service Provider, which methodologies shall be provided to the Recipient upon such request from the Recipient.
“Service Fee” means, with respect to a Service, (a) the fee specified on Exhibit A with respect to such Service or (b) if no such fee is specified, the Pass-Through Cost with respect to such Service.
“Taxes” means all goods and services, value added, sales, use, gross receipts, business, consumption and other similar taxes, levies and charges (other than income taxes), including interest and penalties, imposed by applicable taxing authorities.
ARTICLE II
Services to be Provided
Section 2.01 Provision of Services.
(a) Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the Exhibit and Schedule hereto), HCMC hereby agrees to furnish SpinCo, directly or through one or more Subsidiaries, certain services relating to the SpinCo Business (the “Services” as set forth in Exhibit A).
(b) In the event that Recipient reasonably requests upon reasonable advance notice, and Service Provider elects to provide, any support or service not identified in Exhibit A (including in respect of any increase in the scope of any Service), such support or service shall be provided at the Pass-Through Cost. If Recipient requests that Exhibit A be amended so that the level or volume of any Service be increased or that the manner in which any Service is provided be changed such that an amendment to such Exhibit would be required, Service Provider will not be required to increase the level or volume of such Service or change the manner in which such Service is provided unless and until such an amendment is agreed to by Service Provider. If Service Provider agrees to amend the applicable Exhibit to increase the level or volume of such Service or change the manner in which such Service is provided as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, such support or service shall be provided at the Pass-Through Cost.
(c) Designation of Subsidiaries. Recipient may designate, with the consent of Service Provider (such consent to not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), one or more Subsidiaries to receive Services, in which event all references herein to Recipient will be deemed to refer to such Subsidiaries, as appropriate; provided, however, that no such designation will in any event limit or affect the obligations of Recipient under this Agreement to the extent not performed by such Subsidiaries.
Section 2.02 Agreement Coordinators. Each Party shall designate in writing a representative to act as the primary contact person with respect to all issues relating to the provision of Services pursuant to this Agreement (each, an “Agreement Coordinator”) and may determine to designate from time to time additional functional experts for each of Recipient and Service Provider for specific Services to facilitate knowledge transfer and act as contact persons. The Agreement Coordinators and any functional experts so designated shall hold review meetings with each other by telephone or in person, as mutually agreed upon, on a semi-annual basis to discuss (i) issues relating to the provision of the Services, (ii) any problems identified with the provision of Services and (iii) to the extent Service changes are agreed upon, the implementation of such changes. Each Party may replace its appointed Agreement Coordinator at any time upon written notice to the other Party; provided, however, that each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve continuity of such Party’s Agreement Coordinator.
2 |
Section 2.03 Performance Standard. Service Provider shall perform, or shall cause one or more of its Service Providers to perform, each Service to be provided by such Service Provider in compliance with applicable Law and (a) if such Service has been provided by HCMC or a Subsidiary thereof prior to the date of this Agreement, at a quality level and in the same manner as such Service has been provided in the 12-month period prior to the date hereof and (b) if such Service has not been so provided, at a quality level and in a manner that is commercially reasonable, unless, in each case under this Section 2.03, a different or additional standard of performance is specified in Exhibit A, with respect to such Service.
Section 2.04 Warranty Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.03, SERVICE PROVIDER MAKES NO IMPLIED REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THE SERVICES, INCLUDING ANY APPLICABLE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND SERVICE PROVIDER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY APPLICABLE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES.
Section 2.05 Consents. Recipient shall pay any reasonable fee, cost or expense incurred by Service Provider in connection with Service Provider’s obtaining any consent, approval, permit, license or authorization required for the provision of any Service. To the extent reasonably practical, Service Provider shall provide advance notice to Recipient prior to Service Provider incurring any such cost, fee or expense; it being understood that such Service Provider’s obligation to provide any such Service is conditioned upon it obtaining such required consent, approval, permit, license or authorization. If any such consent, approval or authorization is not obtained promptly after the date of this Agreement, Service Provider shall notify Recipient and the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to devise an alternative arrangement for the provision of such Service. Service Provider shall perform such mutually satisfactory alternative arrangement and Recipient shall bear any reasonable additional costs and expenses incurred in the performance of such alternative arrangement.
ARTICLE III
Term; Fees Reports
Section 3.01 Service Term. The term of provision of each Service is as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Service Period”). At least 30 days prior to the end of any applicable Service Period, Recipient may request and Service Provider, in its sole discretion may agree to provide, an additional extension for the provision of any Service beyond the applicable Service Period. If Service Provider agrees, in its sole discretion, to grant such an additional extension, such agreement must be in writing.
Section 3.02 Early Termination.
(a) Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement upon the material breach of this Agreement by the other Party if such material breach is not cured within 30 days after written notice thereof to the Party in material breach.
3 |
(b) Except as otherwise agreed to by the Parties or as otherwise provided in Exhibit A, Recipient may terminate any Service in whole but not in part, as long as Recipient provides Service Provider written notice of such termination at least 30 days prior to any such termination.
(c) HCMC may terminate this Agreement immediately in the event SpinCo (i) no longer continues to operate as a going concern, or (ii) changes its name such that it no longer includes “Healthy Choice” or “Healthier Choices” or the abbreviation “HC” (each event described in this paragraph, a “Termination Event”). Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event described in clause (i) or (ii), HCMC shall continue to provide each Service to SpinCo until the earlier of (A) the end of the Service Period and (B) the 180th day after the occurrence of such Termination Event.
Section 3.03 Fees and Costs. In consideration for rendering the applicable Services, Service Provider shall be entitled to receive a service fee equal to the Service Fee. In the event that the Service Fee for a Service is not based on Pass-Through Cost and the cost to Service Provider of providing such Service increases, the Parties will discuss in good faith whether an adjustment to such Service Fee is appropriate under the circumstances, unless a review and adjustment mechanism is specified in the Exhibit in which such Service is described.
ARTICLE IV
Monthly Statements; Audits; Disagreements; Taxes
Section 4.01 Monthly Statements. Within 15 days following the end of each calendar month, Service Provider shall provide to Recipient (x) an invoice (the “Monthly Statement”) setting forth the Service Fees, relating to the immediately preceding calendar month. Recipient shall remit the amount set forth on the Monthly Statement within 45 days of receipt thereof.
Section 4.02 Books and Records; Audits.
(a) During the Term and for a period of at least seven years thereafter, each of the parties will keep and maintain, and will require each of its Affiliates to keep and maintain, complete and accurate books and records related to its compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement (collectively, “Audit Information”).
(b) For the purpose of ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the amounts charged hereunder for any monthly period during the Term (including the calculation of Service Fees and Pass-Through Costs), upon not less than 30 days’ advance written notice from a party desiring to conduct an audit (“Auditing Party”) of another party’s (the “Audited Party”) Audit Information, the Audited Party will make such Audit Information available for audit by an independent certified public accounting firm (together with independent technical personnel if and as reasonably required for such accountant to perform the audit) designated by the Auditing Party and approved by the Audited Party, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. Unless otherwise agreed by the Auditing Party and the Audited Party, any such audit will be conducted during regular business hours, at the Audited Party’s principal place of business, not more frequently than once in any period of 12 consecutive months and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the Audited Party’s normal course of business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Auditing Party may conduct more than one audit within a 12-month period if, in the Auditing Party’s good faith judgment, the Auditing Party has a bona fide basis for any failure of the Audited Party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement. If any audit reveals an overpayment by the Audited Party, then the Audited Party will receive a credit, in the amount of such overpayment, that will be applied only against future amounts owing by the Audited Party under this Agreement. If any audit reveals an underpayment by the Audited Party, then the Audited Party will pay the amount of the underpayment within 45 days after the date of the auditor’s report. Further, if any audit reveals an underpayment of more than 5% of the total amount subject to the audit, then the Audited Party will reimburse the Auditing Party within 30 days after the Auditing Party’s request, for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Auditing Party to conduct the audit.
4 |
Section 4.03 Disagreements.
(a) In the event it disagrees with any Monthly Statement, Recipient shall give Service Provider written notice thereof (the “Notice of Disagreement”) as to any of the Monthly Statements or amounts set forth therein. The Notice of Disagreement shall specify in reasonable detail the nature and amount of any disagreement so asserted. If a timely Notice of Disagreement is received by Service Provider, then the Monthly Statement(s) (as revised in accordance with clause (x) or (y) below), as the case may be, shall become final and binding upon the Parties on the earlier of (x) the date the Parties hereto resolve any differences they have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (y) the date any matters in dispute are resolved by an accounting firm (in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 4.03) selected by Service Provider and Recipient in writing or, if the Parties are unable to agree, an independent accounting firm selected by Service Provider’s and Recipient’s independent accounting firms (such firm, the “Accounting Firm”).
(b) Recipient and Service Provider acknowledge and agree that, so long as both Parties are in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.03, Sections 9.05 and 9.07 of the Separation Agreement and the provisions of Article VI of this Agreement shall not apply to any dispute described in this Section 4.03. During the 30-day period immediately following the delivery of the Notice of Disagreement, Service Provider and Recipient shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences they may have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement. At the end of such 30-day period, Service Provider and Recipient shall submit for review and resolution by the Accounting Firm any and all matters which remain in dispute and which were included in the Notice of Disagreement, and the Accounting Firm shall make a final determination of the amounts set forth on the Monthly Statement(s) and shall use such determination to prepare the revised Monthly Statement(s), which determination shall be binding on the Parties, it being understood that any such values shall be only within the range of the amounts proposed by Recipient and Service Provider; provided, however, the scope of such determination by the Accounting Firm shall be limited to: (i) those matters that remain in dispute and that were included in the Notice of Disagreement, (ii) whether, for each calculation on the Monthly Statement(s), such calculation was prepared in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) whether there were mathematical errors in the Monthly Statement(s), and the Accounting Firm is not authorized or permitted to make any other determination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Accounting Firm is not authorized or permitted to make any determination as to compliance by Service Provider with any of the covenants in this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement (other than this Section 4.03).
5 |
(c) Any revised Monthly Statement(s) shall become final and binding on Recipient and Service Provider on the date the Accounting Firm delivers such revised Monthly Statement(s) to the Parties. If the amount shown on any such revised Monthly Statement(s) indicates that a Party has overpaid or underpaid the other Party for the applicable period, then the applicable Party shall promptly reimburse such overpaid or underpaid amount, or, in the case of an overpayment, receive a credit against future amounts owing by such overpaying Party, at such Party’s option. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 4.03 with respect to any Monthly Statement shall be paid by Recipient unless the amount shown on any Monthly Statement exceeds the amount paid pursuant to such Monthly Statement by 5%, in which case Service Provider will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm.
Section 4.04 Taxes.
(a) Recipient shall be responsible for Taxes attributable to the supply of Services to Recipient or any payment hereunder. If Service Provider is required to pay any part of such Taxes, Recipient shall reimburse Service Provider for such Taxes. In the event that applicable Law requires that an amount in respect of any taxes, levies or charges be withheld from any payment by Recipient to Service Provider under this Agreement, the amount payable to Service Provider shall be increased as may be necessary so that, after Recipient has withheld amounts required by applicable Law, Service Provider receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had no such withholding been applicable, and Recipient shall withhold such adjusted amounts and pay such withheld amounts over to the applicable taxing authority in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Law.
(b) In the event applicable Law requires the charging of any Tax in connection with the Services hereunder, invoices issued with respect to such Services may include additional amounts charging such Taxes. If sums invoiced without Taxes become subject to Taxes, then those invoices shall be deemed to be exclusive of Taxes and the party receiving the invoice shall, in addition to the sums payable, pay the invoicing party the full amount of Taxes chargeable thereon.
ARTICLE V
Recipient Assistance
Section 5.01 Recipient Assistance. The timely completion of Services by Service Provider may depend upon the provision of certain materials and information and the taking of certain actions by Recipient, and Service Provider shall not be responsible for the failure to provide Services to the extent that such failure results from the failure of Recipient to provide such materials or information or take such actions. Recipient shall provide to Service Provider (a) information reasonably necessary to the performance of the Services by Service Provider hereunder, (b) any necessary specific written authorizations and consents and (c) reasonable access to Recipient’s books and records necessary in Recipient’s reasonable opinion for the performance of the Services by Service Provider hereunder. Recipient will execute such documents evidencing the authority for Service Provider and its Affiliates to represent Recipient and its Affiliates as may be reasonably necessary to the performance of the Services hereunder.
6 |
ARTICLE VI
Limitation on Liability
Section 6.01 Limitation on Liability.
(a) Except as contemplated by Section 4.03, Service Provider’s maximum liability (including any liability for the acts and omissions of any of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents, consultants, subcontractors or representatives) to the Recipient for matters arising out of this Agreement shall be limited to the aggregate amount of the Service Fees received; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not (i) impair the ability of the Recipient to seek any remedy of injunctive relief or specific performance against Service Provider or (ii) limit any claim of fraud or intentional or willful misrepresentation by Service Provider. In no event shall any Party or any of its Affiliates have any liability for special, punitive, exemplary, multiplied, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, including loss of profit damages, or for attorneys’ fees and costs and prejudgment interest, in each case as a result of provision of or failure to provide the Services under the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery of any such Damages that are actually recovered by third parties in connection with losses indemnified hereunder.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) nothing herein shall limit or exclude any damages or claims to the extent resulting from a Party’s gross negligence, fraud, intentional breach or willful misconduct and (ii) neither Service Provider nor any of its Affiliates shall have any liability relating to the implementation, execution or use by Recipient or any of its Affiliates of the Services provided under the terms of this Agreement, except in the case of any gross negligence, fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE VII
Force Majeure
Section 7.01 Force Majeure. The Parties shall be relieved of their obligations hereunder, if and to the extent that any of the following events hinder, limit or make impracticable the performance by any Party of any of its obligations hereunder: war, terrorist act, riot, fire, explosion, accident, flood, sabotage, compliance with Law, orders or actions, national defense requirements, labor strike, lockout or injunction, or any other event beyond the reasonable control and without the fault or negligence of such Party. The Party thus hindered or whose performance is otherwise affected shall promptly give the other Party written notice thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove or otherwise address the impediment to action and to resume performance of its affected obligations as soon as practicable; provided, however, that neither Party shall be required to settle a labor dispute other than as it may determine in its sole judgment.
ARTICLE VIII
Miscellaneous
Section 8.01 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the Parties to this Agreement, any rights or remedies hereunder.
7 |
Section 8.02 Notices. Any notice, instruction, direction or demand under the terms of this Agreement will be duly given upon delivery, if delivered by hand, facsimile transmission or mail, to the following addresses:
(a) If to HCMC, to:
Healthier Choices Management Corp.
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
Attn: John Ollet
(b) If to SpinCo, to:
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp.
3800 North 28th Way
Hollywood, FL 33020
Attn: Christopher Santi
or to such other address as any person shall specify by written notice so given, and such notice shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so telecommunicated, personally delivered or scheduled to be received if sent by overnight delivery service. Any party to this Agreement may notify any other party of any changes to the address or any of the other details specified in this paragraph; provided, however, that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in such notice or five Business Days after the notice is given, whichever is later. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice as of the date of such rejection, refusal or inability to deliver.
Section 8.03 Successors and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party by operation of law or otherwise without the express written consent of the other Party, which consent may be granted or withheld by such Party in its sole discretion. Any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes.
Section 8.04 Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written agreement executed by both Parties.
Section 8.05 Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the Party entitled to enforce such term, but such waiver shall be effective only if it is in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no delay or omission on the part of any Party in exercising any right or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any Party of any right or privilege under the Agreement operate as a waiver of any other right or privilege under this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or privilege preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or privilege under this Agreement. No failure by either Party to take any action or assert any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed to be a waiver of such right or privilege in the event of the continuation or repetition of the circumstances giving rise to such right unless expressly waived in writing by the Party against whom the existence of such waiver is asserted.
8 |
Section 8.06 Books and Records. Upon the expiration of the Agreement or upon the termination of a Service or Services with respect to which Service Provider holds books, records, files or any other documents of Recipient, Service Provider will return such books, records, files and any other documents of Recipient that Service Provider has in its possession as soon as reasonably practicable.
Section 8.07 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive internal laws of the State of Delaware.
(b) Each of the Parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, brought by the other Party hereto or its successors or assigns shall be brought and determined exclusively in any state or federal court in the City of New Castle, State of Delaware, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such legal action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of Delaware. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. Each of the Parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (1) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, (2) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (3) to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable law, any claim that (a) the suit, action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (b) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or (c) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Each Party hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any action, suit or other proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself or its property, by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth below, and nothing in this Section 8.07(b) shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.
9 |
(c) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION, CLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (1) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (2) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.07(c).
Section 8.08 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not render the entire Agreement invalid. Rather, the Agreement shall be construed as if not containing the particular invalid or unenforceable provision, and the rights and obligations of each Party shall be construed and enforced accordingly.
Section 8.09 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.
Section 8.10 Headings. The article, section and other headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 8.11 Interpretation. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Party or to a Section or Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Party to, a Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used in any Exhibit to this Agreement or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein. Whenever the words “include”, “includes”, “including” or “such as” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The words “hereof’, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “or” when used in this Agreement is not exclusive. The word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” means the degree to which a subject or other thing extends, and such phrase shall not mean simply “if’. Whenever used in this Agreement, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, supplemented or modified, including (i) (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and (ii) all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and permitted assigns.
[Signature Page Follows]
10 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have each caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the day and year first above written.
HEALTHIER CHOICES MANAGEMENT CORP. | ||
By | /s/ Christopher Santi | |
Name: | Christopher Santi | |
Title: | President | |
HEALTHY CHOICE WELLNESS CORP. | ||
By | /s/ Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Name: | Jeffrey E. Holman | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
Healthy Choice Markets, Inc.
Healthy Choice Markets 2, LLC
Healthy Choice Markets 3, LLC
Healthy Choice Markets 3, Real Estate LLC
Heathy Choice Markets IV, LLC
Healthy U Wholesale, Inc.
The Vitamin Store, LLC
Healthy Choice Wellness, LLC
Healthy Choice Markets V, LLC
Exhibit 23.1
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent
We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. on Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 (File No. 333-274435) of our report dated April 7, 2023, with respect to our audits of the combined carve-out financial statements of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2022, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
Our report on the combined carve-out financial statements includes an emphasis of matter paragraph related to the “carve-out” basis of accounting.
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
New York, NY
December 19, 2023
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Amendment No.2 on Form S-1 (No.333-274435) of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. of our report dated April 8, 2022, with respect to our audit of Mother Earth’s Storehouse, Inc. financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the years then ended, which appears in the Prospectus as part of this Registration Statement.
We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Amendment No.2 on Form S-1 (No.333-274435) of Healthy Choice Wellness Corp. of our report dated December 28, 2022, except for Notes 11 and 12 for which the date is December 19, 2023, with respect to our audit of Green’s Natural Foods, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Shrewsbury, Inc., Dean’s Natural Food Market of Basking Ridge, LLC, Dean’s Natural Food Market of Chester, LLC, and Dean’s Natural Holdings, LLC’s combined financial statements as of December 31, 2021, and for the year then ended, which appears in the Prospectus as part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.
/s/ UHY LLP
UHY LLP
New York, New York
December 19, 2023
Exhibit 107
Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
Form S-1
(Form Type)
Healthy Choice Wellness Corp.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Table 1: Newly Registered Securities
Security Type | Security Class | Fee Calculation or Carry Forward Rule | Amount Registered | Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit | Maximum Aggregate Offering Price | Fee Rate | Amount of Registration Fee | |||||||||||||||||||
Fees to be Paid | Equity | Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, underlying warrants | 457(a) | 460,000 (1) | $ | 10.00 | (2) | 4,600,000 | (2) | 0.00014760 | $ | 678.96 | ||||||||||||||
Total Offering Amounts | $ | 678.96 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Fees Previously Paid | 678.96 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Fee Due | $ | 0 |
(1) | Pursuant to Rule 416(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement shall also cover any additional shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock that become issuable by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar transaction effected without receipt of consideration that increases the number of the Registrant’s outstanding shares of Common Stock. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended |